BITSAT: 2017-2005 wi HOnline Mock Tests 2500+ mcas in 92 Chapters Physics | Chemistry | Mathematics English Proficiency | Logical ReasoningMalviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017 Tel. :011-49842349 / 49842350 EleXhl DISHA PUBLICATION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Corporate Office : 45, 2nd Floor, Maharishi Dayanand Marg, Comer Market, How to access the ebook(s)? Educore INSTRUCTIONS: Mail your Order ID at shooks.support@aiets.co.in to get the 16 digit Access Code, Go to www.educorconline,com/register htm Enter your details along with your 16 digit Access Code, Click Register & you would be successfully redirected to the Login Page. Note: If you are already registered with us, you just hhave to login (http:/iwww.educoreo ham) & enter your new 16 Character U under your Account Section. 5. Login with your registered email ID & password. 6. Youcan naw view you e-book(s) under your Library 7. You can read your e-books either Online or Ofine. For offline, simply download our Educore App once ‘& download the e-books inside the app. Educore App is available for Windows Desktop, IOS & Android 8. Educore works best in Desktop, Laptop, 7” & 10 tables, 9. Contact us at support@educoreor further assistance: Note: This app is not accessible on Mobiles. com for any © Copyright Publisher ‘No part ofthis publication may be reproduced in any form without prior permission of the publisher. The author and the publisher do not take any legal responsibilty for any errors or misrepresentations that might have crept in. We have tried and made our best efforts to provide accurate up-to-date information in this book. For further information about the books from DISHA, Log on to www.dishapublication.com or email to info@dishapublication.com GP_3355Contents SECTION-I : PHYSICS P-1 - P-84 1. Unitsand Measurements 1-2 16. ElectrostaticPotential and 2 Motion in aStraightLine 3-4 Capacitance 47-50 3. Motion ina Plane 5-7 17. Current Electricity 51-54 A ee g-19 18+ Moving Charges and Magnetism 55-58 5. Work, Energy and Power 11-13 7% Magnetismand Matter 58 20. Electromagnetic Induction 60 -62 6. System of Particles and 21. Alternating Current 83-65 Rotational Motion 4-17 22, Electromagnetic Waves 66 -66 7. Gravitation 18-20 35 Ray Optics and Optical 8. Mechanical Properties ofSolids 21-22 Instruments 67-70 9. Mechanical Properties of Fluids 23-25 24. Wave Optics 71-73, 10, Thermal Properties ofMatter 26-2825 Dual Nature of Radiation 11. Thermodynamics poe and Matter 74-76 12. Kinetic Theory 32-34 26 Atoms eae 13. Oscillations 35-38 27 Nuclei ae a 39242. 28 Semiconductor Electronics: Materials, Devicesand SimpleCircuits 82-84 18. ElectricChargesand Fields 43-46 SECTION. CHEMISTRY c-1 - ¢-76 1. SomeBasicConceptsof Chemistry 1-3 10. Thes-Block Elements 22-23 2. Structure of Atom 4-4 11. Thep-Block Elements 2-24 3. Classification of Elements 12. OrganicChemistry :Some and Periodicity in Properties 57 Basic Principles and Techniques 25-30 4. Chemical Bonding and Molecular 13. Hydrocarbons 31-38 Structure 8-10 14. Environmental Chemistry 34-35 5. States of Matter 11-1215. TheSolid State 36-36 6. Thermodynamics 13-15 16. Solutions 37-39 7. Equilibrium 16-18 17, Electrochemistry 40-43 8. Redox Reaction 19-20 18. Chemical Kinetics 447 9. Hydrogen 21-21 19, Surface Chemistry 48-4820. General Principles and Processes 26. Aldehycles, Ketones and of olation of Elements 49-49 Carboxylic acids 63-6 21. Thep-Block Elements FA ee ee (Group 15, 16, 17 and 18) 50-51 28. Biomolecules 70-71 22. Thed-and £BlockElements 52-54 23, Coordination Compounds 35-56 2% Polymers caen 24. Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 57-58 30. Chemistryin Everyday Life B-73 25. Alcohols, Phenolsand Ethers 59-62 31. Analytical Chemistry 74-76 SECTION. MATHEMATICS M1 — M104 1. Sets 1-2 14, Statistics 44-46 2. Relations and Functions 3-4 15. Probability 47-48 3. Trigonometric Functions 5-9 16. Relations and Functions 49-51 4. Principle of Mathematical 17. Inverse Trigonometric Functions 52-54 Induction 10-1148. Matrices 55-56 8. Complex Numbers and 19. Determinants 57-61 ‘Quadratic Equations 12-16 20. Continuity &Differentiability 62-66 6. Linear Inequalities 17-17 21. Applicationof Derivatives 7-73 7. Permutations & Combinations 18-2022. Integrals 74-79 8. Bionomial Theorem 21-23 23, Application of Integrals 80-82 9. Sequences & Series 24-28 24. Differential Equations 83-85 10, Straight lines & Pair of 25. Vector Algebra 86-90 straight lines 29-32 26. ThreeDimensionalGeometry 91-95, 11. ConieSections 33-39 27. Probability 96-99 12. Limits and Derivatives 40-42 28. Properties of Triangles 100 - 102 13, Mathematical Reasoning 43-43 29, Linear Programming 103 - 104 SECTION-IV : ENGLISH PROF! L 2 Vocabulary & Grammar Composition & Comprehension IENCY & LOGICAL REASONING EL-1 - EL-36 1-8 9-18 3. 4. Unit - 2 : Logical Reasoning Verbal Reasoning 19-27 Non Verbal Reasoning, 28-36 GP_3355SECTION I- PHYSICS Units and Measurements Inthe formula X=3 ¥2?, Xand Zhave dimensions of capacitance and magnetic induction respectively. The dimensions of ¥ in MKSA system are [2017] @) [MeL2r2a] —(b) [ML] © [MAL2AT @) [ML2AtTy) ‘The frequency of vibration of string is given by ala 2iLm Here pis number of segments in the string and! is the length. The dimensional formula for m will be [2016] (@ (Mort) () (MLO) (© [ML'T®) (@ [M°L°T) Ina vernier callipers, n divisions ofits main scale match with (a+ 1) divisions on its vemier scale Each division ofthe main scale is units. Using the vernier principle, calculate its least count Ona Ore Ons On ‘The expression [ML"! T-?] does not represent (@)_ pressure (b) power [2014] (©) stress. (@)_ Young's modulus ‘The unit of specific resistance is [2013] (@) ohm? (b) ohmm? (© ohbmm (@) obmim Wave pulse can travel along atense string likea violin spring. A series of experiments showed that the wave velocity V of a pulse depends on the following quantities, the tension T of the string, the cross-section area A ofthe string and then as per unit volume p of the string. Obtain an expression for V in terms of the T, A and p using dimensional analysis. 12013) i wy (d) None of these 10. nL. n wy In the relation : = 20 sin (ot + 4) the ax dimensional formula for(ot+4,)is: [2012] (@MLt ()MLI® (@MLT? (omer 1 T= 2m, ME then find the dimensions of 3a Where T is the time period of bar of mass M, length Land Young modulus Y. (on) ou oO © 1 OL} IEP represents radiation pressure, c represents speed of light and Q represents radiation energy striking @ unit area per second, the non-zero integers x,y and z such that P*Q¥c? is dimensionless, are. 2010] @ x=Ly=1 .ya-lz=1 (© xs-Ly=Lz=1 @x=Ly=1, How many significant figures are there in 0301007 (2010) @ 1 OR) © 5 (@ None of these a Intherelation : P. io B P is pressure, Z is distance, k is Boltzmann constant and 0 is the temperature. The dimensional formula of willbe [2009] (@) (M219) © [Mir © IML} @ [MT] Which ofthe following is most accurate? (2009, 2007] (@) Ascrew gaugeofeast count 0.001 mm (©) A screw gauge having pitch | mm and 50 divisions on circular seale (©) Avernier callers ofeast count 0,01 mm (@_ Vernier callers having 20 divisions onthe sliding scale (vernier scale) coinciding 19 divisions on the main millimetre saleBITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers pz 13. The dimensional formula for strain is same as that of 12008] @ thrust () angle (©). modulus of elasticity (@) stress n. 14, What isthe unit of magnetic permeability? 12008] @ Woatm! Wet Am (© Wear (@ WoA-'m 1S. Find the value of “*>~0°°5 with dueregard 18 . Find the vatueof “=> ~05°°5 itn dueresard 18 for significant figures ~ 12007) (@) 0961 (b) 0.123 (c) 0921 (d) 0913 16. The Slunit ofthe inductance, the henry cannot be writen as 12006) (@) weber/ampere (b)_volt-second/ampere (©) joule/(ampere}* (@)_‘ohm-meter Which of the following group have different dimension? [2005] (@). Potential diference, EMF, voltage () Pressure, stress, Young’s modulus (6) Heat, energy, work done (@)_ Dipolemoment, electric ux, electric ficld Which of the following quantitieshas a unitbut dimensionless? (2008) @) Strain (©) Reynold’s number (©) Angular displacement (@ Poisson's ratio Hints & Solutions dimensions of X 1. (© Dimensions of Y= oi ions of “(ura h? “Ween 1 2 2 © | & Now, dimensional formula of RES. 2 MU sgt ® eC) 2 T i [p will have no dimension as it isan integer] + ‘So, dimensions of m will be ML=!T®, 3 @ 4 0) Power = 208Y._ MLET™ _ yg? 7-3) time T 1s. 5S © P= al ohm=m 6 (a) Let V=kT*A%E, k= dimensional constant 16, Writing dimension onboth weside 17, (Lt) = (MET) [2° (ML 18. Mate 8°26-3ep-2a ‘Comparing power on both sides we have a+2b-3e=1, —2a. ML? © Team], writing dimensions of ; both the sides, we gt [T or q= tl] © %m oO 1 @ @ (©) Both are dimensionless (@)_ From Biot Savant’ law Ho idl sin@ an 4x Be _ Wo m?m? wo Atm! Ho Taisind Am 1.53%0.9995 _ 1.529235 1592 1592 =0.9605747=0961 (Rounding offo three significant digits) @ @ (©) Angular displacement has unit (Gegree or radian) but itis dimensionless, @ GP_3355Motion ina Straight Line {A frictionless wire AB is fixed on a sphere of radius R.A very mall spherical bal slips on this wire. The time taken by this ball toslip from A to Bis 12016} PgR ® g00s0 A wo 2ygreee {| 8 , © a a }g cos @ 2m widetuckis moving with uniform speed von 8 mis along a sraight horizontal road. A pedsrain stars to ros theroad with a nifrm Speed when the ruck is 4 m avay from him, Theminimum value ofvsothathecan cas the road aly is 201s} (@) 262m (b) 46m (©) 357ms (@) 14l4m's A body is thrown vertically upwards from A, the top of the tower, reaches the ground in time 1,,Ifitis thrown vertically downwards from A with the same speed, it reaches the ground in timet,, Ifitis allowed to fill feely from A, then the time it takes to reach the ground is given by (2015, 2009] tehith ) Fi ) t= © t= 1 10. Chapter 2 ‘A ball is released trom the top or height h metre. Ittakes T second to reach the ground, Where is ‘the ball at the time T/2 see 12013] (2) At(h/4) m from the ground, (b) At(/2) m from the ground, (6) AtGh/4)m from the ground (@)_ Depends upon the mass and volume of the ball particle is moving ina straight line wth initial velocity and uniform acceleration a. Ifthe sum of the distance travelled in r and (t+ 1)" seconds is 100 cm, then its velocity after ¢ seconds, in ems, is Pon] @ 9 OX ©» WH The position x ofa particle varies with time (as, x=At?—BE. The acceleration a time t of the particle will be equal to zero. What is the value oft? [2010, 2006] 2A A A © 3B OF © By Ox The velocity acquired by a body moving with uniform acceleration is 30 ms" in 2 seconds and 60 ms" in four seconds ‘The initial velocity is (@) 4ms! (b) Oms! [2008] (@) 2mst (@10ms balloon starts rising from the ground with an acceleration of 1.25 ms". After 8 s, a stone is, released from the balloon. The stone will (Taking 2=10ms) (2007) {@)_ begin to move down after being released (@) reach the ground in4 s (€)_ cover a distance of 40 m in reaching the round (@_willhave a displacement of 30m. ‘Abus starts moving with acceleration 2 m/s? A ‘cyclist 96 m behind thebus start simultaneously towards the bus at 20 mis. After what time will hae be able to overtake the bus? {2006} (a) 4sce (b) 8sec (6) 12sec (d) 1630 A body, thrown upwards with some velocity reaches the maximum height of 50m, Another body with double the mass thrown up with double the initial velocity will reach a maximum height of {2005} (a) 100m (b) 200m (c) 300m (@) 400m4 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 1. ©) Acceleration of body along ABisgcos@ 3. (c) Distance travelled in imet 4 @ bed soo= AB=1(gcosoy? Q) 2 3h From ABC, AB=2R cos =p fom ground 1 5% Thus, 2 Reos0 = gos 0r? 6 (©) Giventhatx=Ae-Be a 2 velocity = =2At-3B4 = AAR a /h at 8 8 @ (©) Let the man starts crossing the road at an ‘nd acceleration = =| angle Oas shown in figure, For safe crossing the ee condition is thatthe man must cross the road by Foracee etatonto bezero 2061-0 the time the truck describes the distance 4+ AC = an or 4 + 2cot 8. SB 3B 4+26t0 _ 2/sind 1.) 30=u+2a 8 v 60=ut4a ow 8 a Solving, w= Omi 8 od Bb) v= 125 8ms!=10mst a i Forminimumy, $= fx 25x8xm=40m Now, 40=-10t+4x10xt? or St?—10t-40=0 am or t? = 2t—: jor t=4.s, 9. (W) Letafter a time t, the eylist overtake the bus Then 964 Lied t? = 20xt orf?-20+ 96-0 (Qsin @ + c0s 8)? 20 NADU =A 96) or 2cas9 -sino =0 2xl or tan = 2 2024 From equation (i), a) = 8sec. and 12sec. 10.) Hyg, 2% ifbody is projected with double velocity then maximum height will become four timesice. 200m. GP_3355Motion ina Plane Given that A+ B= Kand A= = K, What should betheangle between AandB? [2017], f@) 0 (b) 73 (©) 2nd) x Two projectiles A and B thrown with speeds in theratio 1; ¥2 acquired the same heights. IfA isthrown at an angle of 45° with the horizontal, theangle of projection of B willbe (2017), Or OF OW Or stone projected with a velocity watan angle © with the horizontal reaches maximum height Hy When it is projected with velocity u at an angle ( a. 8) with the horizontal, itreaches maximum height H. The relation between the horizontal range R ofthe projectile, heights Hand Hy is (2016) @ R=4/RH, —— () R=4H,-H,) rel © R=sh+H) — @ RaaE ‘The positon ofa projectile launched from the exigin t= Ois given by 7 = (407 +50) mate= 2s. Ifthe projectile was launched at an angle @ from the horizontal, then @ is (take g = 10 ms) (2015) 12 a3, ow? wr? owt @ ut A projectiles fied with a velocity u making an angle @ with the horizontal, What is the ‘magnitude of change in velocity when it sat the highest point — (2014) @) wcos 0 bu (© usino (@) wos 0-u The velocity and acceleration vectors of a particle undergoing circular motion are Gaal m/s and d= 2i+4) m/s! respectively stan insantoftime. Theradhsofthecicle i ~ 2013] 10. un. Chapter 3 @ im (am (amd) an A body is projected, making an acute angle with the horizontal. [angle between velocity ¥ and acceleration & is 0, then {2013} (@ 0-90 0-0 (©) 9o<0<0 @ 0<0<187 Whena particle isin uniform circular motion it does not have (2012 (@) radial velocity and radial acceleration (©) radial velocity and tangential acceleration (©) tangential velocity and radial acceleration (@) tangential velocity and transverse acceleration ‘The range ofthe particle when launched at an angle of 15° with the horizontal is 15 km. What isthe range ofthe projectile when launched at anangle of 45°to the horizontal 12012) (@) 15km (b) 30km. (©) 60km @ 075km ‘The two vectors A and B are drawn from a common point and @= 4B, then angle between A and B is— pon () 90°ifC2=A2+B? @) greater than 90° ifC? A?+B? ( lessthan 90°ifC2> A2+B? ‘Correct options are ~ @ 12 () 1.234 ©) 234 @ 124 ‘A passenger in a open car travelling at 30 m/s throws a ball out over the bonnet. Relative to the.car the initial velocity ofthe bal is 20 m/sat 60° tothe horizontal. The angle of projection of the ball with respect to the horizontal road will be 2011] (vB) © w(2) © tw a) reeP-6 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 12. Twoprojecles Aand Barethrown with thesame 47, A =4i-+3j and B=4i+2}. Find a vector speed but angles are 40° and $0° with the parallelto A but has magnitude five times that horizontal. Then por Pa ‘aon (a) Awill fll earlier . _ Po (b) Bwill fll earlier @ 20 (2i+3) (&) 20 (4i+3}) ORNS ar oe © Vwi) @ Vi Gi+) 13, Abodyistavelinginacrcleataconsantspeed tT A ene ee ron ace es a conan ee 2010) ‘a wall 5m high. The angle of projection of the (b) isnot accelerated stone is (g = 10 m/sec?) (2007) (6) hasan inward radial acceleration @ 3) 4") SOP @) va, CDabasancutvardradalaecelratin 49, The poston vetr oa parle i A projectile projected at an angle the a en horizontal hasa range R. lithe angle of projection F = (acoset)i +(asino)), The velocity ofthe at the same initial velocity be 60°, then the range cee eee 12006} Dew Re © 2K Ret) directed away fom the origin 15. GiventharA+B-RandA?+BP=R2 Theangle (6) Paraleliowhe postion vector between Aand Bis Se endicular to the position veet @ 0 Om Om @ e 1 20, A particle is moving in a cireular path, The 16. A cannon ball has the same range R on a acceleration and momentum veetors at an instant horizontal plane for two angles of projection. If hy and hy are the greatest heights in the two paths for which this is possible, then [2008] @ R=hyh, (b) R=4yhyhy o (© Re dhvhy (@ R= (bib) oftimeare = 2i +3} ms%and p = 61-4) kgm! s. Then themotion ofthe particles 2005] (@) unifrmeireular motion (©) circular mtion with tangential acceleration (©) circular motion with tangential retardation (d)_ wecannot say anything about a and p only. Hints & Solutions (©) Forprojectile Maximum height, Hy: For projectile B usin? 2 Maximum height, H, = Asweknow, Hy =H, uh sin? 45° _ ulin? 0 2B sin? _ uk sin? 45° 2 in? cos? u?sin?(90°-0) _ u2 cos? a and Hy = 17802 (90°-0) _ uP eos? 28 28 in? 0 vPcostO_ (w?sin20% _ RE 2g 2g ee 16 R=4/HA, GP_3355Motion in a Plane p-7 4. n (©) From question, Horizontal velocity (initial), au) 2 Vertical velocity initia), 5010+ 5 9? 1Omis uated cia 1 = Angle O=tan-t 2 etal (©) Initially w= cosa i+usina j Athighest point v=ucosai » difference is u cos a. C is correct (a) It can be observed that component of acceleration perpendicular to velocity is a =4mist radius (@ Here velocity is acting upwards when projectile is going upwards and acceleration is downwards, The angle @ between V and a is ‘more than O° and less than 180" © uw sin90 _ 2 sin30 oe 1s :R @ 8 o @ ©) reds = Wo) “Was 2000860" = (Wp), —30 Gp), =40. 5 Cred 20sin 60° = (%)y —0 ly ~ Way ody 10v3 _ V3 Gh, 40 4 (%)y=10V3; tan0= 2usin8 ® is sin@ and hence lesser willbe the time taken, Hence A will fll earlier. lesser isthe value of 8, lesser 2B. 4. (©) Body moves with constant speed it means that tangential acceleration a; = 0 & only centripetal acceleration ac exists whose direction is always towards the céntre or inward (along theradius ofthe circle. (@) Ifsumofangle of projection = 90° forgiven speed then range for that angle of projection is 17. 18. 19. 20. py Bin? 60-4) _ v2 oos*a 28 28 thy =f w?sinercosee)* eal g R=4/iihy () Required vector ‘i 3} SB Giea) asia sm 42 to s-286n0.2-Ly0) 0-0" (a coset) +(asinoot)} dG) dt = (ao sine’) +(ancose)j = of(-asinon)i +(acoset)j] a . - 4 Macosen)i+(asinox)}} asinot ‘acost and slope of velocity veetor Slope of position vector = = tan ov -acosiot asinor — tanor <=. velocity is perpendicular to the displacement. (@ The nature of motion can be determined only if we know velocity and acceleration as function oftime. Here acceleration at an instant is given and not known at other times.Chapter Laws of Motion 4 Two equal heavy spheres, each of radius r, are in equilibrium within a smooth cup of radius 3. The ratio of reaction between the cup and one sphere and that between the two sphere is A € € a (2017) @1 2 ©@3 @4 The masses of blocks A and B are m and M respectively. Between A and B, there is a constant frictional force F and B can slide on a smooth horizontal surface. A is set in motion with velocity while B is at rest. What is the distance moved by A relative to B before they move with the same velocity? 2015), aL. B 7 m3 mM} @ F(m-M) (©) 2E(m=M) mM mv © F(m+M) © E(w m) In figure, two blocks are separated by a uniform strut attached to each block with frictionless pins. Block 4 weighs 400N, block weighs 300N, and the strut 4B weigh 200N. Ifw=0.25 under B, determine the minimum coefficient of friction under Ato prevent motion. [2015] @ O4 02 @ os @al A rifle man, who together with his rifle has mass of 100 kg, stands on a smooth surface and fires 10 shots horizontally, Each bullet has amass 10 g and a muzzle velocity of 800 ms '. The velocity which the rifle man attains ater firing 10 shots is, (2014) (a) 8mst (b) 0.8 ms! (©) 0.08ms" (@ -08mst A person with his hand in his pocket is skating ‘on iceat the rate of 10m/s and describes circle ‘ofradius 50 m, What ishis inclination to vertical: (g=l0misee*) 2014] @) tan") (b) tan7! (1/5) (© tan G/5) @ tan-\1/10) ‘The minimum velocity (in ms") with which acar driver must traverse a lat curve of radius 150m ‘and coefficient of fiction 0.6 to avoid skidding is {2013} @ © OY Ob @S bob is hanging over 4 pulley inside a car through, astring. The 7 second end of the k siring is in the hand | w ‘of a person standing, in the ear. The car ig. T/T ‘moving with constant acceleration ‘a directed ‘horizontally as shown in figure. Other end ofthe string is pulled with constant acceleration ‘a° vertically. The tension inthe string is equal to— 2013] @ mere © migra? ma © mesa +ma (@ meta) Aman of mass 100 kg. is standing ona platform ‘of mass 200 kg, which is kept on a smooth ice surface. Ithe man starts moving onthe platform with a speed 30 m/sec relative to the platform then calculate with what velocity relative tothe ice the platform will recoil? (2012) (@) Smisee (b) 10msee (©) 1Sm/see (d) 20misee. An object experiences a net force and accelerates from rest to its final position in 16s. How long would the object take to reach the same final position from rest ifthe object's mass was four times larger? (2011) (@) 645 (b) 32s (©) 16s (@) 8s GP_3355Lawsof Motion p-9 10. nL. Rn Three blocks of masses m,, my and m3 are connected by massless strings, a8 shown, on @ frictionless table, They are puiled with a force ‘T,=40N. Ifm, = 10kg, m,=6kgandm,=4ke, the tension T, will be Poi] 1 i beefing (@ 20N (b) 40N (c) ION (d) 32N Two blocks are connected over & massless pulley as shown in fig, Themas: ofblock Ais 10kganc the coefficient of kinetic iction 1802. Block A slides down theinclineat constant spood, Themass ofblock Bin kgs: (2010), @ 35° () 33) © 30 (@) 25 {A spring is compressed between two toy carts of mass m, and m,. When the toy carts are released, the spring’ exert equal and opposite average forces for the same time on each toy. cart. If vy and v, are the velocities of the toy carts and there & no fiction between the toy carts and the ground, then [2010], {—) wimg mim, () via = my, (©) vyi¥p=—myiny —(d) vy/vy =m /m, ‘\bock ct ase fs pled along a horizontat frictionless surface by a rope of mass M/2 Ifa force 2Mg is applied at one end of the rope, the force which the rope exerts on the block is — 12009] (@) 2My3(b) 2Mg_ (6) 4Mg/3(@) zero A reference frame attached to earth cannot be an inertial frame because (2008) 18. 16. 1". (©) Newton’s laws are applicable in this frame (@) both (a) and (b) ‘The mass of the lift is 100 kg which is hanging ‘on the string. The tension in the string, when the li is moving with constant velocity is (= 9.8misec?) 12008] (@_100newton (b) 980 newton (©) 1000 newton (@) None of these A shell explodes and many pieces fly off in different directions. The following is conserved: (@) Kineticenergy [2007] (b) Momentum (©). Neither momentum nor KE. (@) Momentum and KE. In the figure shown the velocity of lift is 2 m/s while tring is winding on the motor shaft with velocity 2m’s and black Ais moving downwards with a velocity 2 mvs, then find out the velocity of block B (2006) imax eT (@ 2mst () 2st © 4mst {@) None ofthese Inside a horizontally moving box, an ‘experimenter finds that when an object is placed ‘on a smooth horizontal table and is released, it ‘moves with an acceleration of 10 mis. In this box if | kg body is suspended with a light string, the tension in the string in equilibrium position (wrt. experimenter) will be (Take g= 10 m/s*) (a) earth is revolving around the sun (@) 10N (b) 10J2N (2005) (b)_ earth is rotating about its axis (©) 20N (@ zero Hints & Solutions me) IN sino oy | > ° : 1 1 Wy 4 toe * In 1 “Np 7 sind Equations of motion NO We he ies Aad BERD Ss a “ in-x diretion) x in +x direction)P10 BITSAT Topicnise Solved Papers Relative aocleration, ofA. B, % aqpaaa-ap=-£-£ Sim Fim +g AB = EA mM Forequlibium of m, &m, Mim T,=(m,+m,)-a (2) (along — x direction) ot = mT Initial relative velocity ofA wt B, uy ="y im +m, +m5 using equation v?= u2 +2as Given my =10kg, m= 6 kg, m,=4kg, 2F(m+M)S Mmv T,=40N onyg—2F(m+M)S _, 5 __Maw5_ . a ec ie, Distance moved by relaivetoB 1, Considering the equilibrium of, we get Sp = Mand 10a 10g sin 30°—T = N = OF (m-+ M) where N= 10g 60530° 2 @ Ne 4 @ According to law of conservation of ate momentum, 10 ve 100v = = 10; «10800 as 0 Bae oR Ge in ficdontes, so h 10% ; ) Since surface (ce) is fictionless, so the = a= g-T-px : centripetal force required for skating will be lapel eee provided by inclination of boy with the vertical buta=0,1=mge tnd that angle is given as 2 tan0 = 7 where vis peed of skating is radius of circle in which he moves 12. (© Applying iaw of conservation of linear 6) Thecondition toavoid skidding, "momentum mM +my¥y v= Ye = J0.6x150610 =30ms. ae 7. Applying Newton's weeps eee law along string B © > 14. (©) Ifearthis revolving around thesun or earth = T=myg a? =ma Isolating abou its aus, then forces are acting — ‘onthe carth and hence there wll be aceleration or T=mygh+a? +ma fof earth due to these forees That is why earth & © me an not bean inertial fame of reference. 9. (b) When the mass increases by afictorof4the 15, ()'T=m(g-ta)= acceleration must decease by a factor of four if 16. (@) thesameferce isappliod. Tequestion asks bout 17. @) Gq, pasion soweneedtorelate acceleration andtime toperition, We an do this by theequationx,~, atthe : ‘We'vant the change in position to stay the same. a ‘The initial velocity is zero so in order for the 18. (b) Acceleration of change in position toremain constant the term —_-box= 10m? (iat mustremain he same Iftheacceleatin ‘Inside the ‘box 1 is reduced bya factor of4 you can see that he ‘forces acting on | seo time must beinreased bya factor of? in order bob are shown in force) forthe erm oremain thesame the figure | 10. Forequltrium ofall 3 masses, T= yma)? +(may* = 102 N GP_3355Work, Energy and Power ‘A particle of mass m moving in the x direction with speed 2v is hit by another particle of mass 2m moving in they direction with speed v. Ifthe collision is perfectly inelastic, the percentage loss in the energy during the collision is elose to 12017) @) 56% 0) O% (0) 44% (@) MP Consider clastic collision of particle of mass m moving with a velocity u with another particle of the same mass at ret. After the collision the projectile and the struck particle move in directions making angles 0 and 0, respectively withthe initial direction of motion. The sum of the angles 0) +0, is 12016) @ & ha © Be @ 18° ‘Aneutron moving with speed v makes a head on collision with a hydrogen atom in ground state kept at rest. The minimum kinetic energy ofthe neutron for which inelastic collision takes placeis 12015) (@) 102ev (0) 204ev, (© 121ev (@) 168eV An elastic string of unstretched length L and force constant k is stretched bya small length x. Itis further stretched by another small lengthy, ‘The work done in the second stretching is 12015] @ 12Ky (b) V2KyQx+y) (©) W2Keery) —— @) IAKia+yF A small block of mass m is kept on a rough inclined surface of inclination 0 fixed in a clevatr. The elevator goes up with a uniform velocity v ‘and the block does not slide on the wedge. The work done by the force of friction on the block intimet will be (2014) (@)zer0 (b) mevt cos? (o)mgvt sin2o (@) mevtsin 26 43.628 kg ficight carmoving along a horizontal rail road spur track at 7.2 knvhour strikes a bumper whose coil springs experiences a ‘maximum compression of 30 cm in stopping the car. The elastic potential energy of the springs atthe instant when they are compressed 15 cm is 12013] @ 1211047 () 1211045 © 121«1087 (@ 121% 10° 10. nL. R Chapter 9 ‘Work done by a conservative force is postive if (@)_ PE. ofthe body increases {2013} (0) PE. ofthe body decreases (©) KE. ofthe body increases (@_ KE ofthe body decreases Ifthe unit of force and length be cach increased bby four times, then the unit of energy is increased {2012} by @)_ 16times (b) Stimes (©) 2times (@) times Which of the following must be known in order todetermine the power output of an automobile? (@) Final_velocity and height — [2012, 2006] (b)_ Mass and amount of work performed (6). Force exerted and distance of motion (@)_ Work performed and elapsed time of work ‘A massless platform is kept on a light elastic spring as shown in fig. When a sand particle of ‘mass 0.1 kgis dropped on the pan from a height ‘of0.241m, the particle strikes the pan and spring, is compressed by 0.01 m. pon] From what height should the particle be dropped to.cause a compression of 0.04 m, (@) 396m (b) 0 396m (c) 4m @ 04m ‘Thepotential energy for a force field F is given by U(xy)=e0s(x+y). The force acting on a particle at position given by coordinates (0,n/4) is~ 2010] Las Laas @ Bird © Bird 1 wie 8, © i) py A ng srng i setced by 2 em and the Pose ney is Vf th ping i seched by 10cm, its potential energy willbe [2010] @ V5 b) VS (© SV (@ BVPen BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 13. AiuinafmassM placed masmonh gle 18. Which ono following satements doesnt with Lnofits length | hanging over the edge. hold good when two balls of masses m, and m. ‘Theworkdone in pulling the hanging porionof undergo elastic collision (2006) the chain back tothe uray of he ble (@) When m, ) When m, >m, and m, at rest, after collision 14, Aparicleof mass 10 ke moving eastwards with theball of mass my mioves with four times aspeed 5 ms! collides with another particle of the vel fm, 2, the sme muss mowang oortrwards wit te cg Revelectvefmy cewillbe same pecd $ ms! ‘The to particles coalescs maximum transferofKE. on colison. The new particle of mass 20 kg wi a ae move in the north-east direction with velocity RS eaealiae ae a Te @ 10mst (b) Sms! (2009) in opposite directions. © (SivByms! (A) none ofthese 19 arts sploted agate is poston from 15. Aull allowed fill fom aheihtof 10m IF rin. Then which othe flowing statements aflerone impact ball will goup to [2008] ee a titeium Ere @) 10m () &m_— 4m (@) 6m ()_xlisin stable equilibrium 16. When two bodies stick together after collision, 2 le eduilibe thecolision is said tobe Taao7] (Xp Sinatablesquiptum (a) parially elastic i (b) clastic (©) inelastic (@)_ perfectly inelastic 17. Asphere of mass m, moving with velocity V, enters a hanging bag of sand and stops. Ifthe i ‘mass of the bag is M and itis raised by height h, o * then the velocity of the sphere was [2007] 20, Amassmm, moves with a great velocity. It strikes @ pe m © wim ) ‘a @ Fee another mass mat rest in a head on collision, It ‘comes back along its path with low speed, after collision. Then 12008] (@)m,>m, (&) m, Loss in energy 1 1 1 2 AB= 5m Vi +5maV3 —5(m +) Vaetions AE =3mmv? —Frv? = Frm? = 55.55% o a Poa GP_3355‘Work, Energy and Power ee 10. nL. Given m, =m, We will apply the prineiple of conservation of ‘momentum in the mutually perpendicular dit Along x-axis, mu, = m,¥, c0s0 +m, v3 cosh OF uy = ¥; £030 + ¥, “ ‘Along y-axis, 0=m;¥ sin =m, v) sing or 0=¥, sind — v, Cos ii) Again for elastic collision, kinetic energy is conserved = bimu? =bmv;? +b? pian? = mv? mv or uav2+ve co) quaring and adding (i) & (ii), we get nay (costo sito) vo ash ink) Py cosh 2vv, sind sind oruy Symes oS) Citable tok wees c0s(0+9)=0=c0s 5 > 0+4= 5 ne ‘Thisisa standard case of oblige collision Inthe string clastic force is conservative innature. W=-AU Work done by elastic force of string, W=—(Up—Uj)= Uj— Up. 12 Key? ate Eee we ght pee) adi? Lia? + y? 42m mpi? ph {a? +9? +209) 1 2 Tk (209) = boy Fig? “Therefore, the work done agains els force Ween =-W= 2 (any) © 6 ©) 7.) (a) Since unit of energy = (unit of force). (unit of length) so if we increase unit of length and force, each by four times, then unit of energy will increase by sixteen times. (@ Power is defined as the rate of doing work. For the automobile, the power output is the amount of work done (overcoming friction) divided by the length of tm in which the wrk © oF au Se =sinix+y), sin(x+y) 2 13. 4 1s. 16. 1". 20. 1 F.=sinbs+ Donia) "Jy (Fao =25V @_ W=change in PE of COM of hanging part M, 1 Mel 2n- 2n? +fav = 2m (Here v= 5 ms“!] @ Kinetic cheray of ball when reaching the round =mgh= mg 10 Kinetic energy afer the impact 60 2 mgc10 = 6m 100 *"8 ® Irthetall rises toa heighth, then mgh = 6 mg. Henes,h= 6m, (@) When the two bodies stick together ater collision, then itis perfeilyinelatie collision fd in his case, the coefficient of restitution es equal o zero, (@) By he conservation of linear momentum Initial momentum of sphere= Final momentum of system mV=(m+M)yg 0) Ir the system rises Up to eight h then by the conservation of energy Fem mye, = (m-+M) gh = vy = VP Substituting this valu in equation (1) v-(=3t) © (@)_x=x,andx=x, aronotoqiltrium postions 0 because x #0 at these points. sible as Us marimum thi pin v= GBD pay, i nga and hrs iesithan beim mySystem of Particles and Rotational Motion ‘A thin but rigid semicircular wire frame of radius ‘rishinged at O and can rotate in its own vertical plane. A smooth peg P starts from O and moves horizontally with constant speed vj, lifting the frame upwardas shown in figure," |2017], Find theangulat velocity wot ie anne when its diameter makesan angle of 60° with the vertical @ wr ©) ¥2r © wr @ wr AdiebrdiscotadsRand oes * as ‘moment inertia I about an axis passing through its centre perpendicular to its plane. Itismelted and recasted into. solid sphere. The moment of inertia ofthe sphere about its diameter is|2016] 1 Od 21 1 @1 MOF OF A thin rod of length 41 and mass 4m is bent at the points as shown in figure, What is the moment of inertia of the rod about the axis passes through point O and perpendicular to 2015) the plane of paper? MP @ oo) MP 2 Mr? @ Me @ 24 ‘An equilateral prism of mass rests on a rough horizontal surface with coefficient of friction p. Anorizontal force F is applied on the prism as shown in the figure, © 1 Ifthe coe suficiently igh sothat the prism does nt slide before topping, then the minimum force required to topple the prism is (o14] mE yw BME gg HME (a) wt oy © B OG A particle of mass ‘m’ is projected with a velocity vnakingan angle of 30" with thehorizotal. The ‘magnitude ofangular momentum ofthe project bout the point of projection when the pa isatits maximum height‘ is 12013] 3 mvt oy &) a0 mv? my © Fe OG, ‘A disc is performing pure rolling on a smooth Stationary surface with constant angular velocity as shown in figure. At any instant, forthe lower ‘most point ofthe dise — 12013) wk (a) \elocity sy, acscloration i Zero (b)_ velocity is zero, acceleration is zero (©) velocity is v, acceleration is v2/R, (@)_ velocity is zero, acceleration is VIR What is the moment of inertia ofa solid sphere ‘of density p and radius R about its diameter? [2012 2009] 105 5 105.2 @ Sr 15R @ 176"? ® 176 176 ys 176 2 © sR? @ ts GP_3355System of Particles and Rotational Motion PAIS a 10. nL. n A wheel of radius R rolls on the ground with a uniform velocity v. The relative acceleration of topmost point of the wheel with respect to the bottom most point is (2012) B v av v av? OTOP OROD A constant torque of 31.4 N-m is exerted on a pivoted wheel. Ifangular acceleration of wheel is 4 rad/s? then the moment of inertia ofthe wheel is on) (@ 2Skgm? (b) 35kgm? (© 45kem? (@) 55kgm? ‘The ratio ofthe accelerations for a solid sphere (amass ‘m’ and radius “R’) rolling down an incline ofangle 0" without slipping and slipping down the incline without rollingis 2010) @ 5:7 (b) 2:3 © 2:5 @ 7:5 ‘Agystem consists ofthree particles, each of mass mand located at (, 1), 2,2) and @, 3). Theco- ordinates ofthe centre of mass are [2010] @ an () @,2) © 63) @ 6.6) A uniform cube of side a and mass m rests on a rough horizontal table. A horizontal force F is applied normal to one ofthe faces ata point that is directly above the centre of the face, at aheight 3a/4 above the base, The minimum value ofF for which the cube begins to topple an edge is (assume that cube does not slide) (2009) 13. 1s. 16. 17. ‘A thin uniform circular disc of mass M and radius Risrotating in a horizontal plane about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the plane with angular velocity . Another dise ‘ofsame mass but half the radius is gently placed ‘over it coaxially. The angular speed of the ‘composite disc will be 12008] @ Gio &) @5)o © Ro @ 62)0 One solid sphere and dise of same radius are falling along an inclined plane without slipping. ‘One reaches earlier than the other due to (@). different radius of gyration {2008} (b) different sizes (©) different fiction (@ different moment of inertia ‘Two uniform solid spheres having unequal ‘masses and unequal radii are released from rest from the same height on a rough incline. Ifthe spheresroll without slipping, [2007] (@) the heavier sphere reaches the bottom first (b) the bigger sphere reaches the bottom first (©). thetwo spheres reach the bottom together (@) the information given is not sufficient to tell which sphere will reach the bottom firs. ‘A thin wire oflength L and uniform linear mass density p isbentintoa circular loop with centre ‘tas shown in the figure. The moment ofinertia, ‘ofthe loop about the axis XXis [2006] x x’ 3p) ol? © Ge Oi So? aol? © ig oe ‘A smooth sphere Ais moving ona frictionless horizontal plane with angular specd and centre ‘of mass velocity. Itcolidescastiallyand head ‘on with an identical sphere B a rest. Neglect friction everywhere. After the colison, their angular speeds are, and, respectively. Then @ <0, ©) ee, [2005] © oro @ ooP-16 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions Putting all values we get o> 2 nd ~ sin(90 aes ‘Moment ofinertia, 1= 10{ Mt Sx = 2rsind 3 & — seman 4 (9) The ede fran vl bao the dt dt Leet a0 ded ___vy __% | dt 2rcos® 2reos60" x a le 2. (©) According o problem dise is melted and recasted into a solid sphere so their volumewill be same. Forminimum force, the torque ofF about Chas R ‘to be equal to the torque of mg about C. ath SO) = Sa . 5) K =RVA i) Now acdeleration of any body which is rolling ‘onan inclined planes, gsind 1+K?/R? For same R, the acceleration ofthe body depends ‘only on radius of gyration K, [see ei] s solid sphere will reach earlier to bottom ofan inclined plane than dise. © 3p? Me, @ 1= JMR? ; M=pl, i) 2a (©) Since the spheres are smooth, there will be ‘no transfer ofangular momentum from the sphere ‘Ato sphere B. The sphere A only transfers its linear velocity vtothesphere Band will ontinue torotate with the same angular speed «.5 Gravitation ‘Abody moves inacireularorbiofradius Kunder the action ofa central force. Potential due to the cental fore isgiven by Vit) “kr (kis postive constant) Period of revolution ofthe body is proportional to: (2017), Penta ein Rit ‘Whats the minimum energy required to launch a sielite ofmassm fom tissue of aplanet, of mass M and radius Rin a circular orbit at an altitude of 28? var 0 7S 9 SM gM Kepler tied lawstatsthat square of perio of revolution (T) of a planet around the sun, is proportional to third power of average distance between sun and planet i.e. T?= Kr? here K is constant Ifthe masses of sun and planet are M and m respectively then as per Newton's law of gravitation force of attraction between them is F ot = SS. hereGis gravitational constant. The relation between G and K is described as [2016] @) GMa) @ Kd (@ GkK=42 ‘What should be the velocity of rotation of earth due to rotation about its own axis so that the 3 weight of a person becomes = of the present weight atthe equator. Equatorial radius of the earth is 6400 km. [2016] @) 87x10 ad's (b) 78% 10 rad’s (©) 67%104rads — @) 74% 10 rad/s Anartifcialsatllteis moving in circular orbit around the earth with a speed equal to half the ‘magnitude ofthe escape velocity from the earth The height (h) of the satellite above the earth's surface is (Take radius of earth as R,) [2015] @) h=R? O)A=R, (A=2R, A=4R, A spherically symmetric gravitational system of oy for rsR 0 for r>R particles has a mass density 9 Chapter 7 ‘where Sa constant, A test mass can undergo circular motion under the influence of the ‘gravitational field of particles. Its speed V as a function of distance r (0 <1 <0) from the centre ‘ofthe system is represented by [2014] y f Or oh © @ oN Ifthe radius of the earth were to shrink by one percent, its mass remaining the same, the value ‘of gon the earth’s surface would" [2012] (a) increase by0.5% —(b) increase by 2% (©) decrease by 0.5% (4) decrease by 2%. ‘Aman of mass m starts falling towards a planet ‘of mass M and radius R. As he reaches near to ‘the surface, he realizes that he will pass through small hole inthe planet. As he enters the hole, he sees that the planet is really made of two pieces a spherical shell of negligible thickness ‘ofmass 2M/3 and a point mass M/3at the centr. ‘Change in the force of gravity experienced by the man is Pou) 2GMm @ >Re wo 1GMm 4.GMm Oye @ 3 Geostationary satellite is one which [2011] (@)_ remains stationary ata fixed height from the earth's surface (©) revolves like other satellites but in the opposite direction of earths rotation (©) revolvesround the earth ata suitable height with same angular velocityand in the same direction as carth does about its own axis (@ None ofthese GP_3355Gravitation P-19 10. Suppose the gravitational force varies inversely (a) 71) (b) 134581 (€)—715 @) 15 as the nth power of distance. Then the time 14, _Apartclereleased ata large distance from aplanet period ofa planet in circular orbit of radius ‘R’ reaches the planet only under gravitational around the sun will be proportional to altraction and passes through a smooth tunnel 12010, 2007] ‘through its centre, If, isthe escape velocity of ( ® 4) (2) ) ‘a body at centre of the planet, then the particle's (@ R@) R27 RL?) @ RE speed. the centre ofthe planet is: [2007] 11, Two planets A and B have the same material density. Ifthe radius of A is twice that of B, then @ ve &) ViS¥. @15y, (A) 2, the ratio of the escape velocity va/Vp is[2010] 15. A. een is orbiting ed en at height of SR above that surface of the earth, R @) 2 ® v2 © WW2@ 12 being the radius of the earth. The time period of 12. Therouton ofthe carth having radius Raboutshohesatitenhouata eight 2 fom latitude angle 60° feels weightless. The duration the surface ofthe earth is Led ofthe day in such case will be 12009], M5 OO © 62 O62 K 7 ik 16. Thepotential energy ofa satellite ofmassm and @ fe c) nf Oy, @ aft revolving at @ height R, above the surface of 8 ‘earth where R,= radius ofearth, is [2005] 13, The gravitational field in a region is given by nek E=SN/kgi+12N/kgj. The change inthe) ~™BR, © gravitational potential energy of a particle of —mgR. ew ake ‘mass | kg when i is taken from the origin toa oS oa point (7m, ~3 m)is: 12008), 1.) U=m¥= km, ‘Therefore minimum required energy, oe pe He x soMim ‘oree, P= — TE 3. (@_ Asweknow, orbital speed, V, 2nr ‘Time period T= = 2 Squarring both sides, Gravitational potential energy= (eset. Jom) ~ and orbital velocity, vy= JGM7(R+h) 4 oe ae ix Gi__ [om Ga7k > GMK=art eR) aR nopeP20 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 8 (@)Changsinfregoferavity 5 Veet R foe same density, YA =2 ohm vp = OMm_ "3 2 © RR aw (only dueto mass M/3 dueto shell gravitational 13. @) 1=—" fildis zero (insidethe shel) 26Mm xy wa vf (©) Geo-stationary satellites are also called ae synchronous satellite, They always remain about =-[1.x+,y] the ame path on equater, i, it has period of , exactly one day (86400 see) = -[35+(-36)]=13/kg i i.e. change in gravitational potential 1 kg So omit radi |r =22) 2 | comes out tobe Hence changein gravitational potential energy 11 4. @ 42400 km, which is nearly equal to the . es cireumference of earth, So height of 1% (©) ArordingtoKepler’s law of period 7h Geostationary satelite from the earth surface is TRE _(6RY 42,400 -6400= 36,000 km. BR oR = 1, = 62 © F=KR" 2 sot KR 10. ©) PeKR™=MRo? 07 =KR“ 46) Ataheighth above the surface ofearth the st) ‘gravitational potential energy ofthe particle of| or @=K'R 2 massmis [where K'= K!2, a constant] uy = -oMem on nt (ost) MO Rh FoR? tar? Where M, & Rare the mass & radius of earth — respectively pom, |2Gd;aR* In this question, since h= R, Me ve = RR = fr R= |e =RpGdsn 3 So Usa, GP_3355Mechanical Properties of Solids Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However wire | has cross-sectional area A and wire 2 has cross- sectional area 34 Ifthe length of wie 1 increases by Ax on applying force F, how much force is needed to stretch wire 2 by the same amount? 12016) @ 4F O)6F © 9F @F {A steel wires stretched by kg wt. Ifthe radius ofthe wire is doubled, its Young's modulus will 2014) {@) remain unchanged (b) become half (©) become double (@) become bur times A cube is subjected to a uniform volume compression. Ifthe side of the cube decreases by 2% the bulk strain is 12013], @) 0 0) 003 (© 004 (@ 006 ‘The Young’s modulus ofa perfectly rigid body is P2012], @ unity () ze10 (© infinity (some finite non-zero constant ‘An iron rod of length 2m and cross-sectional area of50 mm stretched by0.5 mm, when amass of 250 kg is hung from its lower end. Young’s ‘modulus of iron rod is pom} (@) 19.6 10° Nim? (b) 19.6 10!8 Nim? (©) 19.6« 10! Nim? (@) 19.6 10!5 Nim? ‘The upper end of a wire of diameter 12mm and length Im is clamped and its other end i twisted through an angle of 30°. The angle of shear is (2010) 9 10. n. Chapter 8 (a) 18") O18 ©) 36” (d) 030" ‘A metallic rod breaks when strain produced is 0.2%, The Young's modulus of the material of therod is 7 x 10° Nim?, What should be its area ‘of cross-section to support a load of 10" N? {2009} (@) 71% 108m (71 10m? (©) 7.1% 104m? (@7.1* 10% m2 The length ofa metal is ¢, when the tension init is T, andis €, when the tension is. The original length ofthe wireis (2007| Ot+6 OR +h @ + OTT 4Ty- 63% © “Tot © fine A thick rope of density p and length Lis hung fom a rigid support. The Young’s modulus of the material of rope is Y. The increase in length ‘of the rope due to its own weight is [2006] @ (/4)pgly &) (12)pgL4¥ © pgliy @) ply Ifthe ratio of radi of two wires of same material is2: 1 andsatio oftheir lengths is 4:1, then the ratio ofthe normal forces that will produce the ‘same extension inthe length of two wires is 12006), @ 21 Wal © 14 Olt ‘Theclastc limit oftrassis 3.5 101° Nim?, Find the maximum load that can be applied to abrass wire of 0.75 mm diameter without exceeding the elastic limit. [2005] (@) 4.12 10!N (&) 5.5 «108N (©) 055% 10N (@) 155 «108NBITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions o <—'— —a— Wire (2) As shown in the figure, the wires will have the same Young’s modulus (same material) and the Tength of the wire ofarea of eross-section 34 will be 1/3 (same volume as wire 1). FIA Feewire!, ¥=F4 gy FIA orwire2, Y= i Forwire2, Y= 23) A Flot Ft From (i) and (ii), x —~ = > x >= => F'=9F A” ie 34 “3a (@) Young modulus is defined for a solid material, when we apply normal stress & it isa property of material. Hence it is constant and does not change by hanging a weight @ (©) Fora perfectly rigid body strain produced is zero forthe given force applied, so Y= stress/strain= co 250x98 © 2? Nia? SeagT 2 96x00 N/ » 6mm 30" _ 4 1g6 im 2 - 10. n. (©) Maximum possible strain = 0.2/100 — Yxstrain — _10* x100 (7%109)x0.2 (©) If € is the original length of wire, then change in length of first wire, AC, = (&, ~ change in length of second wire, Al, = (/5 0) =7.1x10-4 m Now, Y=lix Rh, ARR A Alp eee oe eee Z| My At; G-€ &-6 © Ty-Tye Tye) Ty Ty-Ne 2a “ TT F(L/2) _ (ALY L/2) oa eg oo? - (Levy (ze Fe mar FLA 1 ROAD h F (@ Stress = ; For elastic limit, 5 x 10! Nim? (given), (nt?) x stress GP_3355Mechanical Properties of Fluids ‘A mercury drop of radius 1 em is sprayed into 10° drops of equal size. The energy expressed in Joule is (surface tension of Mercury is 460 10> Nim) 2017) (@) 0057 (b) 57 (©) 5.7104 (@) 57106 A capillary tube of radius is immersed in water and water rises in it toa height H. Mass of water in the capillary tube is M. If the radius of the tube is doubled, mass of water that will rise in the capillary tube will now be (2017) @ M 2M | M2 @ 4M A capillary tube ofradius ris immersed vertically ina liquid such that liquid rises init to height h (less than the length ofthe tube). Mass of liquid inthe capillary tube ism. Ifradius ofthe capillary tube is increased by 50%, then mass of liquid that will risein the tube, 12016) 2 3 9 ® F™ Om | 5m @ Gm ‘The approximate depth of an ocean is 2700 m, The compressibility of water is 45.4» 10-1! Part and density of water is 10° kg/m?.What factional compression of water will be obtained atthe bottom of the ocean ? (2016) (@) 10% 102 (b) 12% 10? (©) 14« 10? d) 08102 ‘glass capillary tube of internal radius r= 0.25 mm is immersed in water. The top end of the tube projected by 2 cm above the surface of the water, At what angle does the liquid meet the tube? Surface tension of water=0.7 Nim, [2015] @ F OHM © @ Water is lowing on a horizontal fixed surface, such that its low velocity varies with y (vertical direction) as --3 |. tt coefficient of viscosity for water is n, what will be shear stress between layers of water at y=a. [2015] mu a @ ™ o- o ¥ (None of these 9. 10. nL. Chapter 9 A square gate of size | m = Im is hinged at its mid-point. A fluid of density p fills the space to the left of the gate. The force F required to hold the gate stationary is [2013] i oF oe 2 fe 6 oe » Hinge © FF oF ‘Two capillary tubes are of the same diameters. One is dipped in a liquid of relative density 0.8 while the other ina liquid of relative density 0.6. Ifsurface tensions ofthese liquids are 60 and 50 milli Nim, respectively, and the angles of the contact aré equal, compare the rise of liquids in the capillary tubes. [2014] @) 9:10 @) 7:10 © 3:10 @ 1:10 ‘Two liquids of densities d, and dare lowing in identical capillary tubes uder the same pressure iffeence.Ift, and are time taken forthe flowof equal quantities (mass) of liquids then the ratio of coefficient of viscosity of liquids must be 2014] £ © tet ‘ @ 2 @t @& aty 2 in Gt An ice block ots in a igquid whose density is tess than water part of block i outside the liquid. When whole ofice has melted, the liquid level will (2012) {a) rise (©) e0.dowmn (c) remain same {@),firstrisethen go down A large drop of oil (density 0.8 g/cm? and vscouty ng) dows up through a cokumn of another liquid (density 1.2 g/cm? and viscosity 4). Assuming that he two Tiquids do mot mix, ie elocty wth which te ol drop rises wil depend on [2012] (@) only (b) nyonly (©) both on ng and n, () neither ngnor ny,P24 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 2. 13, A spherical ball is dropped ina long column of ter wih the ncline willbe a viscous iguid. The speed (v) ofthe ballasa Wyant seametine walle 20081 function of ime (®) may bebest represented by (@). Q's tan! w (coe p 12010] 48, Theliof anairplaneisbasedon [2007] . 7 (a) Torriceli'stheorem (@) Bernoulli's theorem @ (6) Lawof gravitation o) © (@) conservation of linear momentum 19, Avertcal glas capillary tube of radius ropen at v “4 ‘both ends contains some water (surface tension Trand density ). If L be the length of the water © @ eed (2007) t a @l- 14, ‘Two mercury drops each of radius f) merge to ae T form a bigger drop. The surface energy of the (b) L=2= ! bigger drop, if Tis the surface tension, is "8 @) 23 mT (>) 41.” (2010) T 1 (© 2mt @)_ mr © Lag 15. Two circular plates of radius 5 em each, have a ss 0.0L mmthick water filmbetweenthem. Then what (@) L= = ‘ill be the force required to separate these plate 28 (S.T-of water=73 dyne/em)? 12010] 20. Two pieces of metals are suspended from the (@) 125N (b) 95N- (©) ISN (@) 105N arms of a balance and are found to be in 16. A liquid is flowing through a non-seetional tube ‘equilibrium when kept immersed in water, The Viscosity isthe property ofa liquid due towhich it pony (@) occupies minimum surface area (b) opposes relative motion between its adjacent layers (©) becomes spherical in shape (@ tends to regain its deformed position ‘with its axis horizontally. Iftwo points X and Y ‘on the axis of tube has a sectional area 2.0 cm? and 25 mm? respectively then find the flow velocityat Y when the flow velocityat X is 1Omis [2009] (@) 20m/s(b) 40mvs (0) 80m's (4) 60m/s 17. A cylindrical vesset filled with water is released on an inclined surface of angle 0 as shown in figure. The friction coefficient of surface with vessel is ( 2 or ia @ ©) Iceiis lighter than water. When ice melts, the volume occupied by water is less than that ofice, Due to which the level of water goes down, . “ 1s. 16. W. 18, 19. 20, a. » Aap’ = @ 5 2. & 3. ® we 3 R=, sure cnr ogg ep, B= appr = 4x23 PT = 83 q?7 2AT 2xmx (0.05)? « 73 x 107 d 0.01 x 10> aoe (0 Accadig wnt ofcominiy VsAx © F y 10¢en/s) x 2(em*) 25%10™*(em?) (a) Figure shows forces acting on a particle on the surface, with respect to vessel meet <> smgeoso resultant 80 m/s e=tan'p tan@=y, Apply Bernoulli's theorem, @) » dom’ ‘Volume of frst pioce of metal Upthrust=4 ef Effective weight= (32-4) gf= 28 gf Ifmbe the mass of second body, volume of m second body is Now, 28=m=- => m=35 g () b= 2 T8080 the tquidwillriseie, his positive i030 is +v¢; It is so if < 90° or 0 is acute,Thermal Properties of Matter ‘A steel wire of length “L’ at 40°C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass ‘m’ is hung from its free end, The wire is cooled down from 40°C to30°C toregain its original length ‘L’The coeflicient of linear thermal expansion ofthe steel is 10-5/° C, Young's modulus of steel is 10" N/ sand radius ofthe wire is I mm. Assume that L >>diameter ofthe wire, Then the value of m’ in kgisnearly (2017) @1 2 ©3 @s During vapourisation (2017) (@) change of state from liquid to vapour state occurs. (b) temperature remains constant. (©) both liquid and vapour states coexist in equilibrium, (@) Allofthe above ‘Two spheres of different materials one with double the radius and one-fourth wall thickness of the other are filled with ice. Ifthe time taken for complete melting of ice inthe larger sphere is 25 minute and for smaller one is 16 minute, the ratio of thermal conductivities of the materials of larger spheres to that of smaller sphere is [2016] (@) 4:5. (b) 5:4 (©) 25:8 @) 8:25 ‘The wavelength of radiation emitted by a body depends upon 2014) @)_ the nature of its surface (0) the area ofits surface (©). the temperature ofits surface (@) Allof the above Figure shows a copper rod joined toa steel rod ‘The rods have equal length and equal cross- sectional area. The free end of the copper rod is kept at 0°C and that of steel rod is kept at 100°C. Find the temperature of the junction ofthe rod, Conductivity of copper = 390 Wim. Conductivity of steel = 46 W/m °C orc |Copper | steel_|100°C @) 1801 & 26°C (E 106 @ WE 2013) 6. 2 8 9. 10. n. Chapter 10 Ifthe radius ofa star is and it acts asa black body, what would be the temperature of the star, in which the rate of energy produetion is O? 12013] (@) Oldnks (©) Q4nkoy'? (©) GrR2Q'o)! ——_(@) (Qld! solid body of constant heat capacity 1 1/°C is being heated by keeping it in contact with reservoirs in two ways (@ Scquentially keeping in contact with 2 reservoirs such that each reservoir supplies same amount ofheat i) Sequentially keeping in contact with & reservoirs such that each reservoir supplies same amount ofheat In both the cases body is brought ftom initial temperature 100°C to final temperature 200°C. Entropy change of the body in the two cases respectively is (2012 (@). In2, 2in2 (©) 2n2, Sin2 (©) In2, 4ln2 (@) Ind, n2 The radiation emitted by a perfectly back body is proportional to 011] (@) temperature on ideal gas scale (b) fourth root oftemperature on ideal gas scale (©) fourth power of temperature on ideal gas scale (@) square of temperature on ideal gas scale A copper sphere cools from 62°C to 50°C in 10 minutes and to 42°C in the next 10 minutes Calculate the temperature ofthe surroundings. @ 1s0r'c @) 2%6C ott} © 106c (@) 20 ‘One kilogram of ice at 0°C is mixed with one Kilogram of water at 80°C. The final temperature ‘of the mixture is (Take specific heat of water = 4200 kl/kg-"C, Latent heat of ice = 336 kl/ke) 12010) @ FC wwe © WC @ HC ‘Aody oflength Im having cross-sectional area (075m? has heat flow through it atthe rate of 6000 Joule/see. Then find the temperature difference if K= 200 Jmm-!K"! 12008] @ WC) WC ©) BC ~@ 10°C GP_3355‘Thermal Properties of Matter p-27 2 13. 4 18. Which of the following combinations of properties would be most desirable for a cooking pot? [2009] (@)_ High specific heat and low conductivity (b) Low specific heat and high conductivity (c) High specific heat and high conductivity (d) Low specific heat and low conductivity Two bodies A and B are placed in an evacuated vessel maintained ata temperature of27°C. The temperature of A is 327°C and that of B is 227°C. The ratio of heat loss from A and B is about 12008), @ 2:1 O12 © 4:1 @ 1:4 250 gm of water and an equal volume of aleohol of mass 200 gm are placed successively in the same calorimeter and cools from 60°C to 35°C in 130 sec and 67 see respectively. IF the water equivalent of the calorimeter is 10 gm., then the specific heat of alcohol in cal/gm °C is : [2008] (a) 130 (b) 067 (©) 062 (d) 0985 ‘A eat flux of 4000 Js is to be passed through a copper rod of length 10 cm and area of cross- section 100 sq. cm. The thermal conductivity of copper is 400 W/mC, The two ends of this rod rust be kept ata temperature difference of - @ Ic (b) 10C [2007] (©) 109 (d) 100°C rr 18. 19. ‘Two straight metallic strips each of thickness t and length ( are rivetted together. Their coeilicients of linear expansions are a, and they are heated through temperature AT, the bimetallic strip will bend to form an arc of radius 12006), @) Via, tayAT} — 0b) Ui(@,0,)AT} © t@j-a)AT ——@) (a.—a)AT A steel rod of length 50 cm has cross-sectional ‘area of 0.4. em?. What force would be required to stretch this rod by the same amount as the expansion produced by heating it through 10°. (a= 105K and ¥=2 = 10!" Nim?) ~[2006} (2) 600N (b) 800N’ (©) SOON (a) 400N Which of the following circular rods, (given radius r and length 2) each made of the same ‘material and whose ends are maintained at the same temperature wll conduet most heat? {2005}, () r= 2ry a @ 121 I=] Find the quantity of heat required @ convert 40 ‘gmofice at 20°C into water at 20°C. Given Li. 0.336» 10° kg Sp heat of ice = 2100 Jkg-K sp heat of water= 2 4200.kg-K (2005) (@) 12480) (b) 10420), (©) 164503 (@) 184803 Hints & Solutions 2 (©) We know that y= meld _ mgt ace ase A) Also A= ¢ AT 2 From (1)and 2) =—met___me Maa? AasT Yaar 8 10! 0,Q0,Q0 (© W>0,Q0anddU<0P30 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 8. Foranisothermal expansion ofa perfect gas, the value of is equal to ile | 2 AV av @ 4 ; 4 @ -15 o-F = i _ yak _ pak © - @-"F « . Figure shows the variation of internal energy 1 1 (U)with thepressure(P)of20molegasineyelic ——(@)_ | @] process abeda. The temperature of gas atc and AH are 300 K and 500 K. Calculate the heat es = CT 14, The slopes of isothermal and adiabatic curves are elated as (2008) {@) isothermal curve slope = adiabatic curve slope (©) isothermal curve slope =x adiabatic curve slope (©) adiabatic curve slope =" x isothermal eurve slope % nad (© adiabatic curve slope =} isothermal @ 400Rin2 (©) 200Rn2 curve slope (©) 100Rin2 (@) 300R In? 18, A.Camnot engine works frst between 200°C and 10. Intheeguation PV'= constant, the valueofyis 0° andthen between 0"Cand~200°C. Theratio unity, Then the process is 12010), ofits efficieney inthe two cases is" [2007] {@) isothermal () adiabatic (@) 10°) 0577 @) 034 @ 068 (©) isobaric (@ irreversible ‘16, An ideal gas with adiabatic exponent (y= 1.5) 11, Anidealreffigeratorhasa feeze ata temperature undergoes a process in which work done by the of 13°C. The coefficient of performance of the __gaSis Same as increase in internal energy ofthe engine is 5. The temperature othe ai (Lo which as. The molar heat capacity of gas for the heat is rejected) is 12010), process is — {2007] @) 320 0) 39C (0) 35K @ 3ST (@)C=4R) C=0 ©) C=2R@ C=R 12, Assampleof ens expands fom volume V, toV;. 17. A cylinder with a movable piston contains 3 ‘The amount of work done by the gas is greatest moles of hydrogen at standard temperature and when the expansion is 12009), pressure, The walls of the eylinder are made ofa (@). isothermal () isobaric heat insulator, and the piston is insulated by (© adiabatic (6) equalinall cases, having pile of sand on it. By what factor does 13, A cyclic process is the pressure ofthe gas increases ifthe gas is : compressed halfitseriginal volume? [2006] shown in the p-T ce Oye OO ew Dyes diagram, Which ofthe 18, The first operation involved ina carnct cycle is curvesshowthesame | (@)_ isothermal expansion 12005} process on a P-V ()_adiabaticexpansion diagram? [2009] 4 {6) isothermal compression (@)_ adiabatic compression Hints & Solutions (@) Process AB is isobasic and BC is isothermal, CD isochoric and DA isothermic compression, (@ The change in internal energy AU is same inall process. AU+ Wey au, Quep= AU* Wacy Here Wc is positive and W,,, isnegative Hence Oca Qua Quew GP_3355“Thermodynamics P-31 3.) Incyolic process ABCA = Qoete = Weycte . = 260 Oka + Qc * Acq "a of ABC 312K, 1 x 103)(4x FOX V4%10 4 4. © Slope of adiabatic curve _ (dP/dV Jas Slope of isothermal curve ~ (dP/dV)_ 4 © (cy So slope to adiabatic curve is 7 | = ©") times kT. oe EG) v ‘ofisothermal curve, as clear also from figure. P Isothermal 5 @ 6. (a) Theelfliciency of the heat engine is (2meze ) 4 " 273+ 427K. ‘Adiabatic curve 18, @ LOEW psy coarreaiis 1 [PHV-fac AIT => dQ=2dU => nCdT= 2nC\dt > C=2C, ‘Thus, the engine would require 417 eal of heat per second fo deliver the fequiste amount of}, ¢_ 2K _ gy . is 1. 8 0) Differentiate PY=constant wrt ¥ 17. {@)/The poces is adiabatic paverap-0 > SPaAb ree = PV v2 a % @ Given, ye] and 7 = (or diatomic gas) 10. (@_ PV = constant represents isothermal » process. Bays ie, =" H. @) Ty=273-13=260, RO en P= QV", 18. @3. Kinetic Theory ie gas molecules chosen atrandom are round to have speeds of 500, 600, 700, 800 and 900 mis. Then which of the following statements is correct? [2017], (a) The root mean square speed and the average speed are the same (b) The root mean square speed is 14 mls higher than the average speed (© Theroot mean square spoed is 14 mis lower than the average speed. (&) The root mean square speed is V4 mis higher than the average speed ‘The molecules of a given mass of a gas have Re s,. velocity of 200 ms“! at 27°C and 1.0 « 10° 2 "pressure. When the temperature and presse ‘ofthe gas are respectively, 127°C and 0.05 = 10° Nmr, the rm.s. velocity of its molecules in ms! is ie @ 100V2 ) * (a 1008 og 2 A vessel of volume 20L contains a mixture of hydrogen and helium at temperature of27°C and pressure 2 atm, The mass of mixture is 5g. Assuming the gases to be ideal, the ratio of mass of hydrogen to that of helium in the given mixture willbe 12015] @ 1:2 () 2:3 © 21 @ 2:5 In the kinetic theory of gases, which of these statements is/are true ? [2014] (The pressure of a gas is proportional to the mean speed ofthe molecules. i The root mean square speed of the molecules is proportional to the pressure. Gi. "The rate of diffusion is proportional tthe ‘mean speed of the molecules, (iv) Themean translational kinetic energy ofa ‘gas is proportional to its kelvin temperature. @) (ijand(ii)only (©) @yijand Gv) only (© Gand (ii) only (@) (iii) and (iv) only Ifa gas has ‘n’ degrees of freedom, the ratio of the specific heats 7 of the gas is (2013) len 2 pea} te ® > ® Ity 9 10. Chapter 12 @ 142 ‘Two gases occupy two containers A and B the gas n A, of volume0.10m?, exerts a pressure of 1.40 MPa and that in Bof volume 0.15m} exerts pressure 0.7 MPa. The two containers are united bya tube of negligible volume and the gases are allowed to intermingle. Then ifthe temperature remains constant, the final pressure in the ‘container will be (in MPa) 2013] @ 070 (b) 098 (©) 140 @ 210 ‘The average translational kinetic energy of O> (molar mass 32) molecules at a particular ‘temperatures 0,048 eV. The translational kinetic ‘energy of N, (molar mass 28) molecules in eV at the same temperature is, [2012] (@) 00015 (b) 0003 (©) 0048 (4) 0.768 For a gas if ratio of specific heats at constant pressure and volume is then value of degrees out of eedom is (2012 B-l @ > Oy 9 25 © j0-) @ Fo-p An ir bubble of volume vis released by a ish fatadepth h in a lake. ‘The bubble rises to the surface, Assume constant temperature and standard atmospheric pressure above the lake. ‘The volume ofthe bubble just before touching thesurface willbe (density) of water isp [2011] @ vo ©) vol(peh’p) © a @ v% (+28) The alee of given mas of gs have root mean square velocity of 200m sat 27°C and 1.0 * 10° N nr? pressure. When the temperatures 127°C and the pressure 0.5 « 10° Nav the root mean square velocity in ms" is (2011, 2005) 400 OR (b) 100V2, 100v2 100 o> oF GP_3355Kinetic Theory P-33 i. n 3 moles ofan ideal gas ata temperature of 27°C are mixed with 2 moles of an ideal gas at a temperature 227°C, determine the equilibrium 5, temperature ofthe mixture, assuming no loss of energy. (2010) @) 32°C () ITC (©) 318°C @ 410°C Which one the following graphs represents the behaviour of an ideal gas (2009) Pv oy @ J w) Cosy Ly, 16 © 7 \ @ LO The ratio of mean kinetic energy of hydrogen and oxygen ata given temperature is- [2008] 17 @ 1:16 b) 1:8 © 1:4 @ Tt ‘An ideal gas has volume V and pressure P. The {otal translational kinetic energy of the gas (2007) 3 3 (@) mustbe SPV) maybe 5PV (© mustte2 3PV_— (@) mustbes One mole ofa gas occupies 22.4 lit at NTP. Calculate the difference between two molar specific heats ofthe gas. (2006) 200 kcal (@) 1979kealkmolK (0) 2378kealAmol K (©) 4.569 kcal/kmol K_ (@)_3.028kcal/ kmol K Four mole of hydrogen, two mole of helium and ‘one mole of water vapour form an ideal gas mixture. What is the molar specific heat at constant pressure of mixture? 12006} @ Bro ZR@R @ BR Areal gas behaves as an ideal gas (2005) (@) at very low pressure and high temperature (©) high pressure and low temperature (©) high temperature and high pressure (@ low pressure and low temperature Hints & Solutions ]= 700m ‘Thus vj, is greater than average speed by l4mis (©) Here, =200ms; temperature, =27°C=27+273=300k temperature T,= 127° C= 127+27 v=? RMS. Velocity, Vc JT > 3. (@ Let there are n, moles of hydrogen and np ‘moles of helium in the given mixture. As PV= ‘RT Then the pressure of the mixture kr =(01 +n) 8 8.34300) 2x101.3x10 =(n, +p) 822300) +2) 20x10 « 25101.3%103 «20109 (m+n (8.3)(300) or, ny +ny= 1.62 ...(1) ‘Themass ofthe mixture i (in rams) ny x2-+ny 4 => (+2n)=25 ...2) Solving the eqns. (1) and (2), we get n= 0.74and ny = 0.88 my _0.74%2_148_ 2 088x4°3525 Hence, myePu BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 4 © TH. _(b) Energy possessed by the ideal gas at27°C is 5 @_Letusconsider 1 mole of an ideal gas asa 3 ae Kelvin temperature T. It has N, molecules r =3(3n 300) a (Avogadro's number). The internal energy ofan a : ideal gasisentrelykinetc, TheaverageK.E.per__Energy possessed by the ideal gas at 227°C is 1 tole of tn del gas a kT, where ni t22(2% est) 15008 degrees of freedom, Therefore the internal energy of one mole ofan ideal gas would be If T be the equilibrium temperature, of the 1 1 aT - (Joer}=JoRt (ek=RINg) mixture, then itsenergy willbe Ey 5(2) Since, energy remains conserved, Eq = E+E, «(22)—2 se 0 1-30 orc 12, @®) Foranideal gas PV=constantie, PV docs not vary with V. B. @ tn 4% @ OO eaty 1S. (@) V=224litee=224% 10-9 m?,J=4200,0keal eee byideal gas equation for one mole ofa gas, and PAV 4+ +n, a+ Ve)" On * 9) pe PY 1013108 x22.4x10° PAV A+ Va)= PAV + PaVa tT 273 (PqVa +P5Ve) _R_LO13<108 22.4 p= { Zavas Pave Cp—Cy = R= LOI a2 ONAN J 2734200 keakmal K 14x0.140.7%0.15 ~rrots — MPA“O9BMPa 46, C, forhydrogen = 3K 2 1 © ane C, forhetium = 3 qete2 oy ieta le 2 v 2 Sp Tt 6R , for water vapour = S*=3R (@) As the bubble rises the pressure gets reduced a came? for constant temperature, if P is the standard (COmix ‘atmospheric pressure, then (P+pgh ) Vo= PV Ay 42RD RHR . (14284) S——F or Vev, (+85 S241 wo. @ =f HR CVR . @ ®) 216 c=2R 7 1 ” @ GP_33552 Oscillations The following figure depict a circular motion ‘The radius of the circle, x the period of revolution, theinitial position and the sense of revolution are indicated on the figure. ‘The simple harmonic motion of the x-projection oftheradius vector oftherotating particle Pean 4, be shown as: (2017) (o) xo =av0s( #4) @) x= a00s(%+4) © x=asin(*#3) me © x= a00s(%+4) Apoint particle of mass 0.1 kg is executing S.H.M. ofampltude of 0.1m. When the particle passes through the mean postion, its Kinetic energy is 8 « 10° Joule. Obtain the equation of motion of this particle if this initial phase of oxillation is s (2016) ® y=0lsin( tt) ) y=02sin( sats) © y=outsin(221+) @ y=02sin( 121+) A 1 kg mass is attached to a spring of force 6, constant 600 N/m and rests on a smooth horizontal surface with other end of the spring tied to wall as shown in figure. A second mass of 0.5 kg slides along the surface towards the first at 3m’s. Ifthe masses make a perfectly inelastic collision, then find amplitude and time period of oscillation of combined mass. (2016) Chapter 3m| Ske | ks (0) Sem, Fs @ Snips (40m, 28s 4om, $s Vertical displacement ofa Planck witha body of ‘mass on tis varying according to law y= sin ‘t+ JScosot. The minimum value of o for ‘which the mass just breaks off the Planck and the moment it occurs first after t= 0, are given by (2015) fix 52 @ BSE & Hae © ver2.52/8 @) Vie, \2aTe ‘Aload of mass m falls from a height h on tothe scale pan hung from the spring as shown in the figure. Ifthe spring constant is k and mass of the scale pan is zero and the mass m does not Dounce relative to the pan, then the amplitude of vibration is (2015) @) mgd c a mg [le 2hk o AGS) mg [/U+2hk me o RS ‘The displacement ofa particle is given at time, by: x= Asin(-2or)+Bsin?or Then, {2015} (@) the motion of the particle is SHM with an seine 0P-36 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 2 10. iT 2D (b) the motion of the particle is not SHM, but ‘oscillatory with a time period of T= (©) themotion of the particle is oscillatory with atime period of T= 2220 (@) the motion ofthe particles a periodic. ‘Two particles Pand Q describe S.HLM. of same amplitude a, same frequency f along the same straight line. The maximum distance between the two particles is av2 [2014] ‘The intial phase difference between the particle @) 200 @) m © m6 @ 3 ‘Atunnel has been dug through the centre ofthe earth and a ball is released in it, It executes SHIM. with time period (2014) (@) 42minutes (b) I day (©) thou @ 846minutes An instantaneous displacement of a simple harmonic oscillator is x= A.cos (ot + 1/4). Its speed will be maximum at time 2013) @) x40 ) mo © wo @ 200 ‘One end ofa long metallic wire of length L tied to the ceiling. The other end is tied with a massless spring of spring constant K. A mass hhangs freely from the fee end of the spring, The area of cross section and the young’s modulus ofthe wire are Aand Y respectively. Ifthe mass slightly pulled down and released, it will oscillate with a time period T equal to. 2012) (@ 2nylm7K) (0) 2nJm(YA+KL)/(YAK) © 2xy@VATRD) @ axa TVA) Which of the following expressions corresponds tosimple harmonic motion along.a straight line, where xis the displacement and a, b,c are positive constants? pouty @) atbx-e? (b) be (©) a-bx tex? (@) -bx Amass m is suspended from a spring of force constant & and just touches another identical spring fixed tothe floor as shown in the figure, ‘Thetime period ofsmall oscillations is [2011] 13. 4 16. xl A simple pendulum has time period 't. Its time period in a lift which is moving upwards with [2010] acceleration 3 msi 128 {28 © 5 pe @ 128 8 Ao aa © 68 @ o8 In case of a forced vibration, the resonance wave ‘becomes very sharp when the [2009] (@) restoring force is small (b)_ applied periodic force is small (©) quality factor is small (@)_ damping force issmalt ‘A pendulum bob carries a +ve charge +q. A positive charge +q isheld atthe point of support. Then the time period of the bob is— [2009] (© greaterthan 22/C7@ (© tess than 2e E78 (0 equalto 2n/i7e @ equal to 2nJ2L7e Two oscillating systems, a simple pendulum and ‘a vertical spring-mass-system have same time period of motion on the surface of the Earth. If both are taken tothe moon, then- 2008} (a) Timeperiod of the simple pendulum will be ‘more than that ofthe spring-mass system. (b)_ Time period of the simple pendulum will be equal is that is ofthe spring-mass system. (© Timeperiod ofthe simple pendulum will be less than of the spring-mass system. (@ Nothing can be said definitely without observation. GP_3355Os lations P-37 W. One end ofa spring of force constant k is fixed toa vertical wall and other toa body of mass m resting on a smooth horizontal surface there is another wall ata distance x, from the body. The spring is then compressed by 2x, and released. ‘Thetimetaken tostrikethe walls: [2007] x fk ® rf ps % © Vx xan > a © Vk rs [ke © Tn “The potential energy ofa particle (U,) exceuting SHHM. is given by (2007) aKa? fa) Ux=36 iy OW) Uy = kyr kg? Hx? © U,=Ae™ (@ U,=aconstant A child swinging on swing in siting positon stands up. The time period of the swing will (@) increase [2006 (0) decrease (¢) remain same (@)_ increase ifthe child is tall and decrease if the child is short. ‘The height of liquid column in a U tube is 0.3 meter. Ifthe liquid in one of the limbs is depressed and then released, then the time period of liquid column will be- 12005] f@) O.11sec (b) 19sec (©) Llsee (@) 2 see Hints & Solutions t= eca(or+8) o x = an(2,5) (@) The displacement of particle in S.H.M. is given by yeasin (ot +) wy at ‘The velocity is maximum when the particle passes through the mean position ie. (2) ‘The kinetic energy at this instant is given by (Gh oc 4 (.1)e*(017=8 104 velocity 02 60s (at + 4) maa?=8 x 10 joule Solving we geta=+4 Substituting the values ofa, wand 6 in the equation of S.H.M., we get y=0.1 sin (@4t+1/4) metre, @ (a) From, figure, an =y(B) +0 rer (] 1 =2sin[ ot += * ( 3) =-20?sin(ot+ 2) ae? 3. mx =-20? = g For which mass just breaks off the plank o= et This will be happen forthe first time when ey ote 242 op ot = 2 xf bo,P-38 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 5. @) According to energy conservation principle, If,x, is maximum elongation in the spring when the particle is in its lowest extreme position. Then, mgh = kf ot 2 2 on.xf Amplinde AX Xy(dongation in spring for equilibrium position) aR ae) ‘The displacement of the particle is given by: x= Asin(2o) + Bsin? or ~Asin201 + (1-cos201) =(Asin201+ Zeos200) +3 ‘This motion represents SHM with an 2 amplitude: | 4? +4 , and mean position 2 © x= sin(oxt +), xp =asin(oot+ 62) +O. (*5%) 2 Fo e Tomaximize | xj—x2| sin( or 2222) 1 > [syn |= 2asin( ot 9 10. i. 2 13, 4 18. 16. 19 20. Velocity will be maximum, when t+ w4= nor ot= 2 W4= wid ort 4a o (@_Inlinear S.H.M,, the restoring force acting ‘on particle should always be proportional tothe displacement ofthe particle and directed towards ‘the equilibrium position ie, Foex ‘or F =—bx where b is a positive constant (@) When the spring undergoes displacement in the downward direction it completes one half oscillation while it completes another half ‘oscillation in the upward direction. The total time periodis: 1 eR tak, in (28 s98+3=128) 98, [98 stt= [8 t 2. @ @ ma 7 @ t,t @ bristveg'= 8G TE i () Fcsinppentiun: T= 2n| ‘As g wll deteseon moon, ime prod will inetase fm For spring mass system : T= ame {twill not changeand remains the same © (a) PE. of body in S.H.M. at an instant, oo. in © T= nf or T=2«3.14% GP_3355Waves ‘A tuning fork of frequeney 392 Hz, resonates 6. with 50.cm length ofa string under tension (7). If length ofthe string i deereased by 2%, keeping the tension constant, the number of beats heard when the string and the tuning fork made to vibrate simultaneously is (2017) @4 6 ©8 @P ‘Asonometer wire resonates witha given tuning fork forming standing waves with fiveantinodes 7. between the two bridges when a mass of 9 kg is suspended from the wire. When this mass is replaced by a mass M, the wire resonates with the same tuning fork forming three antinodes for the same positions of the bridges. The value of M is (2017 (@ 25kg (b) Ske (©) 12Skg(d) 125kg A source of sound S emitting waves of frequency 100 Hz and an observor O are located at some distance from each other. The source is moving with a speed of 19.4 ms“! at an angle of 60° with the source observer line as shown in the figure. ‘The observor is at rest. The apparent frequency observed by the observer is (velocity of sound inair330ms") (2016), ar 7 ° (@ 18H (b) 10642 © 97h (@) 100112 A string of length ¢ is fixed at both ends. I is vibrating in its 3! overtone with maximum amplitude ‘a. The amplitude at a distance £/3 from one end is (2016) vi 3a a @2 © @S@} ‘The frequency of a sonometer wire is 100 Hz ‘When the weights producing the tensions are 9, completely immersed in water, the frequency bocomes 80 iz and on immersing the weights in certain liquid, the frequency becomes 60 Hz ‘The specific gravity ofthe liquid is [2045] (@) 142 (6) 177) (©) 182 @) 121 Chapter 14 Two tuning forks with natural rrequencies 340 Hz each move relative to a stationary observer. ‘One fork moves away from the observer, while the other moves towards the observer at the same speed. The observer hears beats of frequency 3 Hz, Find the speed of the tuning forks (2015] (a) LSmis(b) 2m/s (c) Im/s (d)25m/s ‘A sound source, emitting sound of constant frequency, moves with a constant speed and crosses a stationary observer. The frequency (a) of sound heard by the observer is plotted against time (t). Which of the following graphs. represents the correct variation? [20444 @ A © © a @ When a string is divided into three segments of length /,, [and [the fundamental frequencies of these three segments are ¥,, v, and v, respectively. The original fundamental frequency (9) ofthe string is, 2014) @) Way tyin tyiy ©) vey tut Lote © De is Two waves of wavelengths 99 om and 100 cm eth raven with elt 396 mare madeto interfere. The number of beats produced by them ‘per second is. (2013) @1 ®2 ©4 @8P-40 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 10 nL. 2. 13. If equation of transverse wave is y = x, cos es twice of wave velocity, if is [2013] @) Wx, ©) Im © x Wm ‘The transverse displacement (x, ofa waveon a string is given by wine P sala) This represents a (2012) fo) me emvigin-rdvson tf (©) standing wave of frequency Vb (© sang nove of eeney ‘The fundamental frequency of an open organ pipe is 300 Hz. The first overtone of this pipe hhas same frequency as frst overtone of a closed ‘organ pipe. I speed of sound is 330 m/s, then the length of closed organ pipe is [2011] (@) lem (b) 37em (©) 31cm (A) 80cm Awave y=a sin (ot—kx) ona string meets with ‘another wave producing a node at x = 0. Then the equation of the unknown wave is [2010] G@)_y=asin (ot+kx) (0) y=-asin (ot+bo) (©) y=asin (ot-kx) (@_y=-asin (ot-kx) . A source of sound produces waves of wavelength 60 cm when itis stationary. Ifthe speed of sound in air is 320 ms“ and source moves with speed 20 m s~!, the wavelength of sound in the forward direction will be nearest to 12010] @) S6cm (b) Gem (©) 64cm (A) 68cm ‘Two tuning forks A and_ B sounded together sive 6 beals per second. With an air resonance tube closed at one end, the two forks give reso- 16. 17. 18, 19. nance when the two air columns are 24 em and 25.m respectively. Calculate the frequencies of forks {2008] (@) 20H, 124Hz ——(b) 110, 114 Hz (©) 150He144Hz ——_(@) 170, LISHiz When a source of sound crosses a stationary ‘observer then the change in apparent frequency ‘of sound observed by the observer, when V. << V. will be- (2608) 2ov, 2 @ a= ( an= © an=2Vv,v @ ane M0 ‘The equation of a wave is represented by yt (108-2) enter io wave willbe 12007) @) 100m/s (b) 4im/s (©) 1000mvs (@ 10ms ‘A cylindrical tube open at both ends has a fundamental frequency n in air. The tube is dipped vertically in water so that half of it is immersed in water. The fundamental frequency ofair columns {2006] @ m2)» © 2n @4n ‘A source of sound of frequency 256Hzis moving rapidly towards a wall with a velocity of Smis, How many beats per second will be heard if sound travels at a speed of 330 mis by an ‘observer behind the source. (2006] @) 17) () 52) @ 35 77 ‘The loudness and pitch of a sound depends on. (@) intensity and velocity (2005) (b) frequency and velocity (6) intensity and frequency (d) frequency and number of harmonics: [A progressive wave of frequency 500 Hz istrav- elling with a velocity of 360 m/s. How far apart {are two points 60° out of phase. 12008] (a) 0.12m (b)0.24m = (¢) 2.12m (d) 1.2m Hints & Solutions (9) Thehoquneyoftning fk, f= 92H awe w=) Afier decreasing the length by 2%, we have 1 FIM i) From above equations, GP_3355From above equations, we get 3. (@)_ Here, original frequency of und, Speed of source V,= 19.4 cos 60°=9.7 19.4 or 19.4 c0s 60° = 9.7 From Dopplers formula 97 =109(14+ 22 a 0 +3) ‘Apparent frequency 4. (©) Fora string vibrating in its n" overtone (n +P harmenic) ye2Asin (@ +p) coset P41 ‘As we know, frequency foe Jing of f« JB Invite, fy Bog 2°) Pm Pin 2 From eq. (1) and (2) 064 108 peur Dy 036 ork Let v= speed of sound and vg tuning forks. Apparent frequency of fork ‘moving towards the observer is (ZS Apparent frequency of the fork moving away from the observer is (aah [ffis the number of beats heard per second, then f= ny —n; Cayos) putting v= 340 m’s, f=3,n=340 Hzwe get, 340%3 sm/s Fundamental frequency is given by ete 1 1 aa > ey PatPua BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Since, Pdivided into/,, /,and/, segments 15, (¢) Let the frequency ofthe first fork bef and fet that of second be f,, tua v SO eee Wethen have, == "> and ETS a4 9. (©) Velocity of wave v= n2, = 7 425 wheren = frequency of wave => n= > We also see that f,>f 7 0 100x107 Bed x and 5 35 i) Solving (i)and (i), we get x 0. @ 3) = SOH2 and f= M44 He - 16. (@) 1. © yaXoeas F(vt=x) [ee v fy i: 18. (&) When tube is open, n= 37, where nis (2) aw Eve given) A= ay fundamental frequency of open organ pipe Posen _-clins Co T. @) yan =e eras Se? ‘When half of tube is dipped vertically in Itisa function of type water, it behaves as a closed pipe of length (or + kx) fi ~ » (8) represents wave travelling along J -s0findamenta requencyn in thiscase “xeireetion. 5 is _° Speed of wave= P= "p= 4/2) 26 5 19. @ When thesource Sis between the wall (W) 12. (@) For open pipe, =3%-, where ny isthe and the observer (O) For direct sound the source is moving away fundamental frequency of open pipe. from the observer, therefore the apparent ae eee ey frequency oat, 3? fe 330 A Ist = ¥ a ist bvertone of closed pipe "POT w= Vay," 33045 *256 i and frequency of reflected sound 3 es 13. (@) Equation ofa wave Number of beats/se: sin (ot—kx) (i) 20. © ‘Let equations of another wave may be, 21, (a) Weknown that fora wave v= asin(ot+kx) (i) v_ 360 -asin(ot+kx) Gi) So: 7am 4. @ IFEg. () propagate with Eq. (i), we get y= 2acos kx sin ot IFEg. (i), propagate with Eq. (ii), we get 2a sin kx cos ot ‘Atx=0, y=0, wave produce node So, Eq (ii) isthe equation of unknown wave F500 Now as in a wave path difference is related to phase difference by the relation Phase difference Ap = 60° rad Path difference Ax= pa 2x GP_3355Electric Charges and Fields A disk of radius a/4 having a uniformly distributed charge 6 Cis placed in thex-y plane with its centre at (-a/2, 0, 0).A rod of length a carrying a uniformly distributed charge 8 C is placed on the x-axis rom x= a/4 tox=Sa/4, Two point charges ~7 C and 3 Care placed at (a/4, ~ al4, 0) and (— 3a/4, 3a/4, 0), respectively, Consider a cubical surface formed by six surfaces x= 44/2, y=4al2, z= + a/2, The electric flux through this cubical surface is (2017, 2c @ Fm o Xw@ % a & ® ‘Two concentric conducting thin spherical shells A, and B having radii, and ry (ry > 7) are charged to Q, and-Q, (i2,!>|0,). The electric field along a line passing through the centres, (20171 Two identical charged spheres suspended from a common point by two massless strings of lengths /, are initially at a distance d (d <<) apart because of their mutual repulsion. The charges begin to leak from both the spheres at a Chapter 15 ‘constant rate. Asa result, the spheres approach ‘each other with a velocity v. Then v varies as a function ofthe distance x between the spheres, 3s {2016} 1 @ vax? b) vex im @ vex? @ vex! ‘The surface charge density of a thin charged dise of radius R is 6. The value of the electric field at the centre of the disc is —°__ with respect tothe fieldat the centr, the ASErie field along the axis ata distance R from the centre of the dise 12016] (@) reduces by 70.7% (©) reduces by 29.3% (6) reduces by 9.79% (@) reduces by 14.6% Atthe comets of an equilateral triangle ofside (I metre), thre point charges are placed (cach ‘0f0.1.C) this sytem is supplied energy atthe rate of kw, then calculate the time required to move one ofthe mid-point ofthe line joining the other two. (2013] (@ 50h (b) 6h (©) 48h @) Sth J L\ nee A solid sphere of radius R has @ charge Q distributed in its volume with a charge density p ‘kr, where k and a are constants and r is the distance from its centre, Ifthe electric field at r= Ro is gtimes that at = R, the value ofa is 201s} @3 OS ©2 @7P44 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 10. n. Rn Two point dipoles pk and 9% are located at (0,0,0)and (1m, 0, 2m) respectively. The result- ant electric field due to the two dipoles at the Point (Im, 0, 0)is por) Fi “> © Bre” © Ree on © Dre (@ None of these Three equal charges (q) are placed at corners of an equilateral triangle. The force on any charge is 20131 (@) zero. ®) V3 ae Ka aq? oR © 334 In a region of space having a uniform electric field E, a hemispherical bowl ofradius is placed, ‘The electric flux through the bow! is [2012] (@) RE (b) 4RE (6) 2WE (@) ARE The electric field intensity just sufficient to balance the earth’s gravitational attraction on ‘an electron wil be: (given mass and charge ofan clectron respectively are9. 1 « 10°! kg and 1.6 10°C) (2012, 2006] (@) 56x 10"NIC— (b) 48 10-5N/C (©) “16x 10-PNIC— (d) 32*10-PN/C In an uniformly charged sphere of total charge Qand radius R, the electric field E is plotted as function of distance from the centre. The graph which would correspond to the above will be (2011) 4 y © o Ti . : a ; 1 © @ Ri RT ‘A charge Q, exerts some force on a second charge Q,. Ifa 3rd charge Q, is brought near, then the force of Q, exerted on Q,— [2011] (a) will increase (6) will decrease (©) willremain unchanged 13. 4. 18. 16. 7. 19. 20. (@)_ will increase ifQ, is ofthe same sign as Q, and will decrease iQ, is of opposite sign. A.charge-+q sata distance L/2 above a square ‘of side L. Then what is the ux linked with the surface? (2010) 1 wy 2 1 @ 4 © i Oi © Fe OG ‘Two metallic spheres of radii I em and 3 em are given charges of—1 « 10? Cand 5*10C, respectively. If these are connected by a ‘conducting wire, the final charge on the bigger sphere is [2010] @) 2« 10°C (b) 3x 102C (©) 4 102C @ 1x107C Ifan electron has an intial velocity ina direction different from that ofan electri field, the path of the electron is [2009] (@) astraight line (b) acircle (©) ancllipse (@) aparabola ‘The ratio of magnitudes of electric field due to an electric dipole on the axis and on the equatorial line at equal distances will be 12008} @ 4:1) 1:2 @ 2:1 @ dit Assquare surface of side L 5 meter in the plane of the paper is placed in a Gm luniform electric field E (olvim) acting along the same plane at an angle 0 7 vA with the horizontal side of thesquareas show in Figure. The electric flux linked tothe surfice in units of vlt is (2007) @) EL (b) EL? cos (©) EL?sin@ (d) zero Charge is distributed totwo different metallic spheres having radii R and 2R such that both spheres have equal surface charge density, then charg resphereis igen oF oF OF OF A charge q is placed at the centre ofthe open ‘end ofa eylindrical vessel. The lux ofthe electric field through the surface of the vessel is [2006] @) z210 0) @%) © (G24) Cale) A solid spherical conductor of radius R has @ spherical cavity of radius (a< R) at its centre ‘Accharge + Qis kept at thecentre. The cahrge at theinner surface, outer and at position r(a R) which is correctly represented in option (c) q The given square of side L may be considered a5 one ofthe fees ofa cbe vv edge L. Then given charge q willbe considered to be placed at the centre of the cube, Then according to Gaus’ theorem, themagnitude of the electric fax though the faces (sn) ofthe cube is given by ro ‘Hence, electric flux through one face of the cute forthe given square willbe oto 6 16. ©) 7 @ 18. @ » © 20. ‘At oquilibrium potential of both sphere becomes same if charge of sphere one x and other sphere Q x then where O=4» 10°C yay (0 Tem 3em 3x=Q-x > 4x=Q Q_4x107 4 4 Q=Q-x=3* 10°C The path is a parabola, because initial velocity can beresolved into two rectangular components, one along E and other 1 to E.. The former decreases at a constant rate and latter isunaffected. The resultant path is therefore a parabola, C=1x107 Electric fx, $= EA cos 0, where 0 = angle between £ and normal to the surface, Here 0=F => @=0 Let qand q' be the charges on spheres of radii Rand 2R respectively. Given gq 0 Surface charge densities are ag ger? 7 GRY Giveno=o 4 = oF 49 ak? a(R) Fromeq. (i), 4! =Q=4 or, 44=Q-4 6, 0=54 i) 4 3 ‘The charge at the inner surface, outer surface and inside the conductor at P = €Q,*Q,0)asshown in the figure 406 GP_3355What 1s equivalent capacitance of circuit between points 4 and B? (20171 Ie MF uF aI Electrostatic Potential and Capacitance Jordi yeh TT wes: taint sei ‘UL _— te ate ob lh 2 4 @ 5 © 5HF (©) Infinite @ (N53) we 2 A long, hollow conducting cylinder is kept coaxially inside another long, hollow conducting cylinder of larger radius. Both the eylinders are initially electrically neutral. Then 2017], (a) a potential difference appears between the ‘two cylinders when a charge density is ‘given to the inner cylinder, (b)_apotential difference appears between two cylinders when a charge density is given to the outer eylinder. (©) nopotential difference appears between the ‘wo eylinders when a uniform line charge is, kept along the axis of the eylinders (@)_nopotential difference appears between the ‘wo cylinders when same charge density is, given to both the cylinders, Two conducting shells of radius a and 6 are connected by conducting wire as shown in figure. The capacity ofsystem is: 2017] a @) 4 5p () 4 y(a+8) (©) zero (@) infinite 4. A parallel plate capacitor of area ‘4” plate separation “a is filled with two dielectrics as shown, What is the capacitance of the arrangement ? o16) 5 6. 3Ke,4 wy SKE o ar oa ) (Keel K(K +3) 64 @ 2d OK aia In the figure below, what is the potential difference between the point 4 and B and between Band C respectively in steady state [2016] Sur WF 4 B KH ae we We 1001 Kt SV SV 1003 200 (0) Vyg=Vqc= 1007 0) Vyp= TV. Pe (©) Vig=25V Vag @ Vag= Voc=50V A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C is ‘connected to a battery and is charged to a potential difference V. Another capacitor of ‘capacitance 2C is similarly charge to a potential difference 2V. The charging battery is now disconnected and the capacitors are connected in parallel to each other in such a way that the positive terminal of one is connected to the negative terminal of the other. The final energy ofthe configuration is (2015 (@) Zer0 Zev? Boy2 Soya o@ Fev @ FevP48 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 7. Four point charges—Q, 9,24 nd 2Qareplaced, 14. Calculate the arca of the plates of a one farad one at each corner of the square. The relation Parallel plate capacitor if separation between between Q and q for which the potential at the plates is 1 mm and plates are in vacuum [2009] centre of the square is zero is [2014, 2006] (@) 18% 108m? (b) 0.3% 108m? (©) 13% 108m? (@) 1.13% 108m? @ O=-4 © 15, capacitor is charged to store an energy U. The charging battery is disconnected, An identical 1 capacitor isnow connected tothe first capacitor © Ong @ == inparallel, The energy in each ofthe capacitors 4 is (2008) 8. Twoiidentical capacitors, have the same capaci- @ 302 )U © Us @uD tance C. One of them is charged topotential V, 16. A parallel plate capacitor is charged and then and the other to V,. The negative ends of the isolated, What isthe effect of increasing the plate capacitors are connected together. When the separation on charge, potential, capacitance, positive ends are also connected, the decrease respectively? {2007] imeneay ofthe combine yxtem is~ [2013] (a) Constant, decreases, decreases 1 ; f (b) Increases, decreases, decreases @ icw-v) foo +N2) (©) Constant, decreases, increases 1 : (@)_ Constant, increases, decreases ( FeO-VeF —@ FCW +VyF 1% Figure shows a solid hemisphere with a charge 9. TwocapacitrsC, and C, are charged to 120 V eae ee ee ee roo and 200 V respectively. It is found that by hapa be ce eee ane eae y located on the plane, along a racial line from the connecting them together the potential on each centre of curvature at distance 15 em. The elec- one an be made zero, Then P2012) iepotential at poin iaphects eisceel faeces ‘ric potential at point P dueto the hemisphere, is ©) 3C,45G=0 —— @) 9C,=4C, 10, Ahollow metal sphere ofradis Sem is charged > such that the potential on its surface is 10 V. The potential ata distance of 2em from the centre of ey f2007) the sphere is au (@) 13V_ (b) 300V. (©) 450V_(@) OV (@) zero (b) OV (©) 4V_ (4) 103V 48, Two parallel metal plates having charges + Q 11, Ifthe potential ofa capacitor having capacity 6 and“ face cach other ata certain distance UF is increase from 10 V to 20V, then increase in between them, Ifthe plaves are now dipped in its energy will be pouty kerosene oil tank, the electric field between the @ 4* 1045 (&) 41047 plates wil 12006] (©) 9x 1043 (@) 12« 10% (@) remain same (b) become zero 12, In a region, the potential is represented by (¢) increases (@) decrease V(x, 3.2) = 6x—Bxy- 89+ 6)z, whereVisin vols 19. Two capacitors C, and C, = Sc. and x, y, z are in metres. The electric force 2C, are connected ina circuit ‘experienced by a charge of2 coulomb situated at with a switch between them Point 1, 1, 1)is 12010) as shown in the figure. k i Initially the switch is open ° ee x ° ven N and C, holds charge Q. The 13, Ifon combining two charged bodies, the current en ia ese oot aa does not flow then (@)_ charge is equal on both (©) capacitance is equal on both (©) potential is equal on both (@ resistance is equal on both 2009) state, the charge on each capacitor will be @ 220 » 92 005) 3Q 2, AQ ) @ 2A GP_3355Electrostatic Potential and Capacitance p49 Hints & Solutions 1, @)_ Theeffective circuit is shown in figure. [| j uF MF HJ LEY Jp eee ne ‘The capacitance of upper series, ‘When charge is given to inner eylinder, an lectic field will be in betwen the cylinders, ‘Sothere is potential difference between the cylinders 3. @ V=0,andso 2) £ @ "In eg Ey g, BE K)KAto ese, 8" 2a(K 41) + C,and C, are in series and resultant ‘of these two in parallel with C,) The equivalent circuit is shown in figure, V,+W%= 100 and 2V,=6V; 8 © 2 10a Aw | tf 4 20 100V On solving above equations, we get V,=75V, V,=25 () From the figure. ‘The net charge shared between the two capacitors = 0,V, = 2OV2V) = 4CV ‘The two capacitors will have some potential, say V" ‘The net capacitance of the parallel combination of the two capacitors C1=C)+C) =C+2C43C ‘The potential of the capacitors ‘The electrostatic energy of the capacitors cv? =i @0)v? =3 (@) Let the side length of square be a’ then potential at centre Os 2) 29P80 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 7 At(1, 1,1), E=2i+10}-68 (4) rs = =P He +e = Vi = 2) 2 2 pe qh= 2x28 - 45 (Given) Zl =-Q-q+2q+20=0=0+q=0 3 -O--4 M4. 8 (a) Initial energy of combined system Loyal tovestev? Uj =30W + 50¥% Final common potential, V=~L=%2., ‘This corresponds to area of square of side Final enetgy of system, 10.6km which shows that one farad is very large unit of capacitance. U, waxte(% +N2 15. (¢) As battery is disconnected, total charge Q 2° 2 is shared equally by two capacitors. Hence loss of energy Energy of each capacitor 1 2 te(y,-v2) Qe vs « 42674" so Ge 16. @ Asthe capacitor is isolated after charging, » JE E- charge on it remains constant. Plate i20v 200V separation increases d, decreases For potential to be made zero, after ‘Ald and hence increases potential V = QIC- connection 17. (b)Byargument of symmetry (it will behalfof the potential produced by the fll sphere) 120¢,=200¢, [ c=4] 1K@Q)_ KQ > 3C,=5G aR Rg 10. (b)_ Potential at any point inside the sphere = = v= KQ_ 9x10" 5x10" _ ogy potential atthe surface of the sphere= 10V, Ro 15x10? 11. (€) Capacitance of capacitor (C)= 6 uF o_o 10°F: Inial potential (V,)=10Vandfinal 18 (#) Electrified E = 2 =S- potential cofkerosine ol is more than that of ar. (V;)=20 V. The increase in energy (AU) ‘As increases, E decreases, 1 extn-Syaqiam? ant) 18+ @)- In steady state, both the capacitors are at = POwVd -vPD = mConI0-* yo 20)? 0097] the same potential, s<10°5)300= 910-4 te, 2292 5 1. or, =20, an Gc, 2c 2 @ SiS ik Also Q,+Q,=Q ox Oy” ee . oo a=8,0,-22 = 16—By)i +8 8+ 62)}+(6y)R] NP @eaS GP_3355Current Electricity ‘A wire is connected to a battery between the point M/and N’as shown in the figure (1). The ‘same wire is bent in the form of a square and then connected tothe battery between the points Mand Nas shown in the figure (2). Which ofthe following quantities increases? (0171 M, N dye po LyX © @ (@) Heat produced in the wire and resistance offered by the wire. (b) Resistance offered by the wire and current through the wire (©) Heat produced in the wire, resistance offered by the wire and current through the wire. (@) Heat produced in the wire and current through the wire Inthe circuit shown in figure the current through 12017) an 20 20 (@) the 3 Qresistoris 0.50 (b) the 3 Qresistoris 0.25. (6). the4 Qresistoris 0.50 A (@) the 4 Qresistoris 0.254 A meter bridge is set up as shown, to determine an unknown resistance “X’ using a standard 10 ‘ohm resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when tapping-key is at 52 em mark. The end- corrections are 1 em and 2 em respectively for the ends A and B. The determined value of *X” is (2017) 4 2 Chapter 17 @) 10220) 1992 ~ LSA 11.19 ‘Two resistances at 0° C with temperature coefficient ofresistance a, and joined in series act as a single resistance in a circuit. The temperature coefficient oftheir single resistance willbe (2016) 0: @) a +0 © sap ana ata © ot z ‘The drift Velocity of electrons in silver wire with cross-sectional area 3.14 » 10-® m? carrying a current of 20 A is. Given atomic weight of Ag = 108, density of silver = 10.5 10° kg/m?. [2016] (a) 2.798 x 104 msec. () 67.98% 10-misee (©) 067% 10- msec. (@) 6798» 10-4msee. In the circuit shown in the figure, find the current ina [2016} @ 4A @ 25A © 2A 35h ‘A constant voltage is applied between the two ‘ends of a uniform metallic wire, Some heat is developed in it. The heat developed is doubled if (2015) (@)_ both the length and the radius ofthe wire arehalved, (b)_ both the length and the radius ofthe wire are doubled. (©) the radius ofthe wire is doubled. (@)_the length of the wire is doubledP82 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 9. 10. u 2 13. 4 ‘The resistance of a wire is R. It is bent at the middle by 180° and both the ends are twisted together to make a shorter wire. The resistance ofthe new wire is 12015) @ 2R O) RZ ©) R4 RB Two long coaxial and conducting eylinders of radius a and b are separated by a material of conductivity ¢ and a constant potential differ- ence V is maintained between them, by a bat- tery. Then the current, per unit length ofthe cyl- inder flowing from one cylinder to the other is — ro Ano @ ier” ©) ray ¥ 014 2a 2no © in@oiayY @ ta” A.wire X ishalf the diameter and half the length of a wire Y of similar material. The ratio of resistance of X to that of ¥ is 2014) @ 8:1) 4:1 © 2:1 Tt ‘What should be the characteristic of fuse wire? 12013) (a) High melting point, high specific resistance (b) Low melting point, low specific resistance (©) High melting poin, low specific resistance (@)_Lowmelting point, high specific resistance In the circuit shown in figure potential differ- encebetwoen points Aand Bis 16. the current passing through 20 resistance will be [2013], ov 3 oh | ih Pk Argo 1 10, r! 42 8 sty @) 25A () 35A (© 40A (@) 2010 Three voltmeters A, B and C having resistances R, 1.5 Rand 3R, respectively, are connected as shown. When some potential difference is ap- plied between X and Y, the voltmeter readings areV,, V,,and Ve respectively. Then — [2013] xO — @ VaFVa=Ve ©) Va=VnrVe © VytVneVe OV“ Mn=Ve Calculate the effective resistance between A and Bin following network. (201 son ar So 1s. 16. 1. 18. 19. 20. a. @ 52 (& 102 (© 22 (@ 302 ‘The power dissipated in te circuit shown in the figure is 30 Watts, The value of Ris [2010] e Wt ny t @ 22 &) 15Q © 102 | 30a Which ofthe following quantities donot change when a resistor connected to a battery is heated due to the current? (2010) (a) Driftspeed (©) Resistivity (c)_ Resistance (d) Number of free electrons ‘The length ofa potentiometer wire is ¢. Acell of emf is balanced ata length (3 fom the posi tive end of the wire. Ifthe length of the wire is inereased by (72. At what distance will be the ‘same cell give a balance point. [2009] @) 23) (2 ©) U6 (@) 403 In a Wheatstone bridge all the four arms have equal resistance R. If the resistance of falvanometer arm is also R, the equivalent resistance of combination is (2008) @ R ORF © R2 @R Potentiometer measures potential. more accurately because (2008) (@)_itmeasures potential in open circuit ©) it uses sensitive galvanometer for null defection (0) ituses high resistance potentiometer wire (@)_itmeasures potential in closed circuit ‘Acellof intemal esistanceris connected across an external resistance nr. Then the ratio of the terminal vllage tothe em ofthe cells [2007] o! »to tor 0 at © ae On In the cireuitshown, when the switch is closed, the capacitor charges with atime constant 12007] (@ RC c_ OR () 2RC R (©) (12)RC 7 (@ RCin2 $e GP_3355Current Electricity P38 22, In the electric network shown, when no current flows through the 40 resistor in the arm EB, the potential difference between the 4, ‘The effective resistance between points P and ofthe electrical circuit shown in the figure is~ points A and D will be 12006} eee a “TT mz. 3" {2005} he @ 6V @)3V @ SV _@ av * 23. When curent is setupin wire ofradus, the 2Rr sR (R41) drift veloctyis vy Irthe same current is sup @) Rye OR through a wire offadius? r, the drift velocity will a 2005] (©) 3+ar @ = @ 4y 2% © yw2 @ ws Te2R “®Whanthe wireisbentin the form ofa square = ares and connected between M and Nas shown pia) in fig. (2), the effective resistance between st im ot Em M and N decreases to one fourth of the Lt ‘ale in fig (1). The curren increases four times the initial value according to the waa 3 gg relation = IR. Since H= F Rr, the decrease cas an inthe value of resistance is more than say euy compensated by the increases in the value "LLL ‘of current. Hence heat produced increases. Percentage loss in energy during the collision =56% The net resistance of the circuit is 99 as shown in the following figures. cya sa wh ms oa m 2 @ 1 wfayf cok ant be LL...) pele! as ae) of aye a a ee) ee ‘7 ar & eS ro ‘The flow of current in the circuit is as follows. o The current divides into two equal parts itpasses through two equal resistances in parallel ‘Thus current through 40 resistor is 0.25 A. X_10 ©) AWNull point 55 = => x _10 3350 @ (@ Number of electrons per unit volume of silver 6.02310 10.5 x10" 798» 10+ m/sec9. 10. a 2 Post BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 180 0)? 90 30-7 = R= 100 () The heat produced is given by SR He and R= ML yp a 8H2)2 16 @ Only number of fee electrons is constant, “FE sa le ether factors are temperature depend ‘Thus heat (#7) is doublediboth length (6) 17+) Potential gradient inthe frst cas B andradius(?)are doubled. e-(3 (E ) Fo a (©) Resistance of wire (R) = oF AGED S If wire is bent in the middle then Potential gradient in second case L = Fo (Eo @ 30 ae R From equations (i) and (i), : 3G) 3 3 8. @ Ng 2 2x0 Gln (b/a) — In(b/a) £ Rx _2 |{-————— © Re = TT Hint — since bridge is balanced hence (@ Fuse wire should be such that it melts (4+ AR) immediatley when strong current flows through the circuit. The same is possible if 19. itsmeling poitislowandresisiviyishigh, 9 (b) 41, +2(i, +i,)-3+4i,=16V (i) 20. Using Kirchhoff's second law in the closed loop we have = 9 iy~26, +i c) asl E n+] Solving equations () and (i), we get 21. (@) The resistance in the middle plays no part i= LSA andi,=2A in the charging process of C, as it does not ‘curfent through 2W resistor=2 + 1.5=35A. alter either the potential difference across 1B. 4 18. @ Vo the RCcombination or the current through it ar 22. (©) Asno current flows through arm EB then y, (2)iseem V,=0V. V,=0V; Va=-aV:V,=5V mn) 0, potential difference Between the Boints i Aand D vex(Hanem 2, tn =sv 3 * 23, @ LEnARv,orvy lime (©) Equivalentresistance=(5-+10+15)||(10+ 24. (a) From synimetfy the equivalent circuit 20+30) reduces to as shown inthe figure 30x60 2K 3060, ae Se Ra 30560 oO RSE © ‘Substituting the values in equation (i) GP_3355Moving Charges and Magnetism Two very long, straight, parallel wires carry steady currents | and respectively. The distance between the wires is d. At a certain instant of time, a point charge q is ata point equidistant from the two wires, in the plane of the wires. Its instantaneous velocity vis perpendicular to this plane. The magnitude of the force due to the ‘magnetic field acting on the chargeat thisinstant is (2017), olay olay @ we ® 2h © @o A charged particle moves through @ magnetic field perpendicular to its direction. Then]2017] (@)_ kinetic energy changes but the momentum is constant (b) the momentum changes but the kinetic ‘nergy is constant (©) both momentum and kinetic energy ofthe particle are not constant (@) both momentum and kinetic energy ofthe particle are constant Awire carrying current I has the shape as shown in adjoining figure. Linear parts of the wire are very long and parallel to X-axis while semicircular portion of radius R is lying in Y-Z plane. Magnetic field at point O is 2016) Zz @ ea () 4 © @ B-ER ‘A deuteron of kinetic energy 50 keV isdeseribing a circular orbit of radius 0.5 metre in a plane perpendicular o the magnetic field B. The kinetic ‘energy of the proton that describes a circular ‘orbit of radius 0.5 metre in the same plane with the same Bis [2016] (a) 25keV (b) S0keV (©) 200kev (@) 100kev A long straight wire along the Z-axis carries a current I in the negative Z-direction, The magnetic vector field @ at a point having Countess) intheZ=Oplanes OS] nol(i-s) gy, Holelt) @ Wil ae 23") wol(xi-3i) co lina) og vatls-3i) © aes!) © axes) ‘A charged particle with velosity 2 » 10° m/s passes undeflected through electric and magnetic field. Magnetic field is 1.5 tesla. The electric field intensity would be [2014, 2007] (@ 2x10°NC (@) 15*10NC (©) 3x10-NC (@ 4310 NC A small current element oflength d¢ and carrying ‘currentis placed at(1,1,0)andis carrying current in 42" direction, Ifmagnetc field at origin be B, andat point (2,2,0)be B, then [2014] @ B,=B (b) |B, |=|2B) | © 5,=-B, @ 6, =-28, Field inside a solenoid is 2013] (@) directly proportional to its length (b) directly proportional to current (©) inversely proportional to number of turns (@)_ inversely proportional to currentP-56 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 10. R. 1B. ‘A uniform electric field and uniform magnetic field are acting along the same direction in a certain region. Ifan electron is projected inthe region such that its velocity is pointed along the direction of fields, then the electron [2013], (@)_will um towards right of direction of motion (b) speed will decrease (©) speed will increase (@)_willtum towards eft direction of motion A horizontal overhead powerline is at height of -4m from the ground and earriesa current of 100A from east to west. The magnetic field directly belowit onthe grounds (y= 4% 10°" Tm A“) @) 2510-7 T southward [2012, 2006] (0) 5% 10 T northward (©) 5% 10-T southward (@) 25% 107 Tnorthward Im ismagnetic moment and B is the magnetic field, then the torque is given by [2012, 2006] . Lvl @ ma Olr © fixé @ [ri 1B) A steady current is set up in a cubic network coupsedcf wires of equal rate an gt das shown in figure. What is the magnetic field at the centre Pduc to the cubic network [2011] aa ied and A Ho 2 * © ae aa ' @ 0 4] io Ox and | @ @ ‘The magnetic field atthe origin due wo the current flowing in the wire is— (2010) 4 16. 1. 18. 19. 20, wl a. @ -F_it® © a conducting eircular loop of radius carries a constant current i. It is placed in a uniform ‘magnetic field By such that By isperpendicular to the plane of the loop. The magnetic force Hol = © ath) +h) acting on the loop is {2009} (@) iB, (b) 2nirB, (©) zero @ mir B, ‘An ammeter reads upto 1 ampere. Its internal resistance is 0.8lohm, To increase the range to 1OA the value ofthe required shunt is_ {2009} @) 0032) 032 (© 092 @ 009 ‘Twoparalel wires carrying currents in thesame direction stract each other because of [2008] (a) muival inductance between them (b)_ potential difference between them {c) electric forces between them {(@)_ magnetic forees between them Calculate te magnetic field atthe centre of a coil in the form ofa square of side2a carrying a current 12007] iol ! @ a © val it © Su @ Bu! ‘The work done by a magnetic field, on a moving charges 12006] (@)_ zero because Facts parallel to ¥ () positive because F acts perpendicular to 7 (©) zero because F acts perpendicular to ¥ (@)_ negative because F acts parallel to 7 circular loop of radius 0.3 em lies parallel toa ‘much bigger circular loop of radius 20 em. The centre of the smaller loop is on the axis of the bigger loop. The distance between their centres is 15 em. Ifa current of 2.0 flows through the ‘smaller loop, then the ux lnkea wth bigger loop 12005} (2) 9.1% 10 weber (b) 6 « 10°! weber (©) 33% 10M weber (€) 6.6% 10° weber particles moving with velocity @ =i +3} and it produces an electric field ata point given by B= 2k Itwill prxtuce magnetic field at that point equal to (all quantt 6i-2 oS (@_ cannot be determined from the given data GP_3355Moving Charges and Magnetism Hints & Solutions L ® a 7 i z 2 3. (@ Net magnetic field due to the wires will be 5, downward as shown below in the figure Since angle between j) and B is 180°, zi , y x Wires aren 1- plane eT and elocty in Zirction ‘Therefore magnetic force Fy = g(x B)=0 (©) Whona chargod particle enters amagnctic field at a direction perpendicular to the direction ofmotion, the path ofthe mation is circular. In circular motion the direction of velocity changes at every point (the ‘magnitude remains constant), ‘Therefore, the tangential momentum will change at every point. But kinetic energy 1 willremain constant as itis given by > mn? and v? is the square of the magnitude of velocity which does not change © 4. @_Foracharged particle orbiting in a circular path in a magnetic field im? Bqv>y E,_1_ Shey 1 2 Ey 2 10. (a) The wire carries a current /in the negative z-direction. We have to consider the ‘magnetic vector field B at (x,y) in the: plane. y P(x, ») oF Magnetic field B isperpendicular to OP. Vand B are in same direction so that ‘magnetic force on electron becomes zero, only electric force acts. But force on electron due to electric field is opposite to the direction of velocity. ‘The magnetic field is Mo 20 2100 ant 4 Ww N © 077 x: 10° T 1004, a s E. Ground is According, (0 right hand palm rule, the ‘magnetic field is directed towards south.P88 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers I. © i=fied pa Lil 12, (© By symmetry, the magnetic field at the cea centrePis2r0 13. (©) Byp=0,Byy=0 [o0s45°(-i)-c08 45% = BOL i +p 14. (© Themagnetic field is perpendicular to the plane of the paper. Let us consider two diametrically opposite elements. By Fleming's Let hand rate on element AB the direction of force will be Leftwards and the ‘magnitude will be dF=IdlBsin90°= 1dIB, XXXXX XX X Xy KX xX xX xX XXXXX XX On element CD, the direction of force will be towards right on the plane of the papper and the magnitude will be dF = 1d1B. 5. @ 16 @ 17. @) The current carrying coil ABCD may be assumed to be made of four current-carrying conductors AB, BC, CD and DA Magnetic ficld at O due to current-carrying conductor ABis fl ‘eh sings? sind") hi 1 Hol ssinse 4ra a tol vax ara v2 ‘Total magnetic fieldatO, B'=4B=4 « = wl 18. (©) Force on moving charge while moving in magnetic field is, F = q(# x) where F is tol na perpendicularto ¥ Work done/see V cos 19. (a) Asweknow, Magnetic flux, = BA 9 (21201072) 027? +1577] on solving =9.216« 10" =9.2* 10"! weber =0. x m(0.3 x10)? Ho oxt ite 2 20. (a) B GP_3355Chapter Magnetism and Matter 1 9 [qCaes(sieig creates hae ar oftunsisN, then magnetic memento cl i te Megual o (os (a) NIA (b) NVA. (Q NUVA @ NAL 2. curve between magnetic moment and a 1 temperate ofmagntis (roo, wu @ M a r sy Ones A bar magnet of magnetic moment M, is placed in (b) M amagnetic field of induction B. The torque exerted * onitis (2005) @ MB (®) -M.B © MxB @ -B.M ae Hints & Solutions 1. (a) Current, 1=NIA- a) 3. © t=MBsin@=MxBElectromagnetic Induction ‘Acoilis suspended in a uniform magnetic fil, withthe plane of the coil parallel tothe magnetic lines of force. When a current i passed through the coil it starts oscillating; Its very dificult to stop. But ifan aluminium plates placed near to the col, it stops. Ths is due to (2017) (@) developement of aircurrent wien the plate is placed (b) induction of electrical charge onthe plate (©) shielding of magnetic lines of force as aluminium isa paramagnetic material (@) electromagnetic induction inthe aluminium plate giving rise to electromagnetic damping ‘Aconduetng circular loop i placed in uniform magnetic field of 0.04 T with its plane Perpendicular to the magnetic field. The radius of the loop starts shrinking at 2 mmvs. The induced emf'n the loop when theradiusis2em is 2016) (@ 48mv (b) O8mpV © Lom (@ 32mnV ‘A conducting square loop is placed in a magnetic ficld B with its plane perpendicular tothe field, ‘The sides of the loop start shrinking at @ constant rate a. The induced emf in the loop at an instant when its side is “a” is 2015) (@) 2aaB (b) ab (©) 2a @ aoB A.coil 10 turns and a resistance of 200 is con- nected in series with B.G of resistance 300. The coil is placed with its plane perpendicular tothe direction of a uniform magnetic field of induc- tion 10. Ifitis now tumed through an angle ‘0f60° about an axis nits plane. Find the charge induced inthe col (Area ofa coil= 10") (2014) fa) 210°C (b) 3.2* 105C © 1x1sc (@ 35% 105C When current in acoil changes from 5Ato2A in 0.1 s, average voltage of 50 V is produced, 10. M. Chapter 20 The self inductance ofthe coil is: [2013] @ oH (b) 067H © 3H @ 167 Eddy currents are produced when [2013] (@) ametaliskept in varying magnetic field (b)_ametal iskept in steady magnetic field (©). acircular coil is placed in a magnetic field (@ through a circular coil, current is passed ‘Two coaxial solenoids are made by winding thin insulated wite over a pipe of cross-sectional area ‘A= 10cm? and length = 20 cm. If one of the solenoid has 300 turns and the other 400 turns, their mutual inductances {2013} (y= 42% 10-7 TA) (@) 24nx105H (©) 480104 (© 48n*105H (@) 24x 104, ‘Thelaws of electromagnetic induction have been used in the construction of a 2012) (@) galvanometer——_(b) voltmeter (©) electricmotor —__()_ generator ‘A metal rod of length 1 m isrotated about one of its ends in a plane right angles toa field of in- ductance 2.5 « 10° Whim, Ifit makes 1800 revo- Iutions/min, Calculate induced e.m.f between its ends. pony @ 2471V () 3u71V. © o47iv @ wmv The back emf induced in a coil, when eurrent changes from 1 ampere to zer0 in one milli second, is 4 vols, the self inductance ofthe coil is 12010] (@) Thenry () 4henry © 107henry (@ 410" henry ‘Two solenoids ofsame cress-setional area have their lengths and number ofturs in ato of 1:2 ‘The ratio of selFinductance of two solenoids is 010) @ 1 1 (1:2 © 21 @ 1:4 GP_3355Eetromagntic Induction rat 12. Lane's law isa consequence ofthe law of = conservation of [2009] © oO @ NBAo* (@ charge (b) mass 16. Accoil ofresistance 4000 is placed ina magnetic (© energy (@) momentum field. Ifthe magnetic flux 6 (wb) linked with the 13, A100 millihenry coil carries a current of | ampere. coil varies with time t (sec) as 0 +4. The Energy stored in its magnetic ficldis [2008] current in the coil at ¢=2 sec is 12006} (@) 05) (bs (a) OSA (b) OLA, (©) 0.05) @) OLS (co) 2A @ 1A 14. Reourterkasanem of Vetandinemns! 17. ‘Theloopshownmoves “ty resistance of 4000 hm. Its terminals are connected with a velocity v in a toa load of 4000 ohm, The voltage across the uniform magnetic field > load is (2008) ee P ©) 200voit (@) 400 volt ‘ence between P and Q xB Q 15. AcoilhavingnumberoftnsNandcrosssce- een tional area A is rotated in a uniform magnetic A field B with an angular velocity «. The maximum (a) e= Be {2005} whesitcontncinns OMT) oy NBA {© Pianegatve with reapesttoQ ® o © NBAo (d)_ Qis positive with respect to P. Hints & Solutions 1. @ Because of the Lenz's law of conservation dé ovens entindoct = 2. @ Induced emf in the loop is given by => E=-B2(@-a1)(0-a)=+2aaB aA 4. (Given: = 10 turns, Ry = 202, Re = 30, “ar Where Ais the area of the loop. Total resistance in the circuit = 20+ 30 = S02. A= 107m, B=10°T,6,=0°, 6,=60° by _ BAcos0, BnAcoa0s i a R R «10m de=2mm=2% 107m = BnA(cos0—cos 60) _ BnA(I-0.5) dt= Is R R 1g? 05x10 «10x10? _ 50x10 s © = 0.04% 3.14 22102 x 2 y, ~ 50, so =x 108 (Charge induced in a coil) 0.32. 105V 5. @ According to Faraday’s law of 2nx10%V clectromagnetic induction, 3.2nnV Pi (a) Atanytime the side ofthe square ~ an), where ay=sideat r= 0. Atthis instant, flux through the square $= BA cos 0°=B (ay—at? (ay Induced emf, e = some 5) O.lseePa BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers ae > 16TH 1) From =H AGN . Lae BNINA _ 41071300 4001005104 bh 1 at. st wees, ba 93 =24nx104H 2 @ 13. (©) Energy stored Uis gi 8.) Current will beinduced, (© Ensiey sort seen when e° comes closer the induced current U= Li? = 5*(100%10) (1? = 0.051. willbe anticlockwise . _ Mtonewostrinstcurentwit Me « Tacesinansote sot =O 400= be clockwise v_ 440 flowin eal Current lowing i= = A= 0. amp, Voltage across oad = Ri = 4000 «0.1 =400 volt. © © 18.) Thefluxlinking with theeoil at anyinstant (© Given: (= Im, B=5* 10 Won? tis given as = NBAcosat $2 _ NBAsinot In one rotation, the moving rod ofthe metal at tracesa circle ofradiusr= € ‘Therefore, the maximum valucofemfis fy. = ‘Area swept in one rotation = m1? nat went 16. (a) According, to Faraday’s law of induction 10. M4 (pay p td _ Bet ae a ON) BG =Bfnr?=(5 * 109) *3.14 «30% 1=0471V a r a (100) Induced current (at = 2 see. Induoedem.£. 6= GP_3355Alternating Current ‘An inductor of inductance £ = 400 mH and resistors of resistance R, = 2Q.and R, = 2Q.are connected to a battery ofemf 12 V as shown in the figure. The internal resistance ofthe battery isnegligible. The switch Sisclosed at ¢=0. The Potential drop across J asa function of time is (2016) a ) oft-e"2)v © Rev @ bev A resistor of resistance R, capacitor of capacitance Cand inductor of inductance L are connected in parallel to AC power source of voltage ¢ sin o. The maximum current through the resistance is half of the maximum current through the power source. Then value of Ris 12016, k $ (@) None of these A direct current of SA is superposed on an alternating current I= 10 in av flowing through the wire. The effective value of the resulting 2 Chapter 21 ‘An inductor 20 x 10” henry, a capacitor 100) anda resistor SOQ are connected in series across a source of EMF V= 10sin 3141, Ifresistance is removed from the circuit andthe value of induc- tance is doubled, then the variation of current ‘with time in the new circul (2014) (@) 052cos314t —_(b) 0.S2sin314t (©) 052sin(314t+n/3) (d) None of these A sinusoidal voltage of peak value 283 V and fe- ‘quency 50 Hzis applied oa series LCR cireuitin ‘which R=30, L=25.48 mH, and C= 796 uF Find the impedanceofthecircuit. [2013] @ 52) 29 © 18a @ RO In an LCR circuit, the voltages across the components are V,, V; and V, respectively. The voltage of source will be 2012] (@) [Vet¥,+Vel © Wet Ve VeI? ©) Vet Vor? @ [Vye+(-Vor I? ‘Therm s. valueofpotential difference V shown inthe figureis [2012] Va Vol ol t TT @% ©) Vo/v2 © V2 @ Voiv3 Which one of the following curves represents Pott current willbe 12015] the variation ofimpedance (Z) with frequency f @ (1524 () 53a in series LCR circuit? © sV5A (@) 15a FE < In the circuit shown below, the ac source has @ o voltage Y= 20 cosa) volt with w= 2000 rads The ample ofthecunent wile meet IN 12015) a 1 @ 2A e z z (b) 334 6a © di 215A oie Smisa 50 KF YU @ A “HHH — : aPo BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 10, Analternating vollage V=V, sin ot isapplied 15. Aresistance of 400 2H across a circuit. As a result, a current sin Qis connected in $$ (ot— 7/2) flows in it, The power consumed per series with an cycle is (2010) inductor of (3/n) @ zero (0) O5Vgh, Hand this © 0:707V4ly (@ 1414Vy, ecmecad aaa) ronson M1, AresistanceR andinductanceL andacapacitor gn A.C. sourceas shown n figure. [2007] Callare connected in series with an AC supply. Fi “The resistance of Ris 16 ohm and for a given _‘(@)_Inthecircuit, peak value ofcurrent is A fiequency theinductive reactance of Lis24ohm (6) Inthe cireuit, potential difference across and capacitive reactance of Cis 12 ohm. Ifthe resistances in same phase with the current current in the circuit is 5 amp,, find the potential (©) In the circuit, potential difference across difference across R, L and C. (2010), inductor is 53° leading with current {@) 30,20, 50 volt (b) 40, 100, 60 volt (@)_ In the circuit, potential difference across (©) 70,110, 60 volt (@) 80, 120, 60volt inductor is 37° leading with current 12, The instantaneous current froman ac. sourceis_ 16 Which of the following curves correctly repre- re aint a MW isata[ shes ae raae at) sents the variation of capacitive reactance (X,) ea 12009) with frequency n— 2006} (@) 3y2amp (b) 2/2 amp (© V2amp (@) amp 13. A coil has resistance 30 ohm and induetive reactance 20 ohm at 50 He frequency. Ifan ac source, of 200 volt, 100 Hz, is connected across thecoil, the current in the coil will be [2009, 2006] (@ 40A (b) 80A (@ 72A (@ 20A 14, The primary winding ofa transformer has 100 turns and its secondary winding has 200 turns. 47 1¢y =), sin (ot ~n/2), and E=E, sino then the The primary is connected to an A.C. supply of L2oVandihceunen fownginiist0A Tae POSSI oR \oluge an th cunt inh scondary re , EL ») Eabe 240" (b) 240" on . Ea ° > @ wovsa 20,10 zaly (©) 60V,20A (@ 120V,208 oO @ Zero Hints & Solutions E Rot! ko @ & pie Rati Ly 2 Ry HEB mt Et a Rb Z 3. (b) Total carrent,1=(5+ 10 sin wt) Hence, potential drop across (Zeer) =e 7 ya tg GP_3355Alternating Current P65 ——————— [xe ya] 2 fF (5+ 10sinat a] 2 (oma! th % © Z te (2 eit) 10. (@) The phase angle between voltage V and current Lis 1/2. v2 a tar = [25+ 100] =5V3A I, @ Vg =iR=5x16=80 Volt 2 V_ =ix(oL)=5%24=120 Volt Vo =ix(I/C) =512=60 Volt 4. =109 nue a ===? 20 1) Ie pay? ap Z 10 13. @) If=50%2nthen ol. =200 & 1.85-2(628) = 19.29 Ifo! = 100 « 2nthen o'L= 402. 1-29-0582 Current flowing in the evil is ™ "7929 1-200, 200 gg S2sin(314t+ n/2)=0.52 c0s314t - 6 fl, = 23.14 50% 25.48x1070-= 80 4. @ pee 1 2nAC ~ 253.1450 79610 ‘Therefore, = YR7+K, Xe) = VF +84? =50 15, 1 | at 16. (© Xe= Te" Fea oF Xe%E 8 7 @Electromagnetic Waves The electric and the magnetic field associated with an E.M. wave, propagating along the +2- axis, can be represented by 2015) @ © © @ Which of the following electromagnetic radiations has the smallest wavelength?[2013] (@) Ultravioletrays — (b) X-rays (©) rays (@) Microwaves ‘An electromagnetic wave passes through space and its equation is given by E = E, sin (ot kx) where E is electric field. Energy density of electromagnetic wave in space is [2011] 1p? 1 oe? @) 5°08 ) 46085, © eqk> (@ 2e9E} Chapter 22 ‘Themagnetic field ina travelling electromagnetic ‘wave has a peak value of 20 nT. The peak value of electric field strength is [2009] (@)_3Vim (b) 6Vim (c) 9Vim (4) 12Vin A plane electromagnetic wave is incident on a ‘material surface. Ifthe wave delivers momentum pand energy E, then [2008] @ p=0,E=0 (b) p+ 0E 20 © pr 0,E=0 @) p=0,E #0 If, ¥, and v,arethe speed ofsoft gamma ays, ‘X-rays and mlrowaves respectively in vacuum, then [2007] @ W>¥2%q ©) y<%,<¥q © woven @ vievi=ve The clectromagnctic radiation uséd in food processing sterilizing agent is [2006] {@)_ microwaves (6) UV rays (© _gammarays (@ radio waves ‘A plane electromagnetic wave travels in free ‘space along x-axis. Ata particular point in space, the electric field along y-axis is 9.3V mr. The magnetic induction (B)alongz-axisis [2005] @ 311087 () 3» 1057, © 3*105T (@) 93% 10°T Hints & Solutions 1 2 3. (@) EM. wave always propagates in a direction perpendicular to both electric and magnetic fields. So, electric and magnetic fields should be along + X and + Y- directions respectively. Therefore, option (a) is the ‘correct option. © (a) Energy density 2 = €9E ims Ey)? 1 ) e9ES 4 ©) Eq =By xe | Bolt Bol -| Gl 20x10"? x3x108=6Vin. (©) Anclectromagnetic wave has both energy ‘and momentum, @ cy 93 c ° aa GP_3355L Ray Optics and Optical Instruments {wo plano-concave lenses (I and 2) of glass of refractive index 1.5 have radi ofeurvature 25 em and 20cm. Theyare placed in contact with their ‘curved surface towards each other and the space between them is filled with liquid of refractive index 4/3. Then the combination is [2017] (@) convex ens of focal iength 70m (b) concave lens of focal length 70 cm (© concavelens of focal length 66.6 em (d)_ convex lens of focal length 66.6cm_ ‘Ona hypotenuse of a right angle prism (30°—60° =90° of refractive index 1.50, a drop of liquid is placed as shown in figure. Light is allowed to fall normally onthe short face ofthe prism. In order that the ray of light may get totally reflected, the maximum value ofrefractive index is (2017) avid @) 130 (b) 147 (©) 120 (@) 125 {A biconvex lens has a radius of curvature of magnitude 20 cm. Which one ofthe following options best describe the image formed of an object of eight 2m placed 30cm fom the lens? (@) Virtual, upright, height = (2016) (b) Virtual, upright height (©) Real, inverted, height =4 cm (@_ Real, inverted, height = lem For the angle of minimum deviation of a prism to be equal tots refracting angle, the prism must bemadeot a material whose refractive index (2016) 2 Chapter 23 (@) lies between 3 and 1 (b) lies between 2 and J2 (© isless than 1 (@)_isgreater than 2 A lens having focal length f and aperture of diameter d forms an image of intensity . Aperture a ‘ofdiameter 5 in central regio oflens is covered by a black paper. Focal length of lens and intensity of image now will be respectively: ov) 1 Yay t (@) fand | oF ana 5 31 L ana t (©) fand @ Fanat ‘A ray parallel to principal axisis incident at 30° from normal on concave mirror having radius of ‘curvature R. The point on principal axis where rays are focussed is Q such that PQ is [2015] R @& —_ et 9 OF S R-k? xc ©) VE 1 @ (5) A planoconvex lens fits exactly into a planoconcave lens. Their plane surface are parallel to each other. Ifthe lenses are made of different materials of refractive indices 2, & J. and R is the radius of curvature of the curved surface of the lenses, then focal length of ‘combination is [2015] 2R ma R 2-(u +i) © @P68 BITSAT Topiewis Solved Papers & _ Themagnifing power ofatckesopeis9, When : it is adjusied foc parallel rays, the distance (@) of 8.) © 4 ) between the objective and the eye piece is found Bi tHe mH 10. nh. R 13, tobe 20 cm. The focal length of lenses are 2014, 2010] (@)_ 18em,2em (b) Lem, 9em, (© 10cm, 10m (@) 1Sem,Sem When light is refracted, which of the following does not change ? 2013) (@) Wavelength (b) Frequency (©)_Velocity (@) Amplitude ‘A. Convex lens oferown glass (1= 1.525) will behave asa divergent lens ifimmersed in [2013] (a) water(u=1.33) (©) inamediumofy= 1.525 (©) carbon disulphide y= 1.66) (@)_ it cannot act as a divergent lens ‘Wavelength of ight used in an optical instrument are A, = 4000A and 2, = $000 A, then ratio of their respective" resolving powers (corresponding to A, and 23) is 2012), @) 16:250) 9:1 ©) 4:5 @ 5:4 ‘A thin convergent glass lens (j1, = 1.5) has a power of +5.0D. When this lens is immersed in liquid of refractive index p, itactsasa divergent lens of focal length 100m. The value of must be (2011, 2008) @ 43° () 53 (© Si (@) OS A vessel of depth 2d em. is half filled with a liquid of refractive index y, and the upper half with aliquid of refractive index y,. The apparent depth of the vessel seen perpendicularly is — pow} 4. 1s. 16. "2. 18, 1 1 @ 24, + 2a @ (in) ae) A plano-convex lens of focal length 30 em has itsplane surface silvered. An object is placed 40 ‘em from the lens on the convex side. The distance of the image from the lens is [2009] (@) 18cm (b) 24em (©) Hem (4) 40cm Time taken to cross a 4 mm window glass of refractive index 1.5 will be- 12008] (@ 2*10%see (b) 2» 108 see (©) _2% 10" see (@) 2* 10"! see A fish looking up through the water sees the ‘outside world contained in acircular horizon. If the reftactive index of water is 4/3 and the fish is 12 em. below the surface, the radius ofthis circle inem is— [2007] (@) 36v5 &) 5 © 36v7, @) 36/V7 ‘An air bubble under water shines brightly ‘because of the phenomenon of {2006} (@) diffraction (©) dispersion (c)interference (total internal reflection ‘A vessel is half filled with a liquid ofreftactive index u. The other halfof the vessel is filled with ‘an immiscible liquid ofefative index 1.5. The apparent depth ofthe vessel is $0% ofthe actual depth. Then is 12008) @ 14 WIS © 16 @ 16 GP_3355Ray Optics and Optical Instruments Po Hints & Solutions i= A=90° from smell’s law Isin i= nsin r, 4 sind =nsin > S. (©) Bycovering aperture, focal length does not 1 2 change, But intensity is reduced by a times, as aperture diameter 5 iscovered ae , 44 New focal length = Fandintensity = = 6 @ Fromsimilartrangles, 3 Me 4 Prism angle ingleat : Seviton Incident —> C} “e—pangle of age erpence iN, J oc Rk in30° ~ sin 20° s c sin30° OR ‘Theangleofminimum deviation is piven as oe gc Rx Sts Bin ited - i Thus PO = PC-OC forminimum deviation P 1 Spin =A then B a-¥) W=ite 7. (@)_ IfF be the equivalent focal length, then in case of Bin L 1 1 fi h 24=2i 1{,=20 (-: final images at infinity) 20,£=20m, ~. ,=18em 9. (b) Frequency does not change on refraction, 10. © 11, (@_ Resolving power of an optical instrument Resolving power at 2 _ 2 Resolving power at 22 Ay Limit of resolution 2 ——1_ resolving power 5000 Ratio of resolving power = 99° sc4 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers fies) 14, 18. © 16. +. wo Paen r —— e h Fish Using h= 12m, 1=4/3 36 Weget 70m ” @ 18, (@ Let dbe the depth of two liquids. ‘Then apparant depth (2, @/2)_ # Se “3 Solving we get w= 1.671 GP_3355Wave Optics AA telescope has an objective lens of 10 cm diameter and is situated at a distance of one kilometer from two objects. The minimum distance between these two objects, which can be resolved by the telescope, when the mean wavelength of light is 5000 A, is ofthe order of (@) Sem (b) 05m [2017] © Sm (@ Sm ‘There are two sources kept at distances 22. A large screen is perpendicular to line joining the sources. Number of maximas on the screen in this ease is (= wavelength oflight) [2017] te Wo @ 1 ®3 ©@5 @7 In the Young’s double-slit experiment, the intensity flight ata point on the screen where the path difference is. is K, (2 being the wave length of light used) The intensity t a point where the path difference is 14, willbe : 2016] @ K KS K2 (Zero ay flight ofintensitylisincident on a parallel glass slab at point A as shown in diagram. It undergoes partial reflection and refraction. At cach reflection, 25% of incident energy is reflected. The rays AB and A'B' undergo interference. The ratio ofl, 8d Ings 2 A 12016) 2 @ 8:1 O71 O41 @B: Calculate the wavelength of light used in an interference experiment from the following data Fringe width = 0,03 em. Distance between the slits and eyepiece through which the 9. Chapter 24 interference pattern i observed is tm. Distance between the images of the virtual source when Aaconvex lens of focal length 16 om is used ata distance of 80cm from the eyepiece is 0.8 em ots} (@) 0.00064 (©) 00006m (©) cn (@) 600A. Ina YDSE, thelightof wavelength A= 5000 Ais used, which emerges in phase from two slits a distance d=3 » 10"'m apart. transparent sheet of thickness t= 1.5» 10-'m refractive index 1.17 is placed over one of thesis. what is the ‘new angular position of the central maxima of | ‘the interference pattern, from the centre of the screen? Find the value of y 12015] D(u-I)t 2d (@) 49°and © 4 orang PED ang DUH tN © 397mg (@ 29°end 22H ‘A parllel barn oftnnoctromatiight since na narow recangulr lit oF width Imm, When the difaction patterns seen onasereen placed stadisance of. the with ofprinipl maxima isfoundtobe2 Stam. The wavelengihof ight (@) 230A 1b) 200A. [2014] (© 58508 (@) 60004 In Young’ double sit experiment 10th order maximum s obtained atthe point of be vation inthe interference pattern for += 7000 A the Source i replaced by another one of wavelength 5000 A then the order of maximum atte same point willbe = 12013, 2007] 6) 2h @ 14h © 16h @ IB Young's double slit experiment is carried outby using green, red and be igh, one color at time The fringe widths recorded ae BB and tine The ngs wi Pane © Bo>Be>Pa ©) Ba> BoBPn BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 10. (©) Ba>Bs>Bs (@ B>Bo>By A single slit diffraction pattern is obtained using beam ofred light. Ifthe re light is replaced by the blue light, then the diffraction pattern (@) remains unchanged (2012) (b)_ becomes narrower (©) becomes broader (@)_will disappear Ina Young’s double sit experiment the angular width of a fringe formed on a distant sereen is 1°. The wavelength fo the light used is 6280 A. ‘What is the distance between the two coherent sources ? (2012) (@) 003mm (b) 012mm (©, 6mm (@) 4mm Ifthe distance between the frst maxima and fifth minima of a double slit pattern is 7mm and the slitsare separated by 0.15 mm with the sereen 50 ‘em, from the slits, then find the wavelength of the light used (2011) (@) 200mm (b) 100nm © 800nm (@) 600nm The diameter ofthe objective ofa telescope isa, its magnifying power is m and wavelength of light is A, The resolving power ofthe telescope is (2010) @ (20a () (22a (© Ami(12a) (@ a(1.22%) ‘When a mica sheet of thickness 7 mierons and jt 1.61 placed inthe path of one of interfering ‘beams inthe biprism experiment then the central fringe gets at the postion of seventh bright fringe. The wavelength oflight used wil be 16. 18, In Young's double slit experiment, ifthe slit widths are in the ratio 1 : 2, the ratio of the intensities at minima and maxima willbe 12003] (a) 1:2 ® 13 ©l:4 @Mi9 When theangleofincidene is 60° onthe surface ofa glass slab, it is found that the reflected ray is completely polarised. The velocity of light in lass is 12008] @ V2x108ms! ©) 3108s! © 2x108mst @ 3x10%ms" In aYoung’s experiment, the separation between theslts is 0.0mm, the wavelength of light used is 600nm and the interference pattern is observed ‘on a screen 1.0 m away. Find the separation between the successive bright fringes. [2008] @) 66mm ©) 60mm © 6m (@) 6em, ‘The two coherent sources of intensity that ratio 2: 8 produce an interference patter. The values ‘of maximum and minimum intensities will be respectively {2007} (@ L,and91, () 91, and 1, (©) 21,and 81, (@) 81, and 21, Wher intensity Pt aes ‘Thor iacton mina cto single sit itfasuon sat9230" rapt obwanclength 5000 A. The width ofthe slitis~ [2006] @ 5*10%cm. (b) 10% 105cm. (©) 25% 10cm, (@) 1.25 10cm, ‘Thenumerical aperture ofa microscope is 0.12, and the wavelength of ight used is 600 nm. Then itslimit of resolution will be nearly— [2005] (@) 400A (b) 500A [2009] 03mm = (b) 12, 23 um(d) 3.0, & coor (a) 70004 @) jum (b) 124m (ce) 2.3 am(d)3.0 pm Hints & Solutions ome Ta ae x 1225x103 x10"! x10? ath diference’s K 10-2 2(% RL ° x arias toes? (F](ow Feo) 20-5 xis ofthe order of 5 mm, ©) Ax. =Oand Af =2A Theortical maximasare= 2n+1=2*2+1=5 But on the sereen there will be three maximas, (©) Forpath difference 2, phase difference = 2x rad, a For path difference =, phase difference = rad. via GP_3355‘Wave Optics 6 10. nL. From figure |; B the path ditterence when transparent es careenee, v Fearn ied boson of th fea ese ot Pe (ut d =sin 0 (117-1) x1.5%107 3x10-7 ‘Therefore, angular position of central maxima r(5083)=4.88°4.9 For small angles, sin 0 = tan @ 0.085 Here the width of principal maxima is 2.5 mm, therefore its half width is 25x10 x10 2 2 2.=625 107 m= 6250. oko baer @ Weknow that B Now, hg>2g>: ® nas (@)Theangular fringe width is given by where 2 is wavelength and d is the distance $000 n, * Ba? Be> By between two coherent sources. Thus d — radian 180 Given, 4 = 6280 A,a= n 4, 3,6% 10° m =0.036mm (@_There are three anda half tringes from frst ‘maxima to fifth minima as shown, sD. aD. 3D, 2D, 1D, 1D) 48 3B 28 1B Central bright 18. 16. 1. 18, 20, According to question oF WN (a7 104 meter 2) Fromeqs. and (2), 2=6 » 10° meter *u,=tan 0, where 0,= polarising angle 3 0 y= tan 60° of, se c ae oh vgn Gye Et! (6) The separation between the successive bright DA _ 1x600%10" fringes is p= BP = SOAS 860mm a Olah tht ike ‘According to question \ 84 From eas. (I)and 2) Tae =f 441, 429417 =S1, +4 han = 9 @ Inig™h+1)-2V4h @ From eqs. (2) and (4) Igual, +41,-2 41? fe ‘The limit of resolution of a microscope is 61 given by x= 5 Itis given that = 6 « 10-7 m, and thenumerical aperture usin 0=0.12, Therefore, 0616x107 n=x. Find the valucofx. 12015, 2008] @8 6 @7 @5 Energy required forthe electron excitation in Li** from the first tothe third Bohr orbit is [2014] @) 363ev () 1088ev (© 1224ev (@) 21ev Theangular momentum of eletron in n® obits given by pod) @ oh © oem ah © oF @ Py ‘The energy of electron in the nth orbit of =136 hydrogen atom is expressed as E, =—5"eV. ‘The shortest and longest wavelength of Lyman series will be 2013) 10. ML. R 1B. Chapter 26 (a) JOA I213A ——(b) 34034, T9S8A (©) 1315A,1530A —_(@) None of these If the K, radiation of Mo (Z = 42) has a wavelength of 0.71 A, calculate wavelength of the corresponding radiation of Cu, ie., K, for Cu(Z=29) assuming o= | 12613] (@) 152A() 5.14A (©) 302A (@) 052A ‘The energies of energy levels A, B and C for a ‘given atom are in the sequence E, Lyman series which s satisted by 4d 4.) Energy of excitation, B © aR 11), ae-136e(2-L}er =1088eV =njn4 5. (©) According to Bobr's second postulate. Number ofemission Hine 1 no) 43, 6 Toa LO 22 a 14. (2) Angularmomentum (nv) 1 ml ao @ Ve-uz-1) 15, ©) GP_33555 Nuclei ‘After two hours, one-sixteenth of the starting amount ofa certain radioactive isotope remained undecayed. The hal life ofthe isotope is [2017] @)_ 1S minutes (b) 30minutes (©) 4Sminutes (@) 4 hours When 9,U° undergoes fission, 0.1% of its original mass is changed into energy. How much energy is released if | kg of ,,U"* undergoes fission? (2017) (@ 9% 10%) (b) 9 10885 (©) 9x 1085 (@) 9 105 A radioactive element X converts into another stable clement Y. Halflife of Xis2 hrs. Initially only X ispresent. After time t, the ratio of atoms of X and Y is found tobe I = 4 then tin hoursis @ 2 wa 12016) (©) between 4and6 — (@) 6 ‘The mass of Nis 15.0011 amu, mass of O'* i 15.99492amu and my= 00783 amu. Detennine binding energy of last proton of 0". [2016] (@) 213MeV () 013Mev (© 10MeV (@ 1213Mev In an ore containing uranium, the ratio of U>* to Pb% is 3. Calculate the age of the ore, assuming that all the lead present inthe ore is the final stable produet of UE. Take the half life of U8to be 4,5 = 10° yr. (2015) (@) 16x 19%yr () 15 lo4yr (©) 1.867 10°yr (@) 2% 10yr ‘Anuceus of uranium decays at res into nuclei ofthorium and helium. Then 12014 (a) thehelium nucleus has less momentum than thethorium nucleus (©) the helium nucleus has more momentum than the thorium nucleus (© the helium nucleus has less kinetic energy than the thorium nucleus (@)_ the helium nucleus has more kinetic energy than the thorium nucleus Boron rods in a nuclear reactor are used to (@)_ absorb excess neutrons {2013} (©) absorb alpha particle (c)_ slow down the reaction (8) speed up the reaction 8B 9. 10. nL. 2 13. Chapter 27 ‘A mixture consists of two radioactive materials A, and A, with half lives of 20 s and 10 s respectively. Initially the mixture has 40 g of 4, and 160 g of 4,. The amount of the two in the mixture will become equal after 12013) (@) 60s (b) 80s © 20s @ 408 If the total binding energies of 7, $e, Se & B5U nuclei are2.22, 283, 492 and 1786 MeV respectively, identify the most stable nucleus ofthe following. 2012] @) ire (&) 7H © su @) 4He Which one is correct about fission? [2011] (@) Approx. 0.1% mass converts into energy (©) Most of energy of fission is inthe form of heat (©) Ina fission of U2 about 200 eV energy is released (@ Onan average, one neutron is released per fission of U2* Which of the following is best nuclear fuel 2010, (@) thorium236 (©) plutonium239 (©) wranium236 (@) neptunium239 ‘The activity ofa radioactive sample is measured as Nj counts per minute at /=0 and Ne counts ‘er minute at 5 minutes. The time (in minutes) at which the activity reduces to half its value is 5 (@) log, 2/5 © ing2 (©) Slo8)92 (@) 51og,2 Nuclear energy is released in fission since binding energy per nucleon is {2009} (@) sometimes larger and sometimes smaller (b)_ larger for fission fragments than for parent nucleus (©) same for fission fragments and nucleus (@) smaller fo fission fragments than for parent nucleus [2010]P80 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 14. The binding energy of the innermost electron 16. Halflifeofaradioacive substance is 20 minute. tungsten is 40 keV. To produce characteristic X- Difference between points oftime when itis33% rays using a tungsten target in an X-ray tube disintegrated and 67% disintegrated is the potential difference V between the cathode approximately (2006) and the anticathode should be- 12008), @) 40minute (©) 10minute @ V=40kV () VsaKv (©) 1Sminute (@) 20minute (© V>40KV (@) V>/<40kV_ 17, The Binding energy per nucleon of ?Liand 18, A radioactive nucleus undergoes a series of Peng ea 7 decay according to the scheme ceernely ria Aa 2k Soy bt ca If the mass number and atomic number of “A In the nuclear reaction $Li+ {H-> 3He+Q, are 180 and 72 respectively, then what are these _thevalueofenergy Qreleased is 12005} numbers for Ay 12007) @ 196Mev () -24Mev @ I72and69 (©) 174and70 (©) 84McV (@) 173Mev (©) 176and69 (@) 176and70 " 1 Lo Thegivenratio + les between + and ‘Therefore ties beeen 4s and 6 hrs o 4. @ MGO")=MGN")+1m, binding energy of last proton o (N'5)+m,—M(,0") (00011 + 1.00783~15,99492 Malflife ty = = 97 2 01302amu= 12.13 MeV 2. @ Mass of uranium changed into energy 5.—_(€)_Letthe initial mass of uranium be Mp Final mass of uranium after time t, M=3My The energy released According to the law of radioactive disintegration ut ME) Meet 3. (©) LetNybethenumber of atoms of X at time Mp “(2 7 t= ‘Then at =4 hrs (two halflives) _No 3Ny Ng =p and Ny ==] v3 his (three halflives) _No No Ny = and Ny = totin( Me) = oti (2) oo) m3) Tosio(2) —loei0(2) Togo (1.333) _ 4 5 not (28 ®) ogio (2) 03010. > (51.867 «10 yr GP_3355Nuclei P81 6 @ nan explosion a body breaks up into two pieves of unequal masses both part will hhave numerically equal momentum and lighter part will have more velocity UsTh+He 2 2 Bey - Re -76 Po 235 my” 2mte $e is most stable as it has maximum sine my, isles so KE, willbe more. binding energy per nucleon 7. (@) Boron rods absorb excess neutrons. 0. @ BO Lat he amount or Peo in theme 41, Plutonium 239 is processed by breeder ee eee ‘mechanism to be used as nuclear feul The amount of 4, which remains afer 49, N= Nye me Here, ¢=$ minutes m= M : a Menge The amount of 4,, which remains, after ¢ years = iY Ny, = 4g a Now, Ty ‘According tothe problem Foer 13.) Nuclearenergy isrelased in fission because Vee BE/nucleon is larger fr fission fragments 40___160 than foc pareat nucleus ay? ay? 4. © 15, (2) 72 A!® 2 459 A} —P oy agi?® A , S909 AI? 69 A 16. @ 17. @ BEof He'=4*7.06=28.24MeV BEof Li =7%5.60= 39.20 MeV JLis{t > gite! + tle +Q 3920 28.24x2(=56.48 MeV) ‘Therefore, Q=56.48-39.20=17.28MeV.5s. Semiconductor Electronics: Materials, Devices and Simple Circuits Inthe circuit given below, V(t) the sinusoidal voltage source, voltage drop V q(t) across the resistance R is, (2017) b, » > De a va (@)_ishatt wave reciied (b) is full wave rectified (©) asthe same peak value in the pesitive and negative half eycles (@) has different peak values during positive and negative half eyele In CE transistor amplifier, the audio signal voltage across the collector resistance of 2 kA is2V.the base resistance is Ik©2and the current amplification of the transistor is 100, the input signal voltage is [2015] @) 2mV (b) 3mV_ (©) 10mV (@) O1mV An oscillator is nothing but an amplifer with (@) positive feedback 12012) (b) negative feedback (©) largegain (@)_ no feedback ‘Assuming the diodes to be of silicon with forward resistance zero, the current I in the following cieeuitis 12009), R,= 1000 Re1s00 no (@) 0 (b) 9.65mA (6) 10mA (4) 1035mA For a CE transistor amplifier, the audio signal voltage across the collector resistance of 2.0 kO2 js 2.0 V. Suppose the current amplification factor ofthe transistor is 100, What should be the value of Ry in series with Vig supply of 2.0V ifthe de 2 Chapter 28 base current has to be 10 times the signal current? (2014) @) 14kO &) 18kO (10k @ SKA The combination of gates shown below yields “DS ee (@) ORgate (b) NOT gate (©) XOR gate (@) NANDgate ‘Transfer characteristics [output voltage (7) vs input voltage (V,)] fora base biased transistor in CE configuration is as shown in the figure. For using transistor asa switch, itis used [2013] @) inregion (I) ¥, (b) both in region (and (i (© inregion (tt) (@ inregion (D) Ina p-n junction diode, a square input signal ‘of 10 V is applied as shown 12013] sv. A TE ~ L?~* (2014) sv ‘Then the output signal across R, will be WV, +5, @ o © @ -10v ao ‘The output of an OR gate is connected to both the inputs of a NAND gate. The combination will serve asa Pou] (@) NOT gate (©) NOR gate (© ANDgate (@) ORgate GP_3355Semiconductor Electronics: Materials, Devices and Simple Cireuits P83 10. Ina semiconductor diode, he barrier potential ATS AIBTY offers opposition to on) ofeli oToli (a) holes in P-region only oliia Olilo (b) free eletronsin N-tegion only opt eo (©) majority carriers in both regions t (@)_ majority as well as minority carriers in both ifito iti regions 14. Ina common base amplifier the phase difference I. A transistor has a base current of | mA and between the input signal voltage and the output emitter current 90 mA. The collector current will voltage is [2007] be ee10) @0 Ort ©} mW Or @) 90mA (b) IMA (c) $9mA Cd) 91MA 45, A zener diode, having breakdown voltage equal 12. Ade. batteryof Vvoltisconnestedto-aseries "th sy isusdinavolings regulate crcueshown combination ofa resistor R and an ideal diode D Pe Ra ie en rete as shown in the figure below. The potential io bs difference across R wil be 12010 (2006) D e 2500 (a) 2 when diode is forward biased (b). Zero when diode is forward biased ~ (ec) V when diode is reverse biased (a) 10mA (b) 1SmA (c) 20mA (d) SmA (@)_V when diode is forward biased 16, In an unbiased n-p junction electrons diffuse 13. Truth table for system of four NAND gates as fromn-region top-region because: [2006] shown in figures ted (a) holes in p-region attract them aT (©) electrons travel across the junction due to potential difference >’ (©) onlyelectrons move from n top region and not the vice-versa (@_ electron concentration in n-region is more oe + ‘compared to that in p-region AlBly! el 17. Incommon emitter amplifier, the current gain is ol|ojo o|ojo (62. The collector resistance and input resistance @ [ol1i w [oft fo are 5 KO an 5000 respectively. If the input Tpolt tfolt voltage is 0.01 V, the output voltageis [2005] ijijo rjijt (a) 062V (b) 62V (c) @2V_ (d) 620V Hints & Solutions 1. @_ During the operation, either of D, and D Vo 3 be in forward bias. Also R, and R, are © papas pe loxtoP d= 1oma different, so output across R will have (@)_ The output ac voltage is 2.0 V. So, the ac BO slitferent peaks collector current j,=2,0/2000=1.0mA, x © posts beck Fomouguto inguin These cuen rough he tases, thre an ampli amplitude, + provides oscillations of constant given by ig ig/B= LOmA/IO0=0.010mA.P84 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 10. . R 13. The de base current has to be 10 0.010=0.10 mA. Ry=(Ven— Vie ) Ney Assuming Vj, = 0.6 V, Ry = (2.0 . 0.6 /0.10 = 14k. (@) The final boolean expression is, A+B = OR gate ) 140N 11> OFF In 11 state it is used as a amplifier it is activerregion. (@) Thecurrent will flow through R, when the diode is forward biased. © (RB) ~Noneate ‘When both inputs of NAND gate are connected, it behaves as NOT gate OR+NOT=NOR, © © [oF lp 1g=90-1=89mA (@) In forward biasing, the diode conducts. For ideal junction diode, the forward resistance is zero; therefore, entire applied voltage occurs across external resistance R ie, there occurs no Potential drop, so potential across R is V in forward biased. a ee : al oa i 4 16. 17. By expanding this Boolean expression Y=AB+BA ‘Thus the truth table for this expression should be(1). (a) The phase difference between output voltage and input signal voltage in common, base transistor circuit is zero. (@ Voltage across zener diode is constant. 2500 i i Curentin tka resiser, 15v0lt i) Curtentn 2500 resistor, _ 20-15)V SV Wasoa= "3500, 2508 = 4 =20ma 7000 Orenerdiode = 20-15) = Sma. (@ Electrons in an unbiased p-n junction, diffuse from n-region i., higher electron concentration to p-region ic., lowelectron concentration region. 5x10" x62 Mo _ Rog _ © eRe V,= 620% V,.=620«0.01=62V AY, 1062 = 620 volt GP_3355SECTION Il - CHEMISTRY Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry Ifa 25.0 mL sample of sulfuric acid is titrated with 50,0 mL of 0.025 M sodium hydroxide toa phenolphthalein endpoint, what is the molarity ‘of the acid? (2017) (@) 0.020M (b) 0.100M (©) 0.025M (@ 0050M Find which ofthe following compound can have mass ratios of C:H:O as 6:1:24 12017] (@) HO{C-O}OH —(b) HOYC-O}H (© FHC-O}H ——(@)_-HCOC-O}H ‘The normality of 26% (wt/vol) solution of ‘ammonia (density =0.855 )is approximately 12016) @ 15 &) 04 (©) 153 @4 1.25 g ofa sample of Na,CO, and Na,SO, is dissolved in 250 ml solution. 25 ml of this solution neutralises 20 ml of 0.1'NH,SO,.The% ‘ofNa,CO, in this sample is 12016) (a) 848% (b) 8.48% © 152% (@) 424% ‘A.compound of Xe and Fis found to have 53.5% ‘of Xe. What is oxidation number of Xe in this ‘compound ? (2016) (@ -4 ) 0 © +4 @ +6 The prefix 10"¥is, 2018, 2006), (@) siga (b) kilo © oa (@)_ nano The formation of CO and CO, illustrates the law of (2014) (@) reciprocal proportion (©) conservation of mass (©) multiple proportion (@) constant composition ‘Taenumber of atoms in0.004 gm of magnesium is close to 12013] @ 4 (b) 2x10” © 10” (@) 6.02% 10% 10. nL R 1B. 4 15. Chapter How many grams of concentrated nitric acid solution should be used to prepare 250 mL of 2.0M HINO,? The concentrated acid is 70% HNO, 12013] @) 90.0 geone. HNO, () 70.0gcone. HNO, (©) $40gcone. HNO, (@) 45.0geone. HNO, Number of atoms of He in 100amu of He (atomic wt of Heis 4) are [2012] @ % &) 100 © 0 (d) 100*6 «10 ‘The product of atomic weight and specific heat ‘ofany element isa constant, approximately 6.4 This is known as, on] (@) Dalton’siaw ——(b)- Avogadro's law (©) Newton’slaw (@) Duong Pettit law 1.520 of hydroxide ofa metal on ignition gave 0.995g of oxide. The equivalent weight of metal is (2011) a) 152 (b) 0995 © 1% @ 9 The vapour density of zones {200 @) 6 ) 2 © 4 @ & In redox reaction 1 gm-eq of reducing agent requires P gm-eq. of oxidising agent. The value of Pis 2010] @1 © 3 (@ Depends on reaction Given thenumbers: 161 em, 0,161 em, 00161 em. ‘The number of significant figures forthe three numbersare 12009] (@) 3,4ands respectively (©) 3,3and4 respectively (©) 3,3and3 respectively (@ 3,4and4 respectively &) 2c-2 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 16. In which of the following number all zeros are 19. The equivalent weight of HO, in significant? [2008] 2Mn0j +5H,0, +6H*>2Mn?*+50,+8H,0 (@) 0.0005 (&) 0.0500 is 12007) (© 50000 (@ 0.0050 @ 0 ) 4 17. The number of electrons in a mole of hydrogen © 8 @ & molecule is 12008] 20. A.gasis found tohavea formula [CO]. Its vapour @ 6.023 «108 (b) 12.046% 10 ae ores (2006) (©) 30115%10% (a) indefinite © 50 @ 6 18. When 30 litersof H, and 30 liters of N, arereacted 21, The volume of Cl, at STP obtained on reacting Nit is armed andthe yield isonys0% The "435 ghinO whee Hat wt ons Sh ‘composition of the gaseous mixture will be 12006] 12007] @) 448titre (b) 2.24litres @ Linite sole & SLoft, SLofHyandSLofN, 22, The number of sodium som? moles of (b) SLofN,, 10L of Hand 10L of NH, sodium ferrocyanide is 12005) (©) 10LofN,, 1SL of Hand 5 L of NHy @ 12«102 (b) 26* 102 (@ SLofN,, ISL of Hand 10L of NH, © 6x10 @ 48x 102 Hints & Solutions 1 © MY,=M,V, Percentage of Na,CO, (0.025 M) (0.050 L) =(M,) (0.025) 1.06100 M,=0.05 M “Tas 78% bul herare2 W'sperH,S0,s0(H,SO] & ) GienXe=525%-. P=46ste 025M. Relative number of atoms Xe {a) Given, mass ratio is C:H:0 (6:1:24) so, molar 465 ‘ratio will be 6/12:1/1:24/16= 1:2:3 Tp 4 therefore, HO-(C-0} Ott tas molar rato te SimpleratioXe= Land F=6; Molecular 7 mle Xe, 2. (© Woot Nth =269=25 geq=153809 Onalxents a 6 (©) Exa=10 ‘Val ofsnin. =100me=0.1L, 7. (© Formation of CO and CO, illustrates the Ls tawotmulplepropain ia seontant Nomnaity =-g7p =153N imac of Creat with differnt mass of 4. @ Lettheamount of Na,CO, present inthe ‘oxygen. These masses here bears simple mixture be x g..Na,SO, will not react with ratio ofl 2, +H,SO,. Then 8. (©) No.of Mg atoms =g atom * 6.021079 x _ 20x01x10 FON ay 53 1000 271.068 0.004 6.02107 ~1.0x10 = A *6.024107 = 10x10 GP_3355Some Basie Concepts of Chemistry c-3 ‘wt 1000 50.000 al zero are significant. 9 Molarity = or wt x wo (ml) 17. @) No.of electron wt, 1000 = No. of electrons per molecule x No, of Ba molecules 2% 6023 « 10 = 12,046 10°. wen 18 @ Nag) +3Hayg) —2NBy9) 100 N, is the limiting reagent in this wt of 0% acid= 190,031 5 =45 gm reaction.1OL N, will react with 30L H, to a preskee 20 of NH, The competion of 10. @ 100amuottie~ resultant mixture willbe SL of N,, ISL of, co and 10L of i, [Lamu =massofoneproton approx)] 19. (@) 2Mn0,! + SHO, + 6H" —» HL. (@ According to Dulong and Petits law 2Mn?* +50, +810 ‘Atomic weight» Spcificheat= 6.4 (approx) Hos! —) 21,02 +21" ‘Thislaw isapliable nly to slid elements Peete ea tut to explain veryhigh specific heat ae ofdiamond 4 C= 7 The equivalent of 1,0, 12, (@ Lat Ebethe equivalent weight ofthemetal nee So, BHT. 1.2 Change in oxidation mamber a8 ~ 095 3M [17 is equivalent weight of OH and 8 is ey equivalent weight of oxygen] 2. (9 (12416 %x=70%2 0995+ 170995 =Ex 152+ 8152 [e 2«VD.=M. weit] 0525 =16,915-12.16=4.755 Tox 4755 5 > x5, pa tT 28 13, (© Weknow that, 21, (@) MnO+4HICI-» MnCl, +2H,0+Cl, Molecular weight of compound or Ten molecules=2V.D. Teenaotael ‘Vapour density (V.D) of zone molecules Mwtst0s 435gm MnO, gives. Hence, V.D.of O, is24 =1.121it ofc, iy Cy 22, (@ Sodium ferroeyanide sm equivalent of reducing agent = gm NagFe(CN)g=—=D4Na* + Fe(CNIG! equivalent of oxidising agent 1 mol, of potasium frrocyanid gives 4 Hence Igm equ, ofreducing agent =P gm ions ofa. equ. of oxidising agent 2 x 6.02 x 10% molecules of potassium 1S. (Each has three significant figures. When ferrocyanide gives 42 6.02 « 10ions zeros used to locate the decimal point, i of Nav {snot considered as significant figure. ie. 2 molesof potassium ferocyanideions 16.) Ifzeroisusedto locate the decimal poitit of Nat is considered as a significant figure. In =48 108Atomic Structure ‘The energy of an electron in second Bobr orbit Chapter 2 ©o @ 14 @2 6 of hydrogen atom is [2017] 6, The Bohr orbit radius for the hydrogen atom (@) S44 1OReV (b) S44 10-eal (n= 1)isapproximately 0.530 A. The radius for (©) -S44x10"K) d) 5.44% 107°) the first excited state (n= 2) orbit is in A) [2013] 2. Fhenamts otadn nodsoFand parts Rentxcedsiat(1=2) rin A) 20 ae respectively PONT 7, Which of the following is not permissible @ Po Pind cin vate ic mar tof electr tom? [2012| 3. ‘The first emission line in the atomic spectrum of | ‘arrangement ofelectrons in an atom’? 2012] hydrogen in the Balmer series appears at [2016] @ (b) emt gy Beye! © © i090) © Ta ia sk Sk) & The meaurment of the eearon poston i © yom @ Fem associated with an uncertainty in momentum, 4 36 r =) 4, Ane-hasmagnetic quantum number as~3, what which is equal to 1 « 10- g cms"! The {sits principal quantum number? [2016] uncertainty in electron velocity is, [2007] @l (b) 2 @3 @4 (mass of an electron is 9 x 10-7*g) 5. For azimuthal quantum number £ = 3, the (a) 110 ems! (b) 1*10%emst maximum number of electrons will be [2014] (©) 1*10°emst @ 1*10"ems" Hints & Solutions 6z? 4 @® When. on 1. @ ForHatom, E, =—** ev 5. @_ {= 3 means f-subshell, Maximum no. of v electrons=4¢+2=4% 3+2=14 For 2nd orbit, n=2, Z=1 (For H) 6 (@ Radius of hydrogen atom = 0.530 A, exci? ine Number fenced ste (0) "2 andtorc yo BAO, =IB yy sani otrege aon = Welow ey » that the Bohr radius. 13.6.0 610" ; : 4 aie (9) =" xRadius of atom = 2” «0,530 2. (@)Foragiven orbital with principal quantum ee 1 ‘number (n) and azimuthal quantum number =4x0530— . (), number ofradial nodes (n-1-1) 7.) m=2,/ +1, thus for | = 2, m= 5, hence ferdrorbtal: n= and =0 vals oft wllbe= 2.1.01. +2, number of radial nodes . for | = 2, m cannot have the value -3. = & (a) Ap=mav for 2p orbital: n C2patbial n= Zand Shattngthegven values x and, 3. @_ ForBalmer n,=2andn, 108 11) sk ver( 1-2) 8 cn Gra} GP_33553. 2 Classification of Elements and Periodic Properties Which ofthe following order is wrong? (2017, 2005} (a) NH; Cl> P>S>Al>Mg (b) Ne>Cl>P>S>Mg>AL (©) Ne>Cl>S>P>Mg>Al (@ Ne>Cl> S>P>Al>Mg The element, with atomicnumber 118, willbe 12015) @) alti (©) noble gas (©) lanthanide (d) transition element The valency shell of element A contains 3 electrons while the valency shell of element B contains 6 electrons, IfA combines wit B, the probable formula ofthe compound formed willbe 014] (@) AB, ) AB (©) AQB, (@ A,B, Which has smallest size ? 2014] (@)_Na® () Mg? (©) Ne (@) OF The sereening effet of d-electons is [2013] (a) Equal top-electrons (b) Much more than p-electrons (©) Sameas electrons (@)_Less than p-electrons, The long form of the periodic table consists of [2013] (a) 8 Horizontal and 7 vertical series (b)_ 7Horizontal and 18 vertical series (©) 7Horizontal and 7 vertical series (@)_ 8 Horizontal and 8 vertical series & 10, nL. 2. 13. Chapter 3 The ions O*, F>, Na*, Mg? and AD are isoelectronic. Their ionic radii show [2013] (@)__A decrease from Oto F-and then inerease from Na" tol (0). Asignificant increase from Oto AL* (©) Asignificant decrease from O-to Al* (@) An increase from 0% to F and then decrease from Na* to AD* Which of the following does not have valence ‘electron in 3d-subshell? 120121 (@) Fed) &) Mnap © oo @ PO Which property is same in elements of same group of periodic table 12012] (@)_Ionisation potential (b) Electronegativity (©) Electronaffinity (@ Number of valency electrons ‘The correct order of adit is pony (@) NF>0>F 6) O>F>F>0 @ & © (© F>0>>F>0 @ O*>0>F>F ou OF 26, Theelectronegativity ofthe following element 20, The irs ionization potential ofA, as compared 1c clectronegativty ofthe fllowing elements eastaraee noel inereases in the order 120051 (@) Greater (©) Lower @ GNSP ) NSiCP (© Thesame () ‘Twice asmuch © SiRCN @ RSLNC Hints & Solutions 1.) Theright sequence of LE, of that of inert or noble gases, therefor it LiP03>Si0) > AlO3 ‘Acidic Weak asic Amphoterc Na 2,84 yl 2,87 These have same number (3) shells. Hence, they are the elements ofthe same period, Beryllium resembles with aluminium dueto similarity in the size of ions and similarity in electropositive character. This type of resemblance between first element of a 1 20. 21, 2. 26. @ © @ © ® @ © group in second period with second tlement of the next group is termed as Siagonal relationship The ionic radii follows the order 0} >Fo1it >p* The fist ioniaton potential ofA is ower than that of Mg because valence shell configuration of Mg is 3s° and of Al is 352, 3p!, As s-orbital is close to nucleus than orbital so removal of ste from Mg is difficult and require more energy as compare tol. Basicnature ofoxide * metalic nature of element. Metallic nature decrease in the der Na>Mg>AI>Cu Element with the outer electronic configuration 3d°4s? is d-block element. It isa transition meal. Firs period has Hand He only, out o hich He is inert, hence H behaves as a highly clectropostve as well as electronegative clement Weknow that of F=0.72A,, F- and 03 =1.40A, 0=0.73A ‘Thus, Radii of atoms and ions depends ‘upon relative nuclear charge therefore the radii arein the order 07> F>0>F Siand P rein the 3rd period while CandN arein the nd period. Elements in 2nd period have higher electronegativities than those in the 3rd period. Since N has smaller size and has higher nuclear charge than C, its clectronegativity is higher than that of C. Similarly, the clectronegativity of is higher ‘than that of Si, Thus, the overall order is SIRO, 36A1 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Which of the following shows correct order of ‘bond length? 12017] (@) 0,1>0,>0;5>02° (b) 0,°<07>0,<0;> (©) 0;>0,<0,>0- (@)_0,'>0,<0,>02- Which of these compounds are directional? (20171 @ Na ©) C0, © Bo @ CCl In PO}, the formal charge on each oxygen ‘atom and the P - O bond order respectively are [2016 (@) 075,06 ) 075,10 (©) 075,125 (@ 3,12 Which one of the following does not follow ‘octate rule? 12015) @ PF, ) BF, (© CO, @ CO, ‘The P—P—P angle in P, molecule and S—S—S angle in S, molecule is (in degree) respectively [2015] (a) 60°, 107° (&) 107,60" (©) 40°60" (@) 60",40" Which of the following molecule/ion has all the three types of bonds, electrovalent, covalent ‘and co-ordinate [2015] (@) HCl (b) NH, (@ cr @) H,0, The molecules BE, and NF, are both covalent compounds, but BF, is non polar whereas NF, ispola. The reason for his is 12014) (@) atomic size of Boron is larger than nitrogen (b) Boron is metal while nitrogen i gas (©) B~F bonds are non-polar while N ~ F bonds are polar (@)_ BF, isplanar but NF, is pyramidal Which one of the following pairs is isostructural (ie, having thesameshape and hybridization)? 014) (© [Bet na 81] 10. nL. 2. 1B. Chapter () [Ns and NOs] © [NF and BR] @ (Bre and Nui} Nand O, are converted into mono anions, Né and 0} respectively. Which ofthe following statements is wrong ? [2014] (@)_ In N,, the NN bond weakens (b) In0,, the O—O bond order increases (©) In,, bond length decreases (@_ Ny-becomes diamagnetic Number of bonds in SO, are (a) Two cand Two x (©) Two cand One x (©) Two o, two x and one lone pair (None ofthese “The vapour pressure of on ci ishigher than No. d or 2013) (2012) due to (a) Dipole moment (©) Dipole- dipole interaction (©) H-bonding (@) Lattice structure A 9 bonded molecule MX; is T-shaped. The ‘number ofnion bonded pair of electrons is 2011] @ 0 &) 2 ol (@)_can be predicted only ifatomic number is known’ ‘The correct bond order inthe following species is: (2011) @ OF <0; <0; () 0; <0; <0} © 0; <0; <0? @ OF <0} <0; GP_3355‘Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure c-9 14, Which ofthe following statements is/are true @ HC cH, 12010] VY 1. Hand BiCI, donot exist AN 2 pr—du bond is present in SO, HoH 3. If has bent geometry () CHyC=CCH, 4. SeF, and CH, have same shape (© CH,CH,C=CH @ 1.23 &) 13 cH, =C1 C1 © 134 @ 124 (@ CH; =CH-C=CH 15, Which ofthe following two are isostructural? 18. Inthe dichromate dianion, 12006} 12009] (@) 4Cr—O bonds are equivalent - (b) 6 Cr—O bonds are equivalent @ Xe IF; (6) NH,BP, (©) allCr-Obonds are equivalent © corsoe — @ PO, IC, (@) all Cr—O bonds are nonequivalent 16. Twoiee cubes are pressed over each other until 19. In piperidine |. the hybrid state assumed they unite to form one block. Which one of the N following forces dominates for holding them byNis i 20061 together? 12008] 2 2 2 © sp (b) sp? ©) sp @) dsp’ ) Dipole-dipole interaction 20. Which of the following isthe correct electron (b)_ Van der waals’ forces. (©) Hydrogen bond formation (@)_ Covalent attraction 17. Which of the following hydrocarbons has the lowest dipole moment ? 12007] dot structure of N,O molecule? @ :N=N=0; ) :N @ iN (2005) © N=N=0 Hints & Solutions 1. ()_ Bond length decreases with an increase in bond order. Therefor, the order of bond length in these species is 0,"<0,> 0. 0,2 (bond order -0,°=2.5,0,=2, 6, O7=1) 2 @) Ionic bonding is non directional, whereas covalent bonding is directional. So, CO, isdircctional orTTer . o-f-o| elo-P-o] 6 é é a ~ Ref set é 6 No. of bonds No. of Resonating structures ‘Three unit negative chargeis being shared by four O atoms. Formal charge =-3/4=—0.75, (©) BF, does not follow octate rule because central atom, boron lacks an electron pai. ‘Thus, it also acts as Lewis acid. Ge) SS (@) In Fy molecule, the four sp*-hybridised phosphorous atoms lie atthe corners of a regular tetrahedron with ZPPP = 60°. In S,molecule S-S-S angle is 107° rings o%s Ween 0 $7c-10 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 6. 10. uM. 2 1B. (®) Bond structure ofmolecutes are EC: ols? 0)> Np >HBr (0) HBr< 03 Ny <0, >HBr (@) HBr> Nz <0; < Hy ‘An ideal gas can’t be liquefied because [2012] (@) itscritical temperatures always above °C (b)_itsmolecules are relatively smaller in size (6) itsolidifies before becoming a liquid (@)_ forces operated between its molecules are negligible 2 10. u. Chapter 9 ‘When the temperature is raised, the viscosity of | liquid decreases this is because [2010] (@) decreased volume of the solution (increased attraction between molecules (©) decreased covalent and hydrogen bond forces (@ increase in temperature increase the average kinetic energy of molecules which ‘overcomes the attractive force between them Ata constant volume the specific heat of a gas. {0.075 and its molecular weight is 40, The gas is 2010) (a) Monoatomic (©) Diatomic (©) Triatomic (@) None of above ‘The cooking time in a pressure cooker is less because [2009] (a) More heat is used (b) High pressure cooks the food (©). Theboiling point of water increases in the cooker (@) Heatis uniformly distributed Density ratio of O2 and Hi, is 16:1, The ratio of theirrams. velocities will be [2008] @ 41 ) 1:16 © 4 @ 16:1 ‘The inversion temperature (T,) fora gasis given by [2003] (@) a/Rb (b) 2a/Rb © ® @ 2BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers c-2 1 © 2 constant (Gay Lussc's law) Roy Theorder of increasing m. wt. is jen Hy <3 <0) CO (g) Which one of the statement is correct at constant T and P? (20171 (@) AH=AE () AH< AE (©) AH>AE (@) AH isindependent of physical state ofthe reactants For a given reaction, Al = 35.5 kJ mol and ‘AS=83.6JK:Imot!. The reaction is spentancous at: (Assume that AH and AS do not vary with ‘tempearature) [2017 (@) T>425K (b) All temperatures (@ T>298K (@ T<425K For a particular reversible reaction at temperature 7; AH and AS were found tobe both ++ve. IFT, isthe temperature at equilibrium, the reaction ‘would be spontaneous when [2016] @ Tr @) T>T, © Tisstimes? a T= Given Reaction Energy Change (in kJ) Li(s) + Li(g) 161 Lig) > Li%() 520 1 Fu) > Fe) 7 F(g)+e > F-(g) (Electron gain enthalpy) Lit (g)+P(g) > LiF(s) 1047, Lits)+ Fhe > LR) -617 Based on data provided, the value of electron gain enthalpy of fluorine would be: [2016], (@) -300Kimor! — (b) ~350Kd mot" (© -328kImot! — (@) ~228kd mot! Which law of the thermodynamics helps in calculating the absolute entropies of various substances at different temperatures? [2015] @) Firstlaw (). Second law (©) Thirdlaw (@) Zeroth law 10. ML. Chapter {A spontaneous reaction is impossible if[2015] (@). both AHand AS are negative (©) both AH and AS are positive (6) AHis negative and AS is positive (@) Allis positive and AS is negative Ifthe enthalpy of vaporization of water is 186.5 klmot*, the entropy fits vaporization will be (2014) (@)0.5JK"'mot (©) 1.53K-'mot ‘The heats of neutralisation of CH,COOH, HCOOH, HCN andH,Sare—13.2,~13.4,-29 ‘and ~ 3.8 KCal per equivalent respectively ‘Arrange the acids in increasing order of acidic strength, 014] (@ HCOOH> CHyCOOH > HyS > HCN (©) CH,COOH > HCOOH> HS >HCN (©) HyS >HCOOH> CH,COOH > HCN (@ HCOOH> HS > CH,COOH > HCN For determining the spontaneity of a process which ofthe following is considered ? [2013] (a) ASsystem (b) AS surroundings (6) ASsystem+ AS surroundings (@) AS system — AS surroundings ‘The enthalpy of combustion of 2 moles of benzene at 27°C differs from the value ‘determined in bomb calorimeter by [2013] (@) 24944 (b) 24940 (©) ~748310 (@ 74830 In which of the following reactions, standard ‘entropy change (AS®) is positive and standard Gibb’s energy change (AG") decreases sharply with increasing temperature ? 12012] 1 (@) Ceraphite+ 5 Ox(e) > CO(®) 1 (©) CO(@)+ 5 Ox(2) +COx(@) 1 (©) Ma{s)+ 5 0218) > Mg0(s) l 1 1 (@)3Ceraphite +5 0x18) > 7COxe)c-14 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers n Bond enthalpies of H, X, and HX are in the ratio2: 1:2. enthalpy offormation of HX is— 50 kJ mol the bond enthalpy of Xs [2012] (6) 300ismor (@) 400K) mor" (@) 100ksimor" (©) 200K) mot" (@) 1.55 kimol"! 96.44 Jmol kK (b) -2.55 kJmot™! 106.44 Jmol“! (©) 1.55 mot", 96.44 Imol“!K! 13. What isthe free energy change, AG, when 1.0 (@ 155 kimot!, 96.44 Jmol 1K“! mole of water at 100°C and I atm pressure is 19, ‘Temperature ofS moles ofa gas is decreased by converted into steam at 100°C and 1 atm 2K at constant pressure, Indicate the correct pressure Port) statement 12007] {@ $40cal (b) 79800 cal (@) Work done by gas is=5R (9) S800 (@)_Ocal (b) Work done over the gas is= 10 R 14, Forthe reaction :N,+3H, = 2NH, [2009] (@) Work done by the gas = 10 R Which one ofthe Blowing scorea rearing (@) Workdone=0 20. Compounds with high heat of formation are less e & ae stable because 12006] 15, One mote ofan ideal gas at 300 K is expanded (@) itis difficult to synthesize them isothermally from an initial volume of IL to 10. (b) energy rich state leads to instability ‘The AE for this process is (©) high temperature is required tosynthesize (R=2.calmol~"K) 12009] them (2) 163.7eal &) ze10 (@_ molecules ofsuch compunds are distorted (©), 138i.1eal (@)_ Slit tom 21, The energy that opposes dissolution of a 16, At25°C and | bar which ofthe following has a solvent is, 12006] non-zero AH? 12009] (@) hydration energy (b) lattice energy @) BO (©) C(graphite) (©) internal energy (@)_ bond energy ©) Of @ 1) 22, The energy that opposes dissolution of a 17. For which of the process, AS iS negative? solvent is 2006} 12008] (@) hydration energy (b) lattice energy (@) Ha(g) > 2H@) (©) internal energy (@)_ bond energy (©) Ny{g)(latm) > Ny (gXSatm) 23. Inthe reaction (©) 2803 (g) > 2503(8)+03 2) C02 (g)+ H2(g)—> CO(e) + H,0(8) (@)Ciamnonin > Cc graphite) AH= 4014; AH represents [2005 18, K,for CH,COOH at 25°C is 1.754105. At (@) Heat of formation 50°C K, is 1.633 10°. Whatare AH? and AS* oI ate for the ionisation of CHjCOOH? [2008] (@) Heat ofreaction AH 1 @ An=-4; AH=AE-3RT; =a >all AH=TAS o T.=55 2 For a spontaneous reaction 2 (@ AG=AH-Tas Fora reaction o be spontaneous, AG must be negative which is possible AG=-veie, AH “gi EST Ss” Bek? 4. © Applying Hess’s Law; So, the given reaction will be spontaneous ApH? = Agyl+ 2 AGH atT > 425K, 2 3.) Atequilibrium A LEHEAS Ajacell Hence, AG= AH—T,AS=0 —617= 161 +520+77+E.A.+(- 1047) GP_3355Thermodynamics c-15 9. 10. nL. n 13. 4 0 @ @ © o @ @ ® EA.= -617+289=-328 kJ mol"! electron affinity of fluorine 328 kJ mot The third law helps to calculate the absolute entropies of pure substances at different temperature, AG= AH=TAS; AG ispostive fora reaction to be non-spontaneous when AH is positive and AS is negative. Given: AH = 1865kImol! B.ptof water = 100°C =100+273=373K Entropy change, ‘a= All _1865KI mot” T "37K = 05kImol'K-! ‘The greater the negative value of heat of neutralisation, more isthe strength ofthe acid. Hence, HCOOH> CH,COOH > H3S > HCN The criteria forthe spontaneity, AS sytem +S surroundings, must be + ve. Bybomb calorimeter we get AE ICH (+1503 (@) —> 12€0,+6H,0() AH — AE = AnRT 12-15) 8.314 x300=—7.483 kd Since, in the first reaction gaseous products are forming from solid carbon hence entropy will increase ie. AS=-+ve. Cige)+ F Oxa)> C048), AS" +e ‘Since, AG®= AH? —TAS hence the value of ‘AG decrease on increasing temperature, Sse xy — ae Latta en ofX-X tobe 2. X=50%2= 100K mol Condition of equilibrium, hence AG: Np +3Hy == 2NHy According to thermodynamics's Ist law AH=AE+oRT W. 18. 19. 20. a. 2. ©) © © @ o o o o Where AH = enthalpy of reaction at constant pressure leat of reaction at constant volume R=molar gas constant ‘T= temperature ofthe reaction ‘n= (no, ofmoles of product) ~(no. of moles ofreactant.) From reaction, n= np -ng =2~4: Hence, AH = AE -2RT. For isothermal process, AE=0 ‘Ozone is allotropic form of oxygen and is ‘of higher energy (by 68 K Cal mol!) than O,, Hence it can not be taken as the reference in standard state. High pressure reduces volume and decreases entropy hence AS negative AG?=-2308 RTlogk AG? yy) =-2.303 * 8314 % 323 log 1.633% 105 =29605) ‘AG? agg = 2.303 * 8.314% 298 log 1.754% 105 =271945 ‘AG°=AH?—Tas? 29605 = AH? -323AS° @ 27194= AH? -298AS° ci) From eqn. (i) & (i) on calculation we find AS°=-96.44 JK“Imol 2. ANP=—1,55ki/mol For5 moles of gasat temperature T, PV, =SRT For 5 moles of gasat temperature T—2, PV,=5SR(T-2) P(V2-¥) =5R(T-2-T); PAV = -10R,-PAV=10R When AV isnezative, W ise. ‘The more the energy, the lesser is the stability, Lattice energy opposes dissoloution of a solvent. Lattice energy is the amount of energy required to dissociate 1 mole of ionic crystals into ions. Ifhydration energy ‘of solid is more than lattice energy, then solid dissolves, Lattice energy opposes dissotoution of a solvent. Lattice energy is the amount of energy required to dissociate 1 mole of ionic crystals into ions. Ifhydration energy ‘of solid is more than lattice energy, then solid dissolves Heat of reactionEquilibrium Which of the following can form buffer solution? 2017] (@) aqNH,+NH,OH (b) KOH+HNO, (©) NOOH+HCI' —(@)_ KI+KOH Which ofthe following can act as both Bronsted acid and Bronsted base? (2017) (@)_Na,CO,(b) OF (@) HCO>@) NH, ‘Thedegree of dissociation of PCI5(«) obeying the equilibrium PCls == PCI; + Cly is related tothe equilibrium pressure by [2016] 1 1 @) ae ) aot @ an ® ans 1 © any @ aap In a closed system, A(s) —* 2B(g) + 3C(e), partial pressure of C is doubled, then partial pressure of B will be [2016 (@) 22 times the original value (oF times te original value (©) times the original value 1 (6) times the original value © fs ‘The percentage hydrolysis of 0.15 M solution ‘of ammonium acetate, K, for CH,COOH is 1.8% 10° and K, for Nii i 18% 10 [2016] @) 0556 () “4 938 (a) 556 For a sparingly soluble salt A,B,, the relationship of its solubility product Es “> K, with ts solubility (S) is on (a) Ls >K,, = $™ (pq)? *4 (b) Ls= S?*4.pPqt (Ls > Ky = SP*4 pq” @ Ls Ky = SMpPqt ‘What is the correct increasing order of Bronsted bases? [2015] (@) C104 C10; > C103 > ClO™ if 9% 10. u. 2. 13. 4 Chapter (© C10; C10; > C105 K; ) K, CO, (8), Ky/K,is @ RF & RI! CRT VA RH? The pOH value ofa solution whose hydroxide ion concentration is 62 « 10-? motfitreis 2012] @ 821) 621 © 775 @ 721 Which ofthe following combinations would not resultin the formation of buter solution 12012} (@) NH,+HCI (©) NHCI+NU, (©) CH,COOH+NaCl (@) NaOH HC,I1,0, The reaction, $0, +Cl,—980,Cly is exothermic and reveraible. Aminture fS0s(g), Cl, (g)and $O,C, () sat equilibrium ina closed ‘container. Now a certain quantity of extra SO, is introduced into the container, the volume remaining the same. Which ofthe following, is/aretrue? 12012] @ te) GP_3355Equilibrium 16. "7. (@) The pressure inside the container will not change (b) The temperature will not change (©) Thetemperature will increase (@)_ The temperature will decrease HS gas when passed through a solution of cations containing HCI precipitates the cations of second group of qualitative analysis but not those belonging to the fourth group. It is because 2011] {(@)_ presence of HCI decreases the sulphide ion concentration. (b) solubility product of group II sulphides is more than that of group IV sulphides. (©) presence of HCI increases the sulphide ion concentration (@ sulphides of group 1V cations are unstable in HCL ThepHlofa solution is increased from 3106; its 1 ion concentration will be 011] (@) reduced to half (b) doubled (6) reduced by 1000 times (@) increased by 1000 times Which of these is least likely to act as Lewis base? 2010 @ F () BF, (© PF, @ CO The Ky of CuS, Ag,S and HgS are 10° 10-4 and 162 respectively. The solubility of these sulphides are in the order 2010) (a) Ag,S>CuS> Hes () Asse Hes > Cus (6) HeS>Ag,S> Cus (@) CuS>Ag,S> Hg. Ifthe equiibriti constant ofthe reaction 2HI == H, +1, is 0.25, then theequilibrium ‘constant forthe reaction “H, + 1; === 2H would be 12009] @ 1 &2 © 3 @ 4 For a system in equilibrium, AG = 0 under conditions of constant 12008] (@)_ Temperature and pressure (b) Temperatureand volume (©). Energy and volume (@)_ Pressure and volume 24. 2. The solubility produet of AgCl is 4.0 * 1 298 K. The solubility of AgCl in 0.04 M CaCl, willbe 2008) @) 20*105M —(b)-L0« 104M (©) 50*10°M —@_22* 104M ‘Whats [H°] ofa solution having 0.1 MHICN and 0.2 MNaCN? (K, for HCN=6.2 x 10") [2007] @ 3.1%10" (b) 62x10 (©) 62x10” (@ 31x10" ‘When hydrogen molecule decompose into it's ‘atoms which conditions gives maximum yields of Hatoms ? 12007) (@) High temperature and low pressure (©) Low temperature and high pressure (©) High temperature and high pressure (@)_ Low temperature and low pressure IfK, and K, arerespective equilibrium constants far the two reactions 12006] XeF,(g) +H,0(g) = XeOF, (a) + 2HF(g) XeO,(g) + XeF () = XeOF, (2) + XeO,F; (2) the equilibrium constant forthe reaction Xe0(@)+ 2H (g) — Xe0,F, (6) F018) KX Ky oR OK Which equilibrium can be described as an acid base reaction using the Lewis acid-base Aefinition but not using the Bronsted-Lowry definition? 12006] (@) 2NH,+H,SO, == 2NH,+S0>- (®) NH,+CH,COOH == NH,’ +CH,COO- (©) 1,0+CH,CooH == H,0"+CH,COO- @ [Cut,oy,P-+4NH, == {cues 2+ 44,0 ‘When HS ispassed in acidic medium in solution having CuS and ZaS,only Cus is precipitated because 2005} (@) K,Zn8=K,Cus () K3CuS<>K2znS (@_ZikShas lowe melting point than CuS. ©) KK.) Hints & Solutions (@) Ammonia is a weak base and a salt ‘containing its conjugate acid, the ammonium cation, such as NH,OH funetions as a buffer solution when they'are present together in a solution 2 3 (©) H,CO, == "+1100, ==> H+ CO, HCO§ can donate and accept ) PCl; === PC; + Cl, agI-a aac-18 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers: Total no. of moles at eq, atata=I+a 12 JOH; —log 6.2 * 10° Tea’ “ina _ oP 13, (#) Combination of NaOH and CH COOHis a ine themixture ofalkali and acetic acd, Therefore this combination can not be bulfer forming solution [Ke when 1a 14, ©) Byaddition of SO, equilibrium will shift to, P RHS which is exothermic. Hence temp, will 2 sept increase @ Ky = Pi, *Pe, 15. (a) IV group needs higher S* ion 2 5 concentration. In presence of HCI, the Again, Ky = Pp, (Pc) dissociation of H,S decreases hence produces 2 pl = PE xp? less amount of sulphide ions due to common Pa, «Pc, = Pa, «SPC, ion effect, thus HCI decreases the solubility 2 of H,S which is sufficient to precipitate II™ Pha pk or, Phe=pp, 16 groupies ie % 5 () pll=3.- [H] = 10% pl s wa = (H]=10% ie Hence [His reduced by 10° times. 5 @ a == 17. 0b) BFyisLewisacid (€ pair acceptor) Kxkp Vi8x10%x1 8x10 18. (a) For Cus, solubility = (10)! =0556 : : 6 @) A,B, ——=—=> pA + Br orAgs= (£2) (0) an pees Forags=[*# =} ana Lethe solubility be S moliter : Thus, K,=(A" PP for Hgs= (lo-**}2 =[SpP {Sq} = pPq'(S)P*4. 19. When the rection is reversed, i 7. @) C104 2H; AH ?ve Temperature value ofK, decreases ing tL.e-Chatelir’s Principal, toincrease K> kK (Assuming T, SBr” + Br03 +6HCO;, (a) Bromine is oxidised and carbonate is reduced (©) Bromineisreduced and waters oxidised (©) Bromineis neither reduced nor oxidised (d)_ Bromine is both reduced and oxidised Ags Xa | amis bubbled through a solution containing a mixture of ! MY" and 1 M Z> at 25°C fthereduction potential isZ> Y> X, then poi] (a) Y will oxidise X and not Z (b) Y will oxidise Z and not X_ (© Ywill oxidise both X andZ (d)_ Y will reduce both X and Z ‘The oxidation sates of sulphur inthe anions 803°, $,03- and $;03° fallow the order [2009] @ so} 2Cr* + 7H,0+31, Which clement is reduced 12006} @ 1 0 oH @& For the the reaction CrO,2aq, + 2H + Cr, OF (aq.) +H,0, ‘element oxidised is 2005} (@)_ Oxygen ® H (©) Chromium @ NoneBITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions 5s. - 00 (@) Oxidising agent has metal ion in its highest oxidation state. (305, +6C0% +311,0- SBr~ + BrOs + 6HCOs ON. of Br, changes from 0 to—1 and +5, hence itis feduced as well as oxidised (a) Themore the reduction potential, the more the oxidising power. (@ According to chemical bond method: ° (©) ON.ofCrin K,Cr,0, is +6. (@ ON. of Nin NO, and N,O,is +4 differences zero, ON. of Pin PO, and P,O,9is-+5 differences zero 2 @ & @ 2 @ (ON. of Nin N,O is +1 andin NO, itis +2, difference is 1 ‘ON. of Sin $0, is +4 and in SO, itis +6, «difference is +2. The balanced equation is 2Mn0j +5C,0%° +161" -> 2Mn?* +10CO; +8H30 21” + Ty is oxidation (loss of electrons) ; Cr (+6) changes to Cr (+3) by gain of electrons, Hence Cr is reduced 6-2 Cr04 (qu) +2H*—> 6 Cry 07am) + HO. None of the species is lossing e~ none is showing oxidation, GP_3355Hydrogen Identify the structure of water in the gaseous phase. 12017] @ H-G-H () H-O-H S525 u © 103 @ ii f (@ None of these Which on the following removes temporary hardness of water ? 2015 (@) Slakedtime—_(b)_ Plater of Paris {6}, Esam ron gel c property of hydrogen which distinguishes iitom dt lal ness ‘120131 (@) its clectropositive character (©) itsaffinity or non-metals (6). itsteducing character (@_itsnon-meiallic character ‘Theboiling point of water is exceptionally high because 12013] (@) there is covalent bond between H and O () water molecules linear (6) water molecules associate dueto hydrogen bonding (@ water molecule isnot near Chapter 9 In which of the following reactions, 1,0, is acting as a reducing agent Boio| (@)H;0, +80; + H,S0, (@) 2KI+H,0) > 2KOH+1, (©) POS+4H30) > PSO, +4130 (@ Ag:0+H;0; > 2Ag+H;0+02 30 volume hydrogen peroxide means [2008] (©) 30% 0f 1,0; solution (6) 30m? solution contains ig of HO> (©) Lem! of solution liberates 30 em? of O, at siP (@_30cm' ofsoluton contains 1 moleofH,0, Inthehydrogen peroxidemolecule: {2005} (@) O-Hobonds are polar but molecule is non polar. the four atoms are arranged in a non Linear ‘and non planar manner. (6) allthe four atoms are in same plane (@)_two hydrogen atoms are connected to one of the oxygen ©) Hints & Solutions 0,989 © &, WN “ (@) This method is known as Clark’ process. In this method temporary hardness removal tyadding ime waterormicolime Ca(OH), +C4(HCO,) —> 2¢aC0, 1 42H,0 mm 2 (@ Hydrogen isnon metallic in nature. (©) The high boiling point of water is due to H-bonding, (80, changes toH,SO,(ONN. changes from “+40 +6 oxidation) 2K1-> 1, (OS. changes from -1 to 0 oxidation) PbS» PbSO, (O.S. changes from~2 to +6 oxidation) ‘Ag, — 2Ag (OS. changes from +1 100 reduction) (©) 30volofH1,0, means one volume of HO, ‘on decom-position will give 30 volume of oxygen. () Statement (b) is correct. See structure of 1,0,2 The s-Block Elements Dead bur plaster is (@) CaSO,2H,0 (b)_ MgSO,.7H,0 (© CaSO,4H,0 (@) CaSO, Which ofthe following isnot present in Portland (2017) cement? (2017) (@ Caio, (b) CaSi0, © CayPO), (@ Ca,Al,0, Lithophone is 2015) (@) ZnS0,+PbS —(b)_BaSO,+ ZnS (©) PbO, (@ 280, Which of the following among alkali metal is ‘most reactive ? [2014] (@) Na ) K © Rb (@) Cs ‘The alkali metals form salt-like hydrides by the direct synthesis at elevated temperature, The thermal stability of these hydrides decreases in which of the following orders ? (2013) (a) CH > RbH> KH> NaH> Lift (b) KH>NaH> LiH> CsH> RbH (©) Nall> LiHl> KH> Rbi> Csi (@)_Lifl> NaHl> KH> RbI> Csi Which of the following has correct increasing basic strength? (2012) (@ Mg0 NaHl> KH> RbH> Cs. The basic character of oxides increases down the group. © © @ @ @ o It is hygroscopic and deliquescent and hence absorbs moisture and CO, to form 1Na,CO, 2NaOH+CO, —> Na,CO,+H,0 10; +11)0— 2800+ 10, Because of smaller size, Mg?* ions are extensively hydrated Portland cement isa complex mixture of silicatesand aluminates oa, Setting of ezment is exothermic process Which develops interlocking crystals of hydrated silicates Lin aici, —> (AIH) Ti? LAI) Lithuim aluminium hydride sa most useful organic reducing agent. It reduces functional groups but does not attack double bonds,The p-Block Elements Chapter 1] 1. Which ofthe following forms the base oftaum 4. Which ofthe following is similar to graphite powder? i016) 12010) @) Zine stearate @ 8B © BN (6). Sodium aluminium sifcate Oe. scan oe OE senor (©) Magnesium hydrosiicate ‘ormaking good quality mirrors, plates of float ©) Me Fach emis ttt neers ras] molten glass over aliquid metal which does not ae solidity before pss. The metal used can be (©) Calcium silicate dium (©) Sodium and calcium silicate i ven seas (@._ Mixed salt of Na and Ca (©) magnesium smereury 3. Whichofthe fllowingis the most basic oxide? © — Tinplagueis the {20071 tats, Comers of sans sami ‘onversion of whit tin to grey tin a) $b,0. &) Bi, © 80, Ato, (©) Emission of sound while bending. tin rod 10s (@ Atmospheric oxidation oftin 1. (© Magnesium hydrositcate forms base of central atom. Thus Al;0, and Sb,0, are taleum powder. amphoteric and Bi, 0, is basic. 2. (©) Normal glassiscalcium alkali silicateglass 4. (6) Graphite and boron nitride have similar ‘madeby fusing the alkali metal carbonate, structure CaCO, and SiO, 5. @ Itis mercury, because mercury exists as (©) Morethe oxidation state ofthe central atom liquid at room temperature (metal) more is its acidity. Hence Se0; 6 —(@)_Itisthe conversion of white tin to grey tin (0. S. of Se = +4) is acidic. Further for a given OS,, the basic character of the oxides, increases with the increasing size of the at low temperature which crumbles into powder. GP_3355Organic Chemistry : Some Basic Principles and Techniques ‘A compound of molecular formula of C,H, shows optical isomerism, compound will be 2017) (@)_ 2,3-Dimethylpentane (©) 22-Dimethyibutane (©) 3-Methylhexane (@ None of the above Which ofthe following does not contain Plane of symmetry? 12017] {@)_ trans-i 3 dichloro cyclohexane (©) ‘trans-1 2 dichloro cyclohexane (6) cis-,2 dichloro cyclohexane (@ trans-1,3 eyclopentane The correct statement about the compounds A, Band (2017) coocH, coon ‘coon H on u—feon ‘on H ML HOH Ho Hig coon coocn, coocn, ry) 6 © (@) And Bare identical () AandB are diastereomers (©) AandCareenantiomers (@_AandBare enantiomers Which ofthe following compounds has all the fourtypes (1°, 2°,3° and 4°) of carbon atoms? 2016] (2) 2,3,4-Trimethyipentane (0) neo-Pentane (©) 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane (@)_ None of the three Which of the following has two stereoisomers? [2016] usc HyC-N-H (@) None of these (b) Only (© Onlyit (@)_ Land it ‘The anthracene is purified by (2015) 2 10. Chapter 12 (2) crystallisation (b) filtration (c) distillation (@) sublimation ‘Which of the following compounds has wrong TUPAC name? 2014) (@) CH,-CH,-CHl,-CO0-CH,CH, — ethyl butanoate () CHk-CH-CH,~CHO cu, > 3.methy-butanal © cuts ct en-cits OH CH > 2-methyl-3-butanol I Cty Consider the following carbocat ns (2014) L CgHsCHy I. CgHsCHCH, I Cols C(CHs)2 The correct sequence for the stability of these M. CgHsCH; CH is (a) U HO ce eia Coils CH-Cytty cHy-E—CH-Cyhtg © CH > NHJ > HO” > F o , / (@)NHy>F- > HO" > CH; o 19, In the anion HCOO™ the two carbon-oxygen . ct bonds are found tobe of equal length. what is en ly the reason for it? roy 3 Cals ~ CH-CoHs (a) TheC =O bond is weaker than theC —O ay yy bond itis true that (b) The anion HCOO~ has two resonating (a) only and Il are chiral compounds: structures ©) onlyllisachialeompound (9. The anion is cbsined by removal of « {@)_onlylland V are chia compounds proton fom th eid molecale (@) allfourate chiral compounds (@ leceroie ocitals of carbon atom are 12, The numberof enantiomers ofthe compound aa cicemcaacoors "TOT ay, thenmbertgemeteliomasot OI 13. The following two compounds are [2012] (CH,CHCH~ CH=CH CHCHClis : : @2 4 6 WS os os 21, According to IUPAC system, the correct name Lone ca fae ‘ofthe compound having the formula [2010] u-—on or tty bi, bi, cy -€- cr (@) enantiomers (b) diastereomers CH; CH (©) identical (@ epimers 14, Inpape chromatography [2012] 2ethy3.methytbutl-ene (@) Molalephaseisigudandstaionary phase). 2-methyl pent 3-ene is solid (©) 2-methyl but-l-ene (b) Mobile phase is solid and stationary phase (@_ None of these isliquid 22, Liebig’s method is used for the estimation of (© Bath phases are iguids 010) (©) Bot phases are solids ann one 15. Inwhicheasethe NO» willatackatthemeta——‘@)_CandHt (@ Hslogens pasion : 12012] 23, Hyperconjugaton involves 12010) PROC, PhNO, —PhNHHy— PhO (@) o-nconjugation 0 w ay w (b)o—mdelocalisation @. Lim mv (©) No bond resonance (© Mand litonly —(@) Monty @ al 16, Which ofthe following compounds not chiral? 24, The intermediate formed during the addition of {2011} "UCI topropenein the presence of peroxide @ DaweHeHc @) cHcHDdiicl 12009) © CHCHCICHD (@) GH,CH,cHDC . . 17, CgllgC=N and CoHN2C exhibit which @-CHSCHCHCL ) CH, CHCH, type of isomerism? (@) Position (©) Demotropism om} (b) Functional (@)_ Position isomerism (© CHyCH,CH, —(@) CHYCH, CH GP_3355Organic Chemistry : Some Basie Principles and Techniques c-27 25. Which ofthefollowinghas ero dipole moment? 31. Thereaction {2008} 12009] (@) 1, 1-dichloromethane (CH,),C-Br 2° 5 (CH,),-C-OH (b) cis-1, 2-dichloroethene (a) elimination reaction (©) trans-1, 2-dichloroethene (b) substitution reaction (@ | -chloroethane (©) freeradical reaction 26. Keto-enol tautomerism is observed in [2009] (@)_ displacement reaction. oO oO 32. The addition of HCN to a carbonyl compound is I 1 anexampleof 12007] @ Cglls-C-H&) Ces —C-CH {@)_ nucleophilic substitution () Cglls-C-Cellg (Nove () electrophilic addition aa ee (©) nucleophilic addition ° (@)_ electrophilic substitution 27. ‘The restricted rotation about carbon-carbon 33, Among the following compounds which is most double bond in 2- butene is due to [2008] reactive towards nitration (2007) (@) Overlap ofone sand one sp-hybridized (a) Bensene {b) Nitrobenzene a faery eidined orbitals (©) Toluene (@) Chlorobenzene slap of two sp"-hybridized orbitals (©) Overlap of one p-and one sp?-hybridized 34. g >- c-0- © D ctectrophitic orbitals § (@. Sideways overlap of two p-orbitals 28, TUPACname of CH,CH(CH,)COOHis. [2008] substitution will occur at (2007) (@) Dimethylacetic acid (@)_ meta in second ring (b) 2-Methylpropanoic acid (©) ortho/parain the fisting © ropionicaid (©) metainthe irstring (@) Buyricacic (@) orthovpara in the second ring 29, TUPAC name of the compound 12008] 35. Which is apair of geometrical isomers? [2007] | ch Br Ch Br NON bye, Seu, ch Hs wy et “ (a) LandIt (b) Land IIL © gots tp @ mt ta utanoate ere olcneoee ee 36. The IUPAC name of the compound is propanoate (©) cthyl-2-methyl-2-(-nitro) phenyl wok k 120071 co Renmicaei {@) 3, 3elimethyl- I-cyetohexanol 30. Exampleofchlorinolysis, 12008) () 1, Leimethyi-3-hydroxy eyetohexane Ct (©) 3,3slimethyl-I-hydroxy eyelohexane (@) CH = CH, 2 + C2 H4Cly (@_1, L-dimethyl-3-cyclohexanol (0) CCl, +H;0—>COCh, +2H1C1 37, Which ofthe following compounds is isomeric (© CHC, +4N20n + HCOONa +3NaCl+ 2430 @ City 2+ CCly +C2Cly +8HCI with 2,2, 4, 4-tetramethythexane? (a) 3-cthyl-2, 2-dimethylpentane (b). 4-isopropylheptane (©) 4-cthyl-3-methyl-4-n-propyloctane (@) 4,4-diethyl-3-methylheptane 12006)c-28 BITSAT Topicwise Soved Papers 38. The systematic name of 12006] 41. Arrange the following in order of decreasing basicity 12003] CH ~CH CN A. CH3CH)MgBr CH; is B HC=CMgBr CH;CH,OMgBr ea @ A>c>B () A>Bec Oe eaeane (©) C>B>A (@ B>A>C (©) 2-Mathyt2 aminopropane 42, “The order of decreasing Stability of the (@ None of these ccarbanions 38, The compound which gives the most sable (uy, (l)(CH)CH(ID;CHjCH (Mp; ‘carbonium ion on dehydration 12006) Cel CHGAV)is {2005} (2s Sacer (ier (© W>l>I>l—@ 1>u>Iv>il (© Butanol (@_ But2-01 43. A compound with molecular formula, C,H, 40. Which of the followings is most stable ? [2006], shows optical isomerism, the compound willbe cH chy 12005) (2) 2,3-dimethylpentane fs (b) 2,2-dimethylpentane ® H ® (©) 2methythexane y ¥ (@)_none of these ky 44. The IUPAC name ofthe compound cit, -CH-CH, cus cry In by kw ® 12005) " : (a) 1,2,3~-Tricyanopropane ©, y @ (©) 3-Cyanopentane- 1, §- 2° Benzylic (III) > 1° Benzytie(t)> 1°) CH, group has + effect, as number of — CH, group increases, the inductive effect =NO, group, being strong electron- withdrawing, disperses the -ve charge, hence stabilizes the concerned carbanion A chiral object or structure has four different groups attached to the carbocation. ‘The structure CH, CHBr€HBrCOOH has two different chiral carbon atoms, hence number of enantiomers (optically active forms) is 2"=2?=4 ‘The given two structures are optical isomers but as these are not mirror image of each other, hence they represent diastereomers of each other. Paper chromatography isa special case of partition chromatography where the special quality paper containing water trapped in itacts as a stationary phase and solvent as 15. 16. rT 18. 19. 20. a. 25, 26. 27. 28, @ @ © © © © © © ) o ‘4 mobile phase. Thus, both phases are liquids. . ~CCl;,-NO2 and~ NH are 1m direting in nature None of the carbon atoms in DCH,CH,CH,Clisehiral ic, each carbon ‘atom is achiral (symmetric). Nucleophilicity increases with the decrease in electronegativity ofthe central atom. Since electronegativity follows the order: F>O> N>C; nucleophilicity ofthe concerned group will follow the reverse order ie., CH3” > NH. > OH” > F- lo I H-C-O<3H-C= ‘The given structure has three double bonds whose each carbon atom is differently substituted hence number of ‘geometrical isomers will be 2° 7 where 7 is the number of double bonds whose each carbon atom is differently substituted. cH, I Hy C= C -CH-CH~CH. yg ge 2° methypent-I-ene 2B. @) ‘The addition of HCI to propene proceeds by ionic mechanism and not y free radical ‘mechanism, Hence it forms intermediate carbonium ion. pH CH, C- CH, > CHC, Hy ‘The first carbon will be with the functional ‘group. The CH, group is attached on the second carbon.c-30 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 29. @ Wisancthylesterafbutanoicacid 38 @) Inthis compound the amine group ison the second carton soit sjtemate name ge a ‘becomes 2-Butanamine. CH, -CH-CH-C-0-C,H, 39.) (CH3)3COH gives tert (CH3);C*. The 4 Poi a > order of stability of carbonium ions is 7 3°>2°> 19> CH CH; cethyl-3-methyl- x ee 40. ( Trestructure[{- J] caring +vecharge 30. (@) Chiorinlsis i substitution by chlorine 31. (b) Thereaction is S, reaction, , 32. ©) ‘nearest to electron repelling -CH3 group 33. (©) Due to hyperconjugation toluene is most is most stable. reactive for electrophilic substitution 5 reaction. 41. () = CH3;CH2>HC=C” >CH;CH,07 34. (@_ Thesecond ring has o/p directing O-atom basic character. The acid character being tod irtring ba m-directing Coup. CH,CH,ON> HC=CH>CH,CH, Il ‘The weaker the acid, the stronger the base (conjugate pair). oop directing group activate the benzene 42.) ClhCll = CH,CH nucleus. > (CH,),CH > (CH,),C 35. ©) Dispersal of Intersifcaton of oS ste ttonnee see teMer % 43. (@ 2, 3-dimethypentane due to presence of Lee two chiral carbon atom shows optical 37. (b) 2,2,4,4-Tetramethythexane has 10 carbon ssomerisin. toms, only 4isopropylnepne has aso cu cH, TOcarbonstons so these two weisomers rel cu,~cH-CH-cH cH, cH Pe Ge eG I CH CH, 44.) 4cH, -3cH-?cH, CH, ~ CH, - CH, CH ~ CH, ~ CH, ~ CH, “4s0propyeptane | | I Scn CN ICN 3 -Cyanopenane 1, Sine GP_3355Hydrocarbons In the following structures, which two forms are staggered conformations of ethane ? [2017] \ us a wr, : b a h o iB H Ht Sok u 1H aa 5 ” (@ tanda (b) 2and3 (© land? (@ tand3 cryc=ccr, 2", xP ‘The compounds A and B, respectively are 2016] (a) cis-but-2ene and rac-2, 3-dideuterobutane (b) trans-but-2ene and rac-2, 3+ dideuterobutane (© cis-but-2ene and —_meso-2, dideuterobutane (@) trans-but-2ene and meso-2, 3- Chanuterobuans Give thepostestucture ofXin the elowing ration pore C+D 80, 22+ x S0,D ©) ] Chapter 13 D son ~~ 1p L © Co T © I > Ne b ‘An organic compound A (C,lH,Cl) on reaction with Na/diethyl ether gvesa hydrocarbon which ‘on monochlorination gives only one chloro derivative, then Ais [2014] (@) terv-butyl chloride (b) sec-butyl chloride (©) _ isobutyl chloride (@)_ n-butyl chloride Which one of the following reactions is expected to readily give a hydrocarbon product in good yields ? 2013] (@ RCooK Hess, ition (b) RCOO™Ag* 22> fo crseHs 82 @ Hy,cc1—L#O# Which ofthe following chemical system is non aromatic? (2013) © OS © &y © © ©c-3 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 7. Which alkeneon ozonolysis gives CH,CH,CHO 11, Which one of the following contain isopropyl and CHsCCH; 12012) group? 1200) (@)_ 2,2,3,3-tetramethylpentane on (©) 2-methylpentane 7 ; (©) 2,2, 3-trimethylpentane @) cc Cee (@)_ 3,3-dimethylpentane : 12, Compound which has one quaternary carbon ©) CHLCH.CH=CHCH.CH, atom is [2008] (© CH, CH, CH=CHCH, 2 @ (CH),-C-(CH)y @ CHs-¢ CHCH3 in (©) (CHy),-C=C-C-(CH), 8 — What will be the product in the following ut ‘reaction? (© (CH),CH CH, (@_ CH, CH,~(CH,)CH-CH, CY —is, or) 13. Methane and ethane both ean be prepared in ‘one step by which ofthe following compound? ss 12007] cu, CH @) CH, (b) CHOH @ © Cie (@ CHCHOH Br 14, The most suitable catalyst for the . hydrogenation of 12007] cae CHy 2-Hexyne —> 2-cis-Hexeneis : (@) Pd-Baso, (©) (Ph,P),RACL o @ (© 10%Pd—C_—— (@)_RaneyNi Br IS. In preparation of alkene from alcohol using 9, Name of following reaction is 2010) Al,O, which is effective factor? [2006] C l ® Porosity of AO, + a () “Temperature S cN oO, (© Concentration (@)_Claisen Condensation (@) Surface area of AL,0, (0) Diel'sAlder reaction 16, Marsh gas contains (2006) (©) Dieckmann cyclisation @ ©o, © cH, (@)_ Michael addition reaction © Ha @ Gu Jo, ‘The unsaturated hydrocarbon whieh on © HO nosy ‘ozonolysis gives one mole each of formaldehyde, acetaldehyde and methyl glyoxal (CH,COCHO) is [2010] (@) CH ~CH=C(CH3)- CH (b) CH; =CH- CH ~CH= CH (© CH) =CH-C(CH)=CH-CHy (@ (Ciy),C = CH- CH, CH + CHCl + HCI+ ClCH iscalled (a) addition reaction (©). Friedcl-craft acylation (©) Friedel-craft alkylation (@) Friedel-cratbenzoylation GP_3355Hydrocarbons Hints & Solutions s 6. (©) Note that in structures 1 and 2, every two adjacent hydrogen atoms are at maximum possible distance from each other (staggered conformation). (6) Catalytic hydrogenation of alkynes gives cis-alkene which in turn adds deuterium atoms in presence of, again in cis-manner forming meso2,3-ddeuterobutane (@ DSO, transfers D',an electropile to form hexadeuterobenzene. oa on lf "i ee \ Bin, ete bale, (@) Electrolysis of a concentrated aqueous solution of either sodium or potassium salts of saturated carboxylic acids yields higher alkane at anode. 2RCOOK —*84_, 2RCOO-+ 2K* Atanode 2RCOO™ > 2RCOO +2e° —> R—R+20; [At Cathode 2K* +2e" 2K 2K+H,0->2KOH+H, t (Kolbe's Method) (8) Huckel rule is not obeyed. Ithas only four electrons. Further it does not have continous conjugation i CH,-C-CHs+ CHEHCHO Tp 14, 16. 17. © © © © @ © @ © © co . CH,Br =F ‘The given reactions Die's Alder reaction. cH, £ cH - C(CHy) $CH- cH 25 cho +C11,CHO+ c1,COCHO ron cH CH cu; Isopropl group cH; | CH; ~CH-CH, ~CH;CH (Cnet pentane) It contains isopropyl group. It has quaternary carbon because central carbon atom is surrounded by 4 - carbon or atoms. cH; 1 HyC-C-CH | cH; 2, 2imethy propane ‘CH,Br can form both methane and ethane in one step CBr HLMOD oH, «HB eH Wart Reaction [BroNe+ BPH, CH -CH; Reduction of alkynes with Lindlar’s catalyst (Pd-BaSO,) gives cis-alkenes. ‘The amount of alcohol absorbed depends upon the surface area of Al,0, Methane (CH,) is called as marsh gas ‘When benzene react with alkyl chloridein the presence of anhydrous AICI,, then ‘methyl group is substituted in benzene ring, ‘This reaction is called as Friedel-Craf’s alkylation.Environmental Chemistry Which of the following is not involved in the formation of photochemical smog? (2017, 2005) (@) Hydrocarbon (b) NO (©) $0, @ 0, Which Of the following pollutants is main product ofautomobiles exhaust? [2015] @ Co i Co, () NO (@) Hydrocarbons ‘The disease caused the high concentration of hydrocarbon pollutants in atmosphere is/are 12015) (@) silicosis ) 1B (©) cancer (2) ashe Identify the wrong statement inthe followin, viewers 12014 @) Chlorofluorocarbons are responsible for ‘ozone layer depletion (b)_ Greenhouse effect is responsible for global (© Red ain is mostly because of oxides of nitrogen and sulphur (@) Ozone layer does not permit infrared radiation from the sun to each the earth ‘When rain is accompanied by a thunderstorm, the collected rain water will havea pH value 12014) (@) ‘Slightly lower than that of rain water without thunderstorm (b) Slightly higher than that when the thunderstorm is not there © Uninfluenced by occurrence of thunderstorm (@ Which depends upon the amount of dust The greenhouse effect is because of the (@)_ presence of gases, which in general are strong infrared absorbers, in the atmosphere (b) presence of CO, only in the atmosphere (©) presence of O, dnd CH, in the atmosphere (@)_N,0 and chlotofluoroftyérocarbons inthe atmosphere 2013] Formation of ozone in the upper atmosphere from oxygen takes pice bythe action of 2012] (0) Niogm oxides} Lewes (©) Cosmicrays _(d)_-Freeradicals Which is the major air pollutant [2012] @ He (b) 0, CO, @ © Which one of the Tollowing stafements about ‘ozone and ozone layer is true 2011) 10. nL 2. 1B. 4 1s. Chapter 14 (@) Ozone layer is beneficial to us because ‘ozone cuts out the ultraviolet radiation of the sun (b)_ The conversion of ozone to oxygen is an endothermic reaction (c) Ozone hasa triatomic linear molecule (@)_ None of the above Which ofthe following statements about polar stratosphere clouds (PSCs) is not correct? (2011 (@)PSCs do not react with chlorine nitrate and Ha (b) Type I clouds are formed at about -77°C and contain solid HINO, . 34,0 (©) Typelll clouds are formed at about -85°C and contain some ice (@)_Atight whir}pool of wind called Polar Vortex is formed which surrounds Antarctica ‘Minamata disease is due to pollution of12010] (a) Aresenic into the atmosphere (b) Organic waste into drinking water (c) Oilspill inwater (@)_Industrial waste mercury into fishing water Phosphate poltution is caused by [2010] (a) Sewage and agricultural fertilizers (b)_ Weathering of phosphate rocks only (c) Agriculutral fertilizers only (@)_ Phosphate rocks and sewage Eutrophication causes reduction in [2010] (@) Dissolved oxygen (b) Nutrients {©) Dissolved sails (d) All the above ‘The statement which is not correct about control of particulate pollution 12009] (@) In electrostatic precipitator, the particulates are made to acquire positive charge which are then attracted by the negative electrode and removed () Gravity settling chamber removes larger particles from the air (©) Cyclone collector removes fine particls in the diameter range 5-20 microns (@)_ Wet serubbers are used to wash away all types of particulates, Chief source of soil and water pollution is [2009] (@) Mining (b) Agro industry (6). Thermal power plant (@)_Allthe above GP_3355Environmental Chemistry C-35 16, The false statement among the followings 21. Presence of which fuel gas in the exhaust fumes i009, 7" Stowe incomplete combustion of fuel, [2007] @) ao residence time of NO is one 8 pulbtnce cioxises : mon ) Gabon monoxide and water vapour (b) Limestone acts as a sink for SO, (6) Carbon monoxide (©) SO, can be removed from fluc’ gases by (@)_ Nitrogen dioxide pasting though solution ofeitateions 22. Thesubstance having the largest concentration (a) Ammonia acts asa sink for NO, ‘inacid rain? 12007] 17, Which of the following acts asa sink for CO? (100, (b) HNO, i) Qe (2) Pans 23, The gles tiny for nemo shown {B) Taemoetobin when ofthe following 2006) g peers Pecan a esol 8 oa b) co (6) Micron ® {) 00, 18, Savage sty constitutes {20081 24, Whichorine attowing nora tnscquenceof (a) Non-brodegradable pollutants sreenhouse effet? 2006] (8) Based pons {Elna conditions will be caged (c) Effluents resulting in vw. Dyhepaltants nos} © Pant ame imate with agate . Bovis connected wi Faun would grow fet (a) Microbes and organic matter (©) The incidence of infectious diseases is & Gremenauer iksiy to nerease © ie Co) Malate il be controlled as the fone ofthe above Iesaoes wil ot survive an. ‘he pe of pollton caused by spraying of 25. ‘The suogance wich i not rogarded as Qa Q Aradvate a BRO B $Paroarbons (© Photochemical smog does not involve 9. (a). Statement a) iscorect SO,. 10. (a) PSCs react with chlorine nitrate and HCI (© NG potaant i the man produt of 1 egnettoclandch duopebies exhaust |.) Mamata is eauted by Hg poisaing 3. (© TRehih Coneetaion of hyocarbon 12, @) Phosphate plain cused by Sage silat tr aenogphete crusts cance, meget eos 4. @ Bronelayer acts a shield and does not 13, (@) Eutrophication causes reduction in D.O allow ultraviolet radiation from sun toreach 14° (a) Particulates acquire negative charge and iti da ae eh akegel 1° eatery epoca ion) wrong statement and sows 2S: @_iseorrect option) won 1S Boss ase orN0 4 So) Nocnal in voter haspl15 6Thundersorn © Sus in the frmalon NO and HNO, 17. (©) CO is, converted inte CO, by which ower the 18 (@ Domestic sewage constitute 6. (a) Green house gases such as CO,, ozone, biodegradable pollutants. methane, the chlorofluoro carbon 19. (a) BOD is connected with microbes and. compounds and water vapour form a thick ‘organic matter cover around thecarth which preventsthe 31° {§) Promar of CO theeahas fumes shows IR rays emitted by the earth to escape. It incomplete combustion. aradvaly leads tonoreasein temperature 22. (Acid ran contain 1,804 HNO HCL oan 23.) Hlacmoslobin has grea afinity foe CO 7. Inprsence of UY. rays, converted 4 © The mosaics will neease te 25. (b) CO, is generally not as regarded as an 8 © COistajor air pollutant Oi generally aot a repThe Solid State ‘The number of atoms per unit cell of bce Chapter 15 (@) decreases (b) increases structure is 2017) (©) docs not change (€) changes @ 1 (b) 2 © 4 @ 6 6. — The fraction of total volume occupied by the Al (at. wt 27) crystallizes in the cubic system atoms present in a simplecubeis [2011] witha celledgeof.05 A. Its densityis27¢ per A : tn? Deermine the uitcell pecateuiatethe 575 o & radius ofthe Al atom 12016) (@) fe,2432A—() bee,2432A o = @e (©) bee, 1432 A, (@) fee, 1.432 Th 4 dius of & 1 volume of . atomic radius of atom is Total volume o 3. Themon stoichiometric compound Fey 540 is ‘atoms present in a fec unit cell ofan element is formed when x% of Fe?* ions arereplaced by 4 120001 ssmany Fm row @ BPR Ob M6 163 4. Graphiteisa [2015] © 37 @ None (a) molecular solid — (b) covalent solid 8. Which ofthe following metal oxides is anti- (©) ionicsolid (@)_ metallic solid fevomagneticin nature?” tal o + O06 5 DuetoFrenkel defect thedensityofionicsoids TON ya a © VO," (@ C0, Hints & Solutions 1. @) Indcestructure, Butx/3=1-0.94=0.06, no. of atoms at corner = 1/8 x x= 0.06 *: 18 = 18% no. of atom at body centre = 1 4. (b) Graphite is covalent solid. therefore, total no ofatom perunitcell=2. §, (@) No change in density, ZxM 6 — @ Number ofatoms per unit cel 2 Noxa ‘Atoms touch each other along edges. 27-2 Hence = 5 we 405)" 10 (r= radius of atom and a = edge length) Hence itis face centred cubic unit atice Again 4r= ai =5.727 “Therefore% fraction = 3 sre La32A nF 3. (8) Thenumber of Fe™ ionsreplacingxFé* 7 (©) 4 alomarepresentin ec 4a] ions = 2% vacancies of ations so, vn4[ Sar] IE? 2x & (© MnO, x/3 GP_33555. Solutions Raoult’s law becomes a special case of Henry's law when (2017) @ Ky=p (b) Ky> pp O KnZnS>Na,S (b) Zo$>Na,S> Cus (©) NaS>CuS>ZnS (@ Na,S>ZnS>CuS Equal weights of NaCI and KCl are dissolved separately in equal volumes of solutions. Molarity ofthe two solutions will be: [2013] (@) Equal (©) That of NaCl will beless than that of KCL (©) Thatof NaCl willbe more than that of KCI solution That of NaCl will be about half ofthat of KClsolution| ‘The van't Hoff factor i for an electrolyte which undergoes dissociation and association in solvents are respectively 2012) (@) greater than I and greater than 1 (@) ess than 1 and greater than 1 (©) less than I and less than 1 (@)_ greater than 1 and tess than 1 Which of the following metal sulphides has maximum solubility in water? (@) HgSK,=10 () CaSK,, © FeSKJ=10" (a) ZnSKy 1.00 g of a non-electrolyte solute (molar mass 250 g mot!) was dissolved in 51.2 g of benzene. Ifthe freezing point depression constant, K, of benzeneis 5.12 K kgmol-! the freezing point of @ benzene will be lowered by 011) @ 03K (b) 05K © 04K @ 02 1 a 10. u. Chapter 16 Coolant used in car radiator is aqueous solution of ethylene glycol. In order to prevent the solution from freezing at - 0.3°C, How much ethylene glycol must be added to 5 kg of water ? (K,=1.86K Kgmot") (2010) @ 30g ) 35g © 452 @ 4g Which one ofthe following statements is FALSE? [2009] The correct order of osmotic pressure for 0.01 M aqucous solution of cach ‘compound is BaCl; > KCI > CH3COOH > suerose ‘The osmotic pressure (r) of a solution is ‘given by the equation x= MRT, where Mis the molarity ofthe solution Raoult’s law states that the vapour pressure of a component over a solution is proportional toits mole fraction ‘Two sucrose solutions of same molality prepared indifferent solvents will have the ‘same freezing point depression @ >) © @ The degree of dissociation of Ca(NO3)2 in dilute ag, solution containing 7.0 g of salt per 100g of waterat 100° Cis 70%. If vapour pressure ‘of water at 100° C is 760 mm. The vapour pressure of solution is 2009] @ BS (b) BO (©) 760 (A) 746 ‘The volume of water added to 500ml 0.5 MNaOH so that its strength becomes 10mg NaOH per ml is 2008] (a) 100m (b) 200m! © 250m @ 500ml In. 0.2 molal aqueous solution of a weak acid HX the degree of ionization is 0.3. Taking k, for water as 1.85, the freezing point ofthe solution will be nearest [2008] (@) -0360°C (b) -0260°C © +0480 @ -0480°Cc-38 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 12, Themilioguivalent in 60™ml 4MH,SO, is: [2007] (@) OAMNaCl (@) 01MKCL @ 20 ( 480 © IMC, —@_O.1M glucose © #4 @ 8 16, AnX molal solution in carbon tetrachloride has 13, Theheat of vaporisation of benzene is 7353 cal themole fraction of solute equal to 0.23527 The mot! The approximate bp. of benzene is[2007] value of Xis| 12005} @ 77°C @) 871°C @ 1s @) 182 © lrc @ 9c © 20 @ 216 14, Vapour pressure of chloroform (CHCI,) 17, Which ofthe following solutions will have the and dichloromethane (CH,CI,) at 25°C are highest boiling point?” 12005) 200 mm Figand 41.5 mm Hig respectively. Vapour (@) OSmolalBeCl, pressure of the solution obtained by mixing (6) 10molal KBr 25.5 gof CHCl, and 40 g of CH,CI, atthe same (© 18% 10% glucose molecules perlitre temperature will be: (Molecular massofCHCl, ———_(@)_100.g powdered glucose in one lite water = 1195 wand molecular mass ofCH,Cl=850). 4g, Toneutalisecompletely 20mLof0.1 Maqueous 2007] solution of phosphorous acid (H,PO,), the value @) 1739mmilg — (&) 6150mmilg ‘0.1 M aqueous KOH solution required is © 3479mmHg — (@)_2855mmHig 12005] 18, Which ofthe fllowing solution will have lowest @ 40m. ©) 2m. boiling point 120061 (©) 10m. @ @m. 1. (@) Raoult’s law becomes special case of 86x Wa «1000 Henry’ law when K;,become equal to p2 03= e000 2 @_ Thecorrect order of solublity of sulphides . isNa,S>ZnS>CuS Wa=508 3. (© When equal weights of different solutes ‘The amount used should be more than are present in equal volumes of solution 508 the molarity is inversely related to & (@ AT; =Ky mi. Since Khas different ‘molecular mass ofthe solute. Mol. mass of values for different solvents, hence even [NaClis less than KCI. Hence, molarity of Reclaim ifthe mis the same AT; will be different 4. (@ Whenanelectrolyte dissociates van't Hott — g Ca(NO;), ==? Catt + 2NO tr Tied han and hen @ CMNOD2 T= OA" + INOS associates the iis less than 1 - (¢) The higher the value of K,., the more is (a= 2-0 the solublity 100 =0.7+07420.7=24 6) AT=Kym=5.12x 1 xi 0.4K " , n, = = 0042 7 ©) Al;=03°C B 100 x Wp 1000 n, = M-ss5 at, = $Wn=1000 28 Mp xWa GP_3355Solutions nzxi_ 760-Ps ny +nz” 760 0.0822.4 5.55-+00042 p,=746mm I mt has 10mgNaOHt 1000 mi will have= 10 * 1000 mg = 10 gm NaOH 10. @ gm litre eq. ‘Now using normality equation, NV =N2V> 0.5500 = 0.25% Vp (5 0.SMNaOH=0.5N NaOH) vy, = 252500 025 ‘Volume of water added 1000~-S00= $00ml seraiy= SELB 12 gas =1000m! (nx = Hx, Ha = oh 05 i=1-03+03+03=13 85*02%13= 048°C o4sorc 4M. HyS04 =8N HSO5 ‘Number of milli equivalents “=normality * volume in ml = 8 x 60= 480, ‘Trouton’s rule is n @ 13) no 13. @) Hey et = 21Cal. K' mol 7353 Ty= Sp 3801K= 771°C 7. © 18. (@) 385-0213 RCHC “Th95 40 eat, = 357047 Py = PAXa +P5Xp o213 oa7 = 200% 9213 , 41.5 x O47. 200 0.683 1s 0.683 6237+2855 = 9092 Elevation in boiling point isa coligative property. Smaller theno. of solute particles lesser will be elevation in boiling point 1000X, Use the formula m = 7 XM Given Xy =0.23827, X, =(1-023827) = 076473, Molecular weight of CCl, = 153.82, sm = 1000%0.23527 0.76473 4153.82 For electrolytes multiply the concentration by vant Hofl’s factor (@) 05%3=15 forBaCl,; (b) 10*2=2 forkBr, 1.810% 6.02310" 100 _ 0,55 for glucose (© E085 for gh 98 for glucose Hence highest tpt will be observed in ease of) N,V,=N.V,, (HPO, is dibasic M=2N) 20x0.2=0.1xV 2V=40mlElectrochemistry Stronger isoxidising agent, moreis [2017] (a) standard reduction potential ofthat species (b)_ the tendency to get it self oxidised (©) the tendency to lose electrons by that species (@) standard oxidation potential of that species Which of the following relation represents correct relation between standard electrode potential and equilibrium constant? [2017] L logK ui Nv. ‘Choose the correct statement(s). (a) [land Ill are correct (b) Handi arecorrect (© [Mand IV are correct, (@)_TandIV are correct E? for thecal, Zn | Zn?* (aq) || Cu?* (aq) Cu is 1.10 V at 25°C. The equilibrium constant for the cell reaction, 12017] Zn +Cu*(aq) == Cu+Zn?*(aq) is ofthe order of fa) 10°7 (b) 1077 © 10” @ 1" Specific conductance of 0.1 M HA is 3.75% 10 ohm em! A 2°(HA)=250 ohm”! cm? mol" , the dissociation constant K, of HA is: [2017] (a) 10% 105 (b) 225104 (© 225% 10% (@) 225% 10-8 Chapter 17 ‘The EMF of the cell TVTI* (0.001M) || Cu** (0.01M) /Cu is 0.83. The cell EMF can be increased by 2016} {@) Increasing the concentration of T" ions ()_ Increasing the concentration of Cu>* ions (©) Increasing the concentration of TI * and Cu? ions. (8) None of these Electrolysis is carried out in three cells [2016] (A) LOM CuSO, Ptelectrode (B) 1.0M CuSO, copper electrodes (© 10MKCIPtelectrodes Ifvolume of electrolytic solution is maintained ‘constant in each of the cell, which is correct set of pH changes in (A), (B) and (C) cell respectively ? (@) decrease in all the three (b)_ increase in al the three (©) decrease, constant, increase (@ increase, constant, increase The equilibrium constant forthe isproportionation reaction [2016 2Cu" (aq) —> Cu (s) +Cu?* (aq) 25°C (E°Cu" /Cu=0.52V, E°Cu"* /Cu=0.16V) is @ 6x10" @ 6x108 © 12x10 @ 1.210% The efficiency of fuel eell is given by the expression, nis 2015) BFE ce =-MEe, @ 100 AE as BFEeet 199 aA 100 wa © n= (@)_ None of the above GP_3355Electrochemistry 9. 10. un. n 13. 4 18. “The mass of the substance deposited when one Faraday of charge is passed through its solution is equal to 01s] (@) relative equivalent weight (©) gram equivalent weight (6) specific equivalent weight (@. None ofthe above In the cell reaction Cu(s)+2Ag* (aq)—> Cu?* (aq) +2Ag(), E® = 0.46 V. By doubling the concentration of Cu, By is [2014] (@) doubled (©) halved (©) increases but less than double (@)_ decreases by a small fraction ‘Cu, is unstable in solution and undergoes similtancous oxidation and reduction according tothe reaction [2014] 2Cu* (aq) —=Cu** (aq) + Cuts) choose correct E° for above reaction if E (ayy 0.34 Vand B® ayqq7 0.15 V @ ~038V ) O49v © +038V @ ~019v Acurrent of 2.0 A passed for S hours through a molten metal salt deposits 22.2 ofmetal (At wt. = 177), The oxidation state ofthe metal inthe metal salts 12013) @4 © 2 © 3 @ 4 The electrolytic cells, one containing acidified ferrous chloride and another acidified feric chloride are connected in series. The ratio of ion deposited at cathodes in the two cells when lectricity is passed through the cells will be (2013) @ 3:1 © 21 © 11 @ 3:2 1.08 g of pure silver was converted into silver nitrate and its solution was taken ina beaker. It was electrolysed using platinum cathode and silver anode. 0.01 Faraday of electricity was passed using 0.15 volt above the decomposition potential of silver. The silver content of the beaker after the above shall be (2012) @) 0g (b) 0.1088 (©) 0108 (@ 108g ‘Consider the following E° values Epg petr= +0.71V B&,26j59=-0.14V Under standard conditions the potential for the reaction, 16. a 18, 19, 20, a1. 2. c-41 Si) +2Fe™ (aq) > 2Fe* (aq) +Sn?*(aq) is (2012) @ o91v () 140v © 168Vv @ 06Vv ‘The number of coulombs required for the deposition of 108 g of silver is pom} (@) 96500 (b) 48250 (©) 193000 (@ 10000 Which of the following will form the cathode with respect to iron anode in an electrolyte cell? (2010) @ Mz 6) Al © Cu @ Zo ‘When the sample of copper with zine impurity is to be purified by electrolysis, the appropriate electrodes are 12009} Cathode ‘Anode (@) Purezine Pure copper (b) Impuresample Pure copper (©) Impurezinc —_Impuresample (@ Pure copper __Impuresample ‘The conductivity of a saturated solution of BaSO, is 3.06 x 10° ohm! em and its ‘equivalent conductance is 1.53 ohm! em? equiv" TheK,, for BSO, willbe [2009] @) 4x10? (@) 25x10 © 25x10" @ 4x10* Inacell that utilises the reaction [2009] 2n(s)+ 2H (aq) > Zn™* (aq) +H (8) audition of H,S0, tocathode compartment, will (@) increase'the E and shift equilibrium tothe right (b) lower the E and shift equilibrium to the right (©) lower the E and shift cqulibrium to the left (@ increase the Eand shift equilibrium tthe left How long a current of 3 amperes has to be passed through a solution of AgNO, to coat a metal surface of 80 cm? and0.005 mm thick lye, Density of Agis 10.5 g cnr 12008) (@) 125.1seconds —(b)_ 12.5 seconds (© 155.2seconds —(@)_ 200 seconds Two electrochemical cell Fe/Fe* | Cu* | Cu and ZnvZn* || Cu?" || Cuare connected in series. (Fe IFe=-OA1V, Zn2'/2n=-0.076V, Cu" iCu +034V).Thenetemfofthis ellis [2006] (@ Liv (b) 075V © 035v @ 185VBITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions 2 4 (@) Moreis Ep, more isthe tendency to get itself reduced or moreis oxidising power. (©) AG=-2303 RTlogk are bork og % © Pa Kee RT ch) 1, 205% oe gg W082 0) oy = log k, or SOE toe, K, =1.9%107 a x10 (ig =O 00D. & =15%x107 K=Ca?=01 (1510 (©) The oxidation potential 1 * Concentration oF ons “THN yg potential x concentration ofions. The cell yoltage can be increased by decreasing the concentration of ions around anode or by inereasing the concentration of ions around cathode (©) Anode: CuSO /Pt. 225x105 9.) 10 — ant + 0p +20 ©4804 /Cu ‘Culs) —> Cu?* (aq)+ 2e- KCI 2Cr + Clz(aq)+ 22° Cathode: Cu? (aq) + 2° —+ Cus) (pH = decrease) Cu?* (aq) + 28° —> Cu(s) (pH= constant) 2H,0+2e° —> Hy +201 (aq) (pH= increase) The reaction 2Cu (aq) —> Culs)+ Cu?* (ag) . 0.0592, [Cu2*) Bea = Eq ~ to = Beg N08 ae Atcquilibrium Ege = Eq) =0.0592 log Ke 0.52-0.16 0.0592 K, = 12x10° Efficiency of fuel cell is: or, log K. FE et catEeet 100 ar ‘The mass of the substance deposited when one Faraday of charge is passed through its solution is equal to gram ‘equivalent weight. 2Cut —>cu? + Cu 2e" +Cu"? 904} 34v; i) © +Cut? cut; £3 = 0.15V; i) Cut +07 + Cu; E5 =? ip GP_3355Electrochemistry c-48 0= E} =0.68-0.15=053V 17. (a) Inclectrolytic cell the cathode is of higher reduction potential Era =Exanose(Cu* /Cu) 18. @ In electrolytic purification cathode is of —Eoyeae(Cu"? Cu") pure metal and anode is of impure metal =053-015=038V. Atanode: M—> M"™* +n 7 Ateathode: M"™* 42> M R © mE, ‘The metal thus deposited at cathode. conductivity 1000 ve ret = 96500 19. @ Solublity = Q 22296500 _ “eo *2x5x60%60 °°? = 3.06210 1000 10 133 Oxidation state= Att = 177 K,=S?=4% 104 13. @ Atcathodes : Fe" +2” > Fe; ead a 20 (ag) +H. es (09) +H2(@) AL wt At wt 2» 0.059, (2n** Ho] Ege peda = Beat = Eee log (Ered : Ere 2 TF Hence, (21-3 Addition of H,S0, will increase (H"] and "Ere. 2 Eq, Will also inerease and the equilibrium oon will shift towards HS 14. @ Ash +e —> Ag f@) Volume Area x thickness ® ers 2 ol feats Ire 108 gg lume » densit Mass of Ag to be deposi aieeiesean 85 of Ag to be deposited Agleft=1.08- 1.0803 = 205 05-040 1S. (@) Fe} +8 > Fe AG? = -1xFx0.77 Ewtxixt Amount deposited = Sn?* +28 > Sn(s)AG? =-2%F(-0.14) mount deposited 96509 1083.1 n(s) + 2Fe** (aq) > 2Fe** (aq) +Sn™* (a 082= for Sn(s)+2Fe™ (aq) —> 2Fe**(aq)+Sn”* (aq) aeso0 2F(-0,14)+2(-1xF 0.7) es 1.82F 22. @ For Fe & Cu celle is anode and Cu is “ Standard potential for the given 1.82F reaction =o091v =2xF 9 16. (@) Amt. deposited = Et* 96500 107.870, 10770-10287, aod 96500 Q%2.Q=96500C cathode, Egy = 0.34 — (041) = 0.75V and for Zn & Cu cell, Zn is anode and Cu is, cathode, Eqy=0.34-(-0.76)= 1.10. Sonetemf™=0.75V+1.10V=+1.85VChemical Kinetics For the reaction H,(g) + Br, (g) -»2HBr(),the experimental data suggest, rate A(H,I[Br,)!2, ‘The molecularity and order of the reaction are respectively [2017] 3 33 @ 25 ® 55 1 © 1 @ 1 The rate of reaction between two reactants A and B decreases by a factor of 4 if the concentration of reactant B is doubled. The ‘order ofthis reaction with respect to reactant Bis 20171 @2 2 @1 @A Consider the reaction Clz(ag) + H3S(aq) > S(6)+2H"(ag)+2CI"(aq) ‘The rate equation for this reaction is rate= K{CI][H2S] Which of these mechanisms is/are consistent with this rate equation? 12016) A. Cl +Hy8-> H* +Cl +CI* + HS" (Slow) ci +Hs" Ht scr +s (fast) BS 2H" +HS"(fastequilibrium) Ch +HS" > 2C1- +H +8 (Slow) (a) Bonly (b) BothAandB (© NeitherAnorB (@) Aconly Inthe reaction, P+Q——9 RES, ‘Thetime taken for 75% reaction of Pis twice the time taken for 50% reaction of P. The ‘concentration of Q varies with reaction time as ” Chapter 18 shown in the figure. The overall order of the reaction is (2016) [Qh (Q) Time @2 3 ©% @1 The unit of rate constant for reactions of second order is 2015] (@) Loris! @) Lots! (© Lmols! @s In a first order reaction with time the concentration of the reactant decreases|2015] @) linearly (b) exponentially (©) no change (@) None of these ‘The decomposition of follows two parallel frst ‘order reactions (2014 ky £1.26 10 see"h a—]kp=38 x 10% see c ‘The percentage distribution of B and C are (a) 90% Band 10%C (b) 80% Band20%C (©) 60% Babd40%C (@) 76.83% Band23.17%C A gaseous reaction X3(g) —> Y+ tz@ “Theres increase in pressure from 100 mmo 120 imi in $ minutes, The rate of disappearance of X,is 2014] (a) 8mm min (b) 2mm mint (©) l6mmmir! ——(@) 4mm mi! “Two substances Rand § decompose in solution independently, both following first order kinetics. The rate constant of R is twice that of S. In an experiment, the solution initially GP_3355Chemical Kineties c~45 contained 0.5 millimoles of Rand 0.25 ofS. The “The order of reaction is molarities of Rand Swill beequal just atthe end (@) Zero (©) One ‘oftime equal to 014] (© Two (@) Three (a). twice thehalflifeofR 1S. The chemical reaction 20; +30) (b) twice the halflife of S proceeds as follows: (©) thehalflife ofS a = @ thehalflife ofR Os peo Oe oe 10, Velocity constant of a reaction at 290 K was found the rate law expression should be [2009] tobe 3.210. At300Kitwillbe [2013] @ KO? © r=k(OF0F" (@) 128107 (&) 96x10 © r=K[OJOP @ 1=[0,[OF (© 64x10 (@) 32x104 16. For a reaction A — B, the rate increases by a 11, The addition of a catalyst during a chemical factor of 2.25 when the concentration of A is reaction alters which of the following quantities? increased by 1.5. What is the order of the 12012] reaction? 12008] (@)_ Entropy () Inematenersy 47, OB reactrcetem 2 Ot (©) Enthalpy (@) Activationenergy '7 Sie reachon Sem en 12, During the kinetic study of the reaction, Raia eeteecaTntiate co iateaiaet sor . lu its value by CS increasing the pressure oni. Ifthe reaction is of ca aval sia first order with respect to O, and second order Fan [laymol [[Bymol Pinal eof with respect to NO, th rate of reaction wil Dizol in (2007| " (2). diminish to one-fourth of ts initial value 1} _o1 1 69x10 (©) diminish to one-eighth ofits initial value ut os 02 7210 (6) increase toeight times ofits intial value m{ 03 os 2ae 10" (@) increase to four times ofits intial value wl oa mn 240107 | 18 Forthe reaction Haig) + Brig) == 2HByg), Basod on the above data which one ofthe the atelawis rte =K{M {B02 (2006) {allowing is correet? 2011 Which ofthe following statement is true about this reaction?” (@) rate= (AP (B] (b) rate=A(A] [B] (a) The reaction is of second order aa? zy (b) Molecularity of the reaction is 3/2 (©) rate=k[AP [BY (d)_rate= (A) [BY (©) The unit of k is s 13. The activation energy for a simple chemical (@) Molecularity ofthe reaction is 2 reaction A> Bis E, in forward direction. The 19. The rate law for a reaction between the ‘activation energy fot reverse reaction [2010] substances A and B is given by (@)_ is always less than E, Rate=k [A}*[B]" (b) can be less than or more than E, ‘On doubling the concentration of Aand halving (© isalways double of E 2 the concentration ofB, the ratio ofthe new rate (@ isnegatveotE, tothe earlier rate ofthe reaction will be as [2005] 14, The following data ae for the decomposition of ‘ammonium nitrite in aqueous solution: {2010] © Fen © ao Vol. of Nin ce ‘Time (an) © @-m @ 29 625 10 20, ‘Thereaction 2N,O, = 2N,0,+0, is 9.00 5 [2005] 1140 » (@)_Bimolecularand second order Be 3 (©) Unimolecular and first order 3565 Infinity (©) Bimolecular and first order Bimolecular and zero orderBITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions 2 4 (@)Theorderofteatonis 3 and molcuaity is. ©) Rate k[APIBY w Rate qT KIAPRBY 2) or Rate, =4K{APQBY From (1) and (2) we get MAME? _ sappy vor (2y2= 27 (@ Since the slow step isthe rate determining step hence if' we consider option (A) we find Rate= &[Cla][H2S] ‘Now if we consider option (B) we find Rate= k{[Cl][ HS] @ For equation, HS == H+Hs- ‘Substituting this value in equation (j) we find fcr,jx #25] - CMSs i —] ‘Thus slow step should involve 1 molecule of Clyand I molecule of HS. hence only , mechanism (A) is consistent ‘with the given rate equation, Ra @ @ @ Thisis true only for first order reaction So, order with respect to Ps Further the graph shows that concentration of Q decreases with time. So rate, with respect {0 Q, remains constant. Hence itis zeroorder witQ. So, overall order is 1+0=1 Unit of rate constant for second order reaction is L mol" sec! For first order reaction [A] =[Agle* 2. The concentration of reactants will exponentially decreases with time. For two parallel reactions Kgeape ki ky $1.26 «104438108 = 1.64% 10sec" ‘The factional yield of = BB _1.26x10-4 L641 0™ The factional yield of 0.7683 =76 83 % co Be 2 38x107$ Ky 164x104 =02317=23.17% ‘The increase in pressure shows the increase in conc. of Z. Rate of appearance of Z= 1207100 oe eine! 3 Rate of disappearance of X, = 2 «rate of appearance of Z =2*4mmmin'=8mmmin! Substance R- Substance S 2 crate constant ly 2y, Halifeperiod Tan xt where n =number of half life period os Amount of left= , yr GP_3355Chemical Kinetics c-47 ea 16, (6) Lettherate law equation be Amount of $ let = —225— unt of Stet = ram, reK(ay’ 0 Tia * Equating both 25 - 2) 7? 2.251 = K{L.SAP 025” "tua o22Q™a Divide eit) by eat) a 5) 2.x=2; Second order T= 2tyy2. Mais halflife ofSand yy (ey HO]INO} 10. (©) n. @ 2 @ 1B.) 4. ® twice the half-life of ‘The velocity constant doubles for every 10°C rise in temperature ‘catalyst provides an alternative route for thereaction witha lower activation energy. In case of (II) and (Ill) Keeping concentration of [A] constant, when the concentration of [B] is doubled, the rate quadruples. Hence its second order with respect to B. In case of & IV Keeping the concentration of [B] constant, when the concentration of [A] is increased four times, rte also increases four times. Hence, the order with respect to A is one. hence Rate=k(A] [BP Since the nature of reaction (ie. exothermic ‘orendothermic) isnot given, E, for everse reaction can be more o less. NHyNO, —> Np +2130 Volume of N, formed in successive five minutes are 2.75 ec, 2.40 ce and 2.25 ce which is in decreasing order. So rate of reaction is dependent on concentration of NH, NO,. As decrease isnot very fast soit will be ftst order reaction. 15. (6) 0; +*40, +0, 0+0;—S 520, 0 Rate=k [0,][0] i put[O} from (i) K103K105} _ 409, 240,71 a) HOSP tO.! ‘Note intermediates are never represented in rate law equation. 18. @ v @ 20. © I'volume is reduced to half, concentrations will get double. +. Rate= k{202][2NO}? = 8 times Ha(g)+ By (@) = 2HBr(g) Rate law, R=K{Ht,] [Be] Order ofreaction= 1+ 4-32 Molecularity of reaction =2 R ‘The unit of k= ——R__ OH, ]{Br) mole. it” [mole it"}[mote. lit") = mole”. tit Rate= k(AJ"[B]" ‘On doubling cone. of A and halving cone. of B svt star a] 1 re wea Siar} =k2?-™(A)"(B)™ New rate Old rate K2LAPBI _ nom KTAPB Itisbimolecular frst order reaction, since Rate « (NO,Surface Chemistry Which ofthe following ionic substances will be most effective in precipitating the sulphur sol? 2015] (b) Bact, (@)NaPO, Chapter 19 (@) polar at outer surface and non-polar at inner surface (©) polarat inner surfuceand non-polar at outer surface (©). distributed all over the surface 2. Theisoelecrie-point ofa colloidal dispersed (@) present inthe surface only material is the pH value at whi 12014] 6. For adsorption of a gas on a solid, the plot of (@) the dispersed phase migrate in an electric log x/m vs log P is linear with slope equal to field (being whole number) 12011] (©) the dispersed phase docs not migrate in an @k © log k electric field i (©) the dispersed phase has pH equal to 7 @n @ > (@), the dispersed phase has pH equal to zer0 * 3. Athigh pressure, the entiresurface gets covered 7+ Anvexample of autocatalysis is 12008) ‘bya monomolecular layer ofthe gas follows (@) Decomposition of KCIO, toKCl and O, 12013) (b) Oxidation of SO, t0 $0, (a) three-halved order (b) second-order (©) Formation of NH, by N, and H, in presence (c) first-order (@)_ zero-order of Fe. 4. Which of the following gas molecules have (@) Oxidation of oxalic acid by acidic KMnO, maximum valucofenthalpyofphysisorption? Which property of colloidal solution is 12012] independent of charge onthe colloidal particles:- (@) CH, (b) Ne () H,0 @) H, [2007] 5. Paid feb polar an pola pat a aflle (@) Electrophoresis (b) Electro-osmosis is pont) (©) Tyndall effect (@)_ Coagulation L © x _ ppt or lox X= 1 2. (@)_Atisoctectrc point theres no migration of ie eee eee ine dispersed phase in an electric field 3. @ _ Athigh pressure the extent of adsorption follows zero order Kinetics. xin 4. (©) The mote the liquifable nature of a gas, the more is the enthalpy of adsorption ‘ ea plot of log vs og Pis linear with slope a1” 5 @ ©- Polarhead a re Nonpoleti 7. (@ Mn® ions formed during the reaction catalyse the reaction 6 @ According to Freundlich adsorption 8 (@) Tyndall effect is an optical property, and it isotherm, At intermediate pressure, extent of adsorption is independent of charge on colloidal parties. GP_3355General Principles & Processes of Isolation of Elements Chapter 20 1. Electrometallurgical process is used toextract_ 4, Among the following statements the incorrect [2017] cone is [2009] (a) Fe (b) Pb (a) Calamine and siderite are carbonates (©) Na (d) Ag (b) Argentite and cuprite are oxides 2. Semiconductor materials like Si and Ge are (c)_ Zine blende and iron pyrites are sulphides usually purified by [2015] (d) Malachite and azurite are ores of copper. (a) distillation 5. _ Silver containing lead as an impurity is removed (b) zone refining by [2008] (©) liquation (a) poling () cupellation (@)_ electrolytic refining, (c)_ lavigation (d) distillation 3. — Calcination is used in metallurgy for removal 6. — The most electropositive metals are isolated of? (2011) from their ores by [2006] (a) Water and sulphide (a) high temperature reduction with carbon (6) Water and CO, (b) self reduction © CO,and 11,8 (©) thermal decomposition (@) H,Oand HS (@) electrolysis of fused ionic salts Hints & Solutions 1. (@ Besse Naisveryreactve and cnmothe of impurities are formed and finaly extracted by means of the reduction by C, removed. CO etc. Soiit is extracted by electrolysis. 3+ (b)_Calcination is used for removal of volatile 2. (@)_ Semiconductor materials like Si and Geare impurities and decompose carbonates. usually purified by zone refining Zone 4 (b) Cuprite is Cu,O and Argentite is Ag,S. relnig i baed on the primeplc of @) ‘Silver conteining lead i purified by frtoal ralistiont ince in cpus ert) solubilities of impurities in solid and 6 (@) Most electropesitive metals are obtained ‘molten states of metal, so that the zones by electrolysis of their fused ionic salts.3. 10. u. The p-Block Elements (Group 15, 16, 17 and 18) Which of the following shows nitrogen with its increasing order of oxidation number? 120171 (@)_ NOCl>Br (0) EA:CI>Br>Cl> Br, (@) Bondenergy:F,>C1,> Br, Strong reducing behaviout of H;PO, is due to 12013) (@) presence of one ~OH group and two P-H bonds 2 13. 4 16. 1". 18, 9. 20, a1, Chapter 21 (b) high electron gain enthalpy of phosphorus (©) high oxidation state of phosphorus (@)_presence of two-OH groups and one P-H bond ‘When chlorine water is exposed to sunlight, O, isliberated. Hence 2012) (@) Hydrogen has little affinity t0 0, (©) Hydrogen has more affinity to 0, (©) Hydrogen has more affinity to chlorine (@)_Itisa reducing agent. Phosphine is not obtained by the reaction P2011) (@)_ White Pis heated with NaOH (©) Red Pisheated with NaOH (©) Ca,P, reacts with water (@_ Phosphorus trioxieis boiled with water Which liberates ammonia when treated with water? (2010) @) Li @) Ma; (©) CaCN, (@ all ‘The correct order of reactivity of halogens with alkaliesis 12010) (@) F>Cl>Br>1— (b) FBr1 Sodium pyrophosphate is 12008] (@) Na,P,0, ©) NaP,0, (©) NaPO, (@ Na,PO, Bleaching action of $O, isdue toits [2007] (@) oxidising property (b) acidic property (©)_ reducing property (d) basic property Which of the following behaves as both oxidising and reducing agents? [2006] (@ HO, (b) SO, (©) HS (@_ HNO, Gradual addition of electronic shells in the noble ‘gases causes a decrease in their [2006] (@) Ionization energy (b) Atomic radius (©) Boilingpoint (a) Density ‘Atomic radii of fluorine and neon in Angstrom units are respectively given by [2006] @) 0.72; 1.60 (b) 1.60; 1.60 (©) 0.72;0.72 (d) None Caro’s: [2005] @ 1,80, ©) 180, (©) H,S0, @ HS,0, GP_3355The p-Block Elements (Group 15, 16,17 and 18) Hints & Solutions 2 © 2 © 4 0 5 © 6 © © & © » © Compound OS. ofN NO + no +2 NO, +4 NO, +5 NH" -3 ‘Therefore increasing order of oxidation state of Nis: NHj NaliCO, + NH,CI ( Caco, —+€0,+Ca0 Gi) 2NHCL+CA0—> 2NH,+ CaCl +H,0 By product Order of basic character is NH, > PH, > Asi, > Sbl1,. Basic-character decreases down the group from N to Bi due to increase in atomic size. ok Xe FT 5 xeh, 2 Xe+ 2 7K, xer, 6am bs Xee3h, SK xehy 1:20 XeF; is nt possible Fluorine, ‘since it is the most electronegative clement, I, gives blue colour with starch, The amount of energy released when an electron is added to an isolated gaseous 1. 20. @ © © @ © © o @ @ ‘atom to produce a monovalent anion is called electron gain enthalpy Electron affinity value generally increase ‘on moving from left to right in a period however there are exceptions ofthis rulein the ase of those atoms which have stable configuration. These atoms resist the addition ofextra clectron, therefore the low value of electron affinity o F, > Bry ‘The acids which contain P-H bond have strong reducing properties. Thus H,PO, ‘acids good reducing agent as it contains two P-I bonds. For example, it reduces AgNO, tometallic silver. 4. AgNO, +2H,0+H,PO,—> 4Ag+4HNO, +H,PO, cig+ti0-+21.+40, Hydrogen has more affinity for chlorine. Red P does not react with NaOH to give Phi, All nitrides react with HO to give NH, but ‘CaCN, also react with HO CaNCN + 3H,0 —+ CaCO, +NH, Reactivity follows the order F > C1> Br > The chemical formula of sodium pyrophosphate is Na,P,O,. It is a salt of Pyrophosphoric acid (Na,P,0,). $03 +2H30—> HSO, +2[H1] Bleaching action is due to reduction, In $O,, $is in + 4 oxidation state which ‘can be increased or decreased by gain or loss of electrons. Hence SO, can act as ‘oxidising and reducing agent In inert gases we have van der waals radii ‘which is always higher than atomic radii2 3. Ps The d-and f-Block Elements ‘Cadmium is used in nuclear reactors for? [2017] (a) absorbing neutrons () cooling (©) release neutrons (@)_ increase energy ‘Knowing that the chemistry of lanthanoids(Ln) is dominated by its + 3 oxidation state, which of | the following statements is incorrect? [2016] (@)_Theionicsize of Ln (III) decrease in general with increasing atomic number () Ln (111) compounds are generally colourless. (©) Ln (Ill) hydroxide are mainly basie in character. (@ Because ofthe largesize ofthe Ln (Il) ions the bonding in its compounds is predominantly ionic in character. Which of the following arrangements does not represent the correct order of the property stated against it ? 12016] (a) V2" < Cr" < Mn’ < Fe?" :paramagnetic behaviour (b) i Fe*> Co > Ni?* fend Eg ae cokeiced dus t thie presence (©) In solution, the stability of the compound offrelectrons. depends upon electrode potentials, SEP of x © sag ye cay the transitions metal ions are given as (a) V = 3d? 4s?; V* = 3d? = 3 unpaired Co**/Co=+ 1.97, Fe*/Fe 0.77. electrons F z _ fe acne coer eae Cr*/Ce"=—0.41, Se>*ishighly stableas electrons it does not show + 2.0. S. ‘unpaired electrons 3d® 4s?; Fe = 34° = 4 unpaired electrons Hence the correct order of paramagnetic behaviour V2"< C= Fe" < Mn 4. @) Se~2),(43) Ti-42),43),44) Cr=( 1,642), 3), C44), 43), 6) Mn—(+2),(+ 3), 44), (45), (6 6),(+7) ie. Se MnO; +4HCI— MnCl +2H,0+Cl, Fes[Fe(CN),], 12K" 2KMaO, +16HCI—>2KC1+2MnC1, 8 Most ofthe transition metal compounds +8H,0+5Ch es reaeil Sore eee Chlorine is not obtained by dil. HCL in the solid state and in aqueous solution ‘4828203 + H20 > Ag,S+H,80, in contrast to the compounds of s and Bick po p-block elements due to the presence of 18 © jheomplete d-subshll 19. @_ Germansilver doesnot contain Ag at al. “- % 0) ps4 HO —>Ca,0+ Ha f 20. (@) Fe’ +6KCN>[Fe(CN),]" + 6K" 10. (@ P(Atno. 15)has electronic configuration 21. (6) Anhydrous CuSO,(white) is reduced into ae at blue CuSO,.H,0 which dissolves in 1s?, 2s%p8, 3s2p?, hence no electron in il.H,SO, to give blue solution 4 subshell 22. (©) Magneticmoment yx = nfn+2) BM 11. () ton Mit cu Fe Ne Fa oe we 173 = Jn(n+2)—~. n= 1, ithasone Number of unparied electrons hence eletronic unpaired ceton S142 configuration is (Ar]Bd! and electronic ‘Hence lowest paramagnetism is shown by configuration for Z = 22 is [Ar]3d°5s*. CuSO, 5H,0 Hence chargeon Tiis +3 12, (a) Fy is strongest oxidising agent. F- is not 23. @) Blue vitriol is CuSO, SHO. oxidised by MnO, 24, (@ According to ther positions in the periods, 13. (©) Ac(89)=[Ra] [64] [759 threw ain there, 14, (©) Ducto lanthanide contraction, the size of MS TE Zx and Hf (atom and ions) become nearly similar. ALNos. 70 61-5857 ‘This is due to lanthanide contraction, GP_33551 Co-ordination Compounds Which ofthe following complexes has square planar structure? 12017) (@ Ni(CO), () [NuCN),]* © [NiCd,] @ [zncnnt,)]? Which of the following complex shows sp*d° hybridization? (2017) @ [CHNO)* —— )_ [FCN JE © (Corg* @ [NCO Which of the following is paramagnetic? [2016] @ [ACN ) NICO) © [NiCN), @ [CoF)* The hypothetical complex _chloro- diaquatriamminecobalt (III) chloride can be represented as 016] (2) [CoCKNH),(H,0),]C, () [CNH (1,01) 6) [Co(NH),(1,0),C1} @ [CoNH),H,0),]C1 ‘Thecolor of CoCl, SNH, HOis @) red ib) orange (©) orange- yellow (2) pink The common name of K[PICI,(n2.C,H)}is 2015] (b)_ Zeise’s salt (2015) (a) potassium salt (©) complexsalt (a) None of these Which ofthe following represents hexadentate ligand? 12015, 2009] (@) EDTA () DMG (©) Ethylenediamine (4) Nene ofthe above Some salts containing two different metallic elements give test for only one of them in solution, such salts are [2015] (@) double salts (b) normal salts (©) complex salts (d)_ None of these ‘The correct order of magnetic moments (spin ‘only values in B.M.) anong is. old] (2) [Fe(CN)gI* > [MnP > [Cog (©) [Mncig]? > {FetCN)g}* > [Coch] (©) [Mncly}?* >[CoCly >> >[Fe(CN) eI (@)_[Fe(CN)g]* > [CoC > [MnCl] 5, Fe=26,Co=27) 10. nL. 2 1B. 4 15. 16. W Chapter 23 The pair in which both species have same ‘magnetic moment (spin only value) is: [2013] (@)_ [Cr(H,0),P* , [CoC (b) [CrH06)** [Fe(H2O)6P* (©) [Mn(H0)g)?* [Cr(H0)6P* @ [CoCl4)*>,[Fe(H0)]** ‘The complex used as an anticancer agent is 2012) (@)_ mer-{Co(NH),Cl] (©) cis-{PICI,(NH,),] © cis KPCLBr] (@ Na,Cocl, Which ofthe following is not considered as an ‘organometallic compound? oity (@) cisplatin (b) Ferrocene (©) Zeise’s salt (4) Grignardreagent The most stable ion is 01] (@) (Fe(OH), ) [Fe(Ch> (©) [FeCN)P* (@) [Fe(H,0),)*. Which of the following has square planar geometry? 2010) @ [PCy (b) [NiCI,? © [2nc.? (@ [CoClyP- Which ofthe following is wrong statement? 12008] (@)_Ni(CO),has oxidation number +4 for Ni (b)_Ni(CO), has zero oxidation number for Ni (©) Niismetal (@) COisgas ‘CH,~Mg_-Br isan organo metallic compound due to 120061 (@) Mg—Brbond —(b) C—Mg bond (©) C=Brbond —(@)_C-Hbond Which one ofthe following complexes isan outer ait complex? 12005) (@) [CoqNH)* —() IMn(CN) J (©) [FACN) I @). INN (Atomic nos, Mn=25; Fe=26;Co=27, Ni=28)BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions 3 ©) In Ni(CO),; [N(CD4P?; [Zn(NH3)4]*?, all the central atoms have sp! hybridisation, while in [Ni(CN)4]"?, its central atom has dsp? hybridisation due to strong field ligand (CN~). Hence [Ni(CN) 4]-? has square planar structure. (©) Among these ligands, ‘F" is a weak fcld ligand, makes only high spin complexes which has sp'd hybridization. @_Theelectronic configuration of Fe is [Ar] 3d Since CN is strong field ligand d cleetrons are paired. InNi(CO),0. $. of Ni iszero, electronic configuration is [Ar]3« -4s* In presence of CO it is [Ar] 3d! 43°, electrons are paired. Electronic configuration of Ni?* [Ar]3d® 4s, due to CN° ligand all electrons are paired. Co is [Ar] 3d since F is weak ligand hence paramagnetic. (a) Thecomplex chlorodiaquatriammine cobalt (111) chloride can have the structure [CoCKNH,) (H,0),]C1, (@ CoC1, SNH, H,Ois pink in colour (©) Zeise’s salt is common name of K(PtCh(n?=C,H)] (@) EDTAishexadentate ligand ‘00cH,¢. CHt,-COo OOCREN cH cH ROY ‘00cH,c7 ch,-Coo (© Complex compounds contains two different metalic elements but give test nly for one of them. Because complex ions such as [Fe (CN)gJ* of Ky [Fe (CN)g], do not dissociate into Fe** and CN~ions (©) Number of unpaired electrons in ental atom [Fe(CN)g]* ,[CoCly > [MnCl ve wie "five The greater the number of unpaired electrons, the higher the value of magnetic moment 10. (b) [Cr(1,0),F* Crisin Cr form 13. uw 1S. 16. 1. © @ o @ @ o o« GM eM 7 ye» OEE % 3d 3 In [Fe(H,0)* Fe® form. Both will have + unpaired electrons. ‘The complex used as an anticancer agent iscisplatin, ‘The structural formula ofcis-platin is NH, cl Pt NH la Since no carbon is involved itis not @ organometallic compound. A more basic ligand forms stable bond with ‘metal ion, Cl is most basic amongst al. {PtCL,}*-has square planar geometry. Pt: 56s! Pe Sd & ® ‘Two electrons are removed from Sd shell and 6s shell. So, hybridisation takes place isdsp? ie. square planar geometry. In Ni(CO),. nickel has oxidation number of zero. So option (a) is the answer. Bond between C of organic molecule and ‘metal atom. Hybridisation [Fe(CN)6I* [Mn(CN)g]*, asp? asp? {Co(NH,)P", [Ni(NH5)6]°* ay wa Hence [Ni(NH3)g]** is outer orbital complex. GP_3355Haloalkanes and Haloarenes ‘An aromatic compound has molecular formula C,H,Br. Give the possible isomers and the appropriate method to distinguish them [2016] (a) 3isomers; by heating with AgNO, solution ()_ isomers; by treating with AgNO, solution (©). isomers; by oxidation (@)_Sisomers: by oxidation The boiling point of alkyl halide are higher than those of corresponding alkanes because of (2015) (2) dipole-dipole interaction (b) dipole-induced dipole interaction (©) Hebonding (@)_None of the above ‘The number of double bonds in gammexane is 2014] @ 0 1 @ 2 @3 DDT is prepared by reacting chlorobenzene with 12013) @) CHC, (©) CCL,CHO © ca, @ Cli, Ina $,2 substitution reaction ofthe type R-Br+cr —™"5R-cl+Br 2013) which one of the following has the highest relative rate? (@ CH,—CH,—CH,Br (0) CHy~ CH-CH,Br | cH, ik (© CH, ~ C-CH,Br I cH, (@ CHCH,Br ‘The alkyl halide is converted into alcohol by 2012] (@) elimination (b)_halogenation (©)_ addition (@)_ substitution ub A isan optically inactive alkyl chloride which ‘on reaction with aqueous KOH gives B. Bon 10, Chapter 24 heating with Cu at 300°C givesan alkeneC, what areAandC omy (@) CHsCHCI, CH = CH, (b) MesCCl, MeCH=CHMe (©) MesCCl, Me) C=CH (@) Me,CH.CH) Cl, Me; C=CH In which of the following conversions, phosphorus pentachloride is used as the reagent? 12010] @ H,C=CH,; —> cH,cHCI (©) CH;CH,OH —> CH,CH,CI (© HyC-0-CH; —> cH;CL (@ CH=CH — CH, =cHCI Which ofthe following order is not correct ? {2009 (@) MeBr > Me;CHBr > MeyCBr> BtCBr(Sy2) (b) Me,CBr > MeyCHBr > MesCH.CH Br > MeCH CH CHBr(E2) (©) PhCH,Br > PhCHBrMe > PhCBrMe, > PhCBrMePh(S.1) (@)_ Mel>MeBr>MeCI> MeF (8,2) Which ofthe fttowing wil give vinyl chloride? 12008} @ CH () CICH, -CH,cl > 2 © cH=cH+Hcl E+ > @ all ‘The following reaction proceeds through the intermediate (2007) RCOOAg* Bry —> RBr+ CO) + AgBrc-s8 BITSAT Topicnise Solved Papers (@) RCOO* ) RK (c) produce electrophile ©) Br (d) All (@)_ break bond 12, Funct ofAICL in Friede-Craftsreaionisto 13+ When CH,CH,Br rots with sodium aetylde, 12006 themain prods © ut 12003] ce mileophil (@) T-utane -butyne @} fatesewbond (©) Lbatene (@) butane (b)_makenew bond Hints & Solutions y 3. 6 1 Bro OHH Br © , . Broo (Due to dipole-dipole interaction the boiling point of alkyl halide is higher as ‘compared to corresponding alkanes. () Gammexane is C,ti,Cl, oF (6, 6,6). Iisa saturated compouind so'no double bond is thereinit ey H H cl a 1H Gut (©) DDT is prepared by reaction of chlorobenzene with CCI,CHO. (@ 8,2 mechanism is followed in case of primary and secondary halides ie., S,2 reaction is favoured by small groups on the carbon atom attached to halogens so CH, CH, Br> CH, CH, CH, Br> e oe ohare GG .¢. option (d) is correct, (Alkyl halide is converted int aleahol by substitution. R-X+OH"—>R-OH +X © Mejcct 0H, se con rs vor teal 28H CH CH=CH; + H,0 I CH; Me3C = CH © 10. nL. 2. 1B. (©) When ethyl alcohol is treated with PCls, then ethyl chloride is formed. CHCH, -OH + PCls > CH,CH ~CI+HCI+ POC! (©) The more is the stability of intermediate carbonium ion, the more is the chance of Syl mechanism. The intermediates obtained will be PhCH (@), PCH Mei, PhC—Me~ (ii), PhCMePh (iv) The stabilty is of the order iv > iti> ii> i (@ All given reactions give the vinyl chloride by substitution, {a) by dehydrohalogen atom (b) and by ‘addition (c), (@ Mechanism of Hunsdiecker’s reaction is + Ba R-COO Ag joy? ROOD — > RCOO + Br —+ R*+C02; R* +RCOO Br —> R-Br+ RCOO (©) Function of AICI, in Friedel crafts reaction is toproduce electrophile, The mechanism is followed cl Tos CI-AP + CIR +CgHs —> 1 a ; & | [tig fae] Lene Nr b ©) cH=C{NEEBR-CH:~CH; —> (CH=C-CH)-CH 1 Buyne GP_33553. Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers cu, Alls ye gued-c CO Hy Exis Op wewre Gl 09 12016) ony @ w{O)XO)-}=a1 on cH, © wo—{O)-# Ome © Oj, Of «OPO Which of the following method gives better yield of p-nitrophenol? (2016) il.HINOs (@) Phenol ——_* p.Nitrophenol ae (NaNOg + H804,7-8°C Phenol © (HNOS P-Nitrophenol (oNaon © Phen cons HNO: (None ofthe three Sodium salt ofbenzene sulphonic acid on fasion with caustic soda gives 2014) 6 2 Chapter 25 (@) Benzene (b) Phenol (©) Thiophenol (4). Benzoicacid ‘Consider the following phenols OH OH OOH OOH CH, Nos The decreasing order of acidity of the above phenols is (2014) @ U>IV>I>1 (I> I>Ivenl @ Pivei>m @ Ml>Iv>I> ‘The ionization constant of phenol is higher than that of ethanol because (2014 (a) Phenoxide ion is bulkier than ethoxide (©) Phenoxide ion is stronger base than cethoxide (© Phenoxide ion is stabilized through delocalization (@)_Phenoxide ion is less stable than ethoxide Which of the following is not the product of dehyceation “Cer 013 2 @ The compound which reacts with bleaching powder to produce chloroform is [2012] (@) Methanol (b) Methyl formate (©) Ethanot (@)_ Methyl chloridec-60 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers reas ‘coon COOH cH, oH @ © CH FON CHCA ar cH, cH, CH,~C-0-CH~CH, Soon bf I,-CHs © He7T cH iscalled Pot) (@) Williamson continuous etherification process (©) Blardreaction ie (©). Gatterman - Koch reaction @ HC—C—0—0—-1 (@) Williamson Synthesis Ou 9. Match List I (Reaction) with List Il (Reagent) ‘and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists 2010) List List 1 Btardreaction A. AlcoholicKOH 13. In the reaction: 2008} I Hydroxylation B—Anhydrous AICI, cl IL Dehydro- CC. Chromyl chloride | halogenation Ht, -CH-CH -0-CH, ~CH, +1 MV. Friedel-Crafts D, Diluteallaline Which of the following compounds will be reaction KMn0, formed? (@) FALILB ILC, IV.B (>) EDIILC HLA IV.B @ CHy~CH-CH, +CH;CH,0H (©) EC ILD.IFALIV.B I (@) EBILA,ILD.V.C Clty 10. Which of the following will not form a yellow 5 precipitate on heating with an alkaline solution © cts ~GH-CHAOH +CH3CHs ‘ofiodine? 2010) cu, (@) CHCH(OHNCH, (b) CH,CH,CHOHCH, Sad (© CHOH (©) CHy—CH-CHOH+ CH, ~CH~1 @ cHcHoH 11, Lucas reagent is {2008} im (@) Cone. HCI+ZnCl, (6) Dil HCl+ZnCl, (@ CH -CH-CH~1+CH,CH,OH (©) H,SO,*ZnCl, *(@) Cone. HCI+Zn ee ee erent ee 12, Phenol is distilled with Zn dust followed by “+ Smethyl-2-butanolon treatment with HC gi Friedel Cratis alkylation with propyl chloridein the presence of AICI, to give a compound (B), (B)is oxidised inthe presence of ai to form the compound (C). Thestructural formula of (C) is 12008} ‘predominantly (@) 2-Chloro-2-methyl butane (©) 2-Chloro-3-methyl butane (©) 2,2-Dimethyl pentane (@) None of above, 12007) GP_3355Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers c-a Hints & Solutions L @ Thus here, oxidation of phenol is minimised by forming p-nitrosophenol 2 © $0;Nar Na et, ++NazS03+11,0 fret on +NaCl 4. (@ Electron withdrawing group (-NO,) increases the acidity while electron releasing group (-CH,, -H) decreases acidity Also effect will be more if functional ‘group is present at para position then ortho ‘and meta position, S. (©) The acidic nature of phenol is due to the formation of stable phenoxide ion in solution HOH +Hj0—= CeO” +11,0° Phnoxideon ‘The phenoxide ion is stable due to tp ; Or 2 © OH oO 10, on on on 5 > J 3 O-O- O™ % ae OJ = “The negative charge is delocalized in the se ‘benzene ring which isa stabilizing factor in the phenoxide ion and increase in acidity No NOs rat prmeeieed ——_padiogatal ‘ofphenol. wheras no resonance is possible in alkoxide ions (RO-) derived from alcohol10. o © © © @ TThe negative charge is localized on oxygen atom. Thus, aleohols are not acidic. CH,—CH,OH+ Cl, (from bleaching powder) —> CCI,-CHO+3HCI C1,-CHO+ Ca(OH), —> 2CHCI,+(HCO0),Ca Williamson synthesis is one of the best ‘methods forthe preparation of symmetrical and unsymmetrical ethers. In this method, an alkyl halide is allowed to react with sodium alkoxide. CH,OH does not have — CH(OH)CH, group hence it will not form yellow precipitate with an alkaline solution of iodine (haloform reaction), Lucas reagent isa mixture cone. HCland ZC, 2 4, BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers © b+ Oa O—0—H — CH—CH: SS (©) Inthe cleavage of mixed ethers with two differently groups, te alcohol andalkyl iodide that form depend on the nature of alkyl group. When primary or secondary alkyl groups are present, it is the lower alkyl group that forms alkyl iodide therefore CH, Cll, ~CH-CHl,-0-CH ~CHs + I> Hs cry eri -Gu1-cnort-cric141 cn, © ced -ci-cnena OH 3.Methyl2-buanol 4 re cu, -bu-cH-cis +e GP_3355Aldehycles, Ketones and Carboxylic acids The most likely acid-catalysed aldol condensation products of each of the two aldchydes land wil respectively be. [2016] ‘cHo D/O and “NC a on @ HO and 2 cio cH &) xo cu © AN and cto O cHo @ ~\ and 2 cio ‘Thereaction, (2014) (CH ~CH = CH, S20, " Ciy-CH-cH coon is known as (a) Wurtz reaction () Koch reaction (6) Clemmensen reduction (@)_ Kolbe’s reaction ‘The comet order of decreasing acid strength of trichloroacetic acid (4), trifluoroacetic acid (B), aceticacid(C) and formic acid (D)is: 2014) Chapter @ B>A>D>C — (b) B>D>C>A (© ASB>C>D —@) A>C>B>D 4. When 2-hydroxybenzoic acid is distilled with zinc dust, it gives 12013] (@). phenol (b) benzoic acid {© benzaldehyde (@)_apolymeric compound 5. Nucleophilic addition reaction will be most favoured in [2013] @ (CH),C (b) CH,CH,CHO (© CH,CHO (® CHy-CH,-cHC-cH, 6 —CCI,CHO (Chloral) does not give aldol condensation because 12012] (@)_ofthree highly electronegative Cl atoms. (b) of steric hinderance caused by Cl atoms. (c) it does not have a-H atom. (@)_Allofthese 7. "The preparation of ethyl acetoacetate involves (2012) (@) Witigreacton (b) Cannizzaro’s reaction (©) Reformatsky reaction (d)_Claisen condensation. 8. Which one ofthe following pairs is not correctly matched? 2012] (@)_ >C=0- >CH, (Clemmensen reduction) (b) >C=0— >CHOH (Wolf— Kishner reduction) (© -COCI—>-CHO (Resenmund reduction) @ — —CHO (Stephen reduction) 9. Which ofthe following esters eannot undergo Claisen selcondensation? 2011) (@)_CH,CH,CH,CH,CO0C,H, () CH COOC,H, © Gii,CH,co0c,H, (@_ C,H,CH,COOC,H, 10, Shot:Batinann Feeton i reaction of phenols with 01 {@) Benzoyl chloride and sodium hydroxide (©) Acetyl chloride and sodium hydroxidec-64 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers (©). Salieylic acid and cone. H,S0, 20. The correct statement regarding a carbonyl (@ Acetyl chloride and cone H,S0, ‘compound with @ hydrogen atom on its alpha M1, Identify, pony carbon, is 12006] HC (@)_acarbonyl compound with a hydrogen atom Spo —ane ‘nits alphe-carbon never equilibrates with HC ‘ryt its corresponding enol. 10 (©) carbonyl compound witha hydrgen atom Intermediate 29x ‘on its alpha-carbon rapidly equilibrates (@ CH,OH (©) Ethylaleohot with its corresponding enol and this (©) Methyl cyanide (@)_tert-Butyl alcohol process is known as aldehyde-ketone 12, Thereagent (6) which can beused to distinguish ‘equilibration acetophenone from benzophenone i (are) (©) acarbonyl compound with a hydrogen atom 2011) ‘on its alpha-carbon rapidly equilibrates (2) 24-Dinitrophenylhydrazine with its corresponding enol and this (@) Aqueous solution of NaHSO, process is known as carbonylation (©) Benedict reagent (@ carbonyl compound with a hydrogen atom (@ Land NaOH. ‘on its alpha-carbon rapidly equilibrates 13, Formic acid and acetic acid can be distinguished with its corresponding enol and this by (2010 process is known as keto-cnol (@) Phenylhydrazine (b) NaHCO, ‘tautomerism. (©) Tollen’sreagent (4) None ofthese 21. Ifacetylchloride is reduced in the presence of 14, When esters are hydrolysed the product gives _‘BaSO, and P then 12006 hydrogen ions. The product which gives (@)_ CH,CHOis formed hydrogen ion is 12009] (@) CH{COOHis formed (@) Acid (6) CH{CH,OHis formed () Alcohol (@ CH,COCH, isformed (©) Both snzoic acid reacts with cone. HNO, an (@)_Bitheracid o aleohol 2a Remronc eid reacts with cone, HNO, anda 15, Which of the following compound can not used G@)" 3 Nitrobenzoic acid in preparation of iodofcrm? 12009] (©) Benzene sulphonic acid (@ CHCHO () cHcocH, (©) 4Nittobenzoieacid (©) HCHO (@ 2-propanol (@)_ 2-Nitrobenzoic acid 16. When sodium propionate isheated with sodalime 23, Oxidation of acetaldehyde with selenium dioxide ‘which product is formed 12008] produces 12005] (@) Propylamine —(b) Ethane (@) Ethanoicacid —(b) Methanoic acid (©) Acetone (a) Acetaldehyde (©) Glyoxal (d)_ Oxalic acid 17. When Acetic Acid is heated with P,0, the 24, An organic compound "X' having molecular ‘compound formed will be 12007] formula C,H,,0 yields phenyl hydrazone and (@ (CHCO,0 — (b) CHCOCH, gives negative response to the lodoform test (©) CH,CHO @ cy And Tollen's test. It produces n-pentane on 18, In which reaction, an aromati¢ aldehyde is reduction. X’ could be =~ 12005} ‘eated with acetic anhydride in presence of (@) 2pentanone —(b)_3-pentanone corresponding salt of the acid to give an (©) namylaleohol —(@)_pentanal unsaturated aromatic acid? 12007] ee 25, Treatment ofeyelopentanone 0 with 3 Nocera methyl lithium gives which of Ih¢ following 19, Inthe reduction species? (2005 re {@)_Cyelopentanonyl cation eeeeTe ee (©) Cyclopentanonyl radical one ore (©) Cyclopentanonylbiradical One B Ray of these (@)Cyelopentanonyi anion GP_3355Alldehyetes, Ketones and Carboxylic acids Hints & Solutions on . @ pion, 1 Aner Aw Conjugated system (stable) on AN cHo on cHo It does not lose water because the double bbond so formed will be isolated. CF,COOH > CCI, COOH > HCOOH > CH,COOH(K, order) The halogenated fatty acids are much stronger acids than the parent fatty acid and more over the acidity among the halogenated fatty acid increases almost proportionely with the increase in electronegativity of the halogen present Further formic acid having no alkyl group ismore acidic than acetic acid 5. (@_ Aldehydes are more reactive than ketones due to +1 effect of CH, group. There are two CH, group in acetone which reduces -+ve charge density on carbon atom of carbonyl group. More hindered carbonyl -roup too becomes less reactive. So inthe given ease CH,CHO isthe right choice ‘Aldol condensation is given by carbonyl ‘compounds which have a-H atom. In Claisen condensation Intermolecular condensation of esters containing hydrogen atom in presence of strong base produce Beto ester CH,COO C,H, + H.CH,.CO.0C,H, ctiylaccae ° coral EE cnc. cu,cooe, n+ ¢H,011 Ethyl acetoacetate (G-ketoester) 8& — @)_Likeclemmensen reduction, WolF-Kishner reduction involves reduction of > C=O t0> Cli, of course by different reagent 9.) Claisen'condensation is given by esters having two a-hydrogen atoms 10. @ oH COC Hy 4 NiO, + cyH.coct 204, phenyl benzoate ‘The function of NaOH is @ To convert phenol to more stronger ‘nucleophile PhO- Gi) Toneutralize the acid formed Me @ Wy b- 8+ Sef8 + ct -M— is nye. eu, \ nyo f co |iat 1295 1,0-¢-on nyc hy CHy Tet bul * Mg(OH)I aleobot 12. @ 1, and NaOH react with acetophenone G,H,COCH,) to give yellow ppt of CHI, ‘but benzophenone (C,H,COC,H,) does not and henee ean be used to distinguish ‘between them. Formic aci(HHCOOH) has aldehydic eroup. When esters are hydrolysed, then acid and alcohol are formed, where acid gives hydrogen ion ° 1 R-C-O-R + HOH —CoeH2800) Ester B. © 4. @ 5 RCOO"H +R-OHC- 66 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 18. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. (©). Formaldehyde can not produce iodoform, as only those compound which contains either (Cs ~CH— group or CHs -CH— group oH ° ‘on reaction with potassium iodide and sod, hypochlorite yield iodoform. () When sodium propionate is heated with soda lime, then ethane is formed CH3CH ;COONa + NaOH ma Sod, Propionate CH, ~CH,-H+ Na,CO, (@) PO, is a dehydrating agent. When it is heated with CH,COOH, it eliminates a water ‘molecule from CH,COOH and thus, acetic anhydride is formed CH;CO‘OH cHco. pa ecce >o +HO cH,COOK "" Ey.co Acetic anbydride © cr * AA sromatiesbshyde ssi anhydride 2 moles of acetic aid o 1=Nsoac ‘OH ue Peupetaited wid Perkin’s Reaction (@ Anyone of Ni, Pt or Pd can be used in the reduction of aldchydes. (@_Keto-enol tautomerism is possible only in those aldehydes and ketones which have at least one o-hydrogen atom, which can convert the ketonic group to the enolic group. e.g, tf cH, —C—CH, —C—cH, — Ketonie form li form (CH;COCI + 2H PBS, CH,CHO + HCL COOH group when attached to benzene ring deactivates the ring and substitution ‘occurs at m-position. (HNO, +H,SO,) isa source of NO, (electrophile) which attacks at m-position ‘00H +HINO, ‘OOH NO, 3 nitrbenzie aid Scleium dioxide oxidises aldchydes and ketones at c-position to carbonyl group. (CH;CHO > OHC.CHO H,C—CH,—C—CH,—CH, b (3-pentanone) does not give iodoform test due to absence ° of (CH;—C—) group. It also does, not give Tollen’s test ‘On reduetion it gives n-pentane rebution Hye chh,-G chic (CH,—CH,—CH,—CH,—CH, pentane g Cen GP_3355Amines Which of the following represents Schotten- Baumann reaction? 12017] {@) formation of amides from amines and acid chlorides/NaOH (©) formation of amines from amides and LiAIH, (©) formation of amines from amides and Br/NaOH (@)_ formation of amides from oxime and H,SO, Which reagent converts nitrobenzene to N-phenyihydroxylamine? 017] @ Z/HCl (b) 1,0, (© Zu!NH,Cl @ Lali, The carbylamine reaction is 12015) oH @ + crc, MeOH, on cHo NHL ® © ~cuci,+3KoH A> © ay Z0lHg+ Cone HCL cock, CH.CH, Chapter 27 ‘CHO @ +HCHO +NaOH —> ocn, cHOH cHO CHO Aniline reacts with phosgene and KOH to form 2014) On @ ¢ (b) NHCOCI © (oy coe NCO @ (oy Which of the following does not give ceffervescences of CO, with aq. NaHCO, —- cl solution? [2014] (@)_H,CO, on NO, © No,c-68 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers a 10. When ethylamine react with sodium meta, the as evolved is 12010] ON NO; © @ 1, ©) Cty © @ Nii Oma 11, Which ofthe following compound is obtained ° byheating ammoniumeyanate? [2009] 6, Identify the prdouet Cin the series [2013] (@) alkane sysen _N&/CaHOH () urea ne (©) ethylamine INO py CW/SBK 6 (© ammoniumibcoane @ CHCOOH 12, thoi ofan aed ein gies (®) CH,CHjNHOH (@ CHNC (©) CH,COOC;H, (© CH,CONH (© CH;COoH — @)_CHYCHOH @ CH,CHO "1 Sh When NH, is passed over heated metal A, its 13 CH3NO2 yoy? CHa% the contain amides formed, The metal is 12013) 120071 @ Mg @) K @ -NH, (®) -COoH © Al @ Pb (© -cHO @ (C,Co,0 8. Stephen's reduction isamethod for preparation 14, Methyl cyanide can be converted into acct of pe acid by one ofthe following reaction: [2006] (@) Amines (©) Alcohols (@) reduction (0) hydrolysis (© Aldehydes (@)_Carboxylicacids (©) clectrolysis __(@)_ decarboxylation 9. Aniline reacts with nitrous acid to produce «18. The correct order ofthe increasing basicity of| (2011) (@) phenol (b) nitrobenzene (©) chlorobenzene (@)_ benzene diazonium chloride ‘methylamine, ammonia and aniline is (@)_ methyl amine C,H,NH.COCI +HC] —*5CgHsNCO+HCI (@ Each of them decompose aqueous solution ‘of NaHCO, Recal that when at least two NO,groups are present in ortho and para positions with respect to phenolic -OH ‘group, it becomes highly acidic and gives effervescences of CO, with aq. NaHCO, solution. @ CHjCNAYSHSOH cH CH,NH wy EN cH;CH,0H—* + CHyCHO BK © (©) When Potassium is treated with ammonia, then potassium amide is obtained K+NH,;—> KNH, +44) Po. amie (© In Stephen's reduction cyanides are redduced 10 aldehydes by SnCi, +cone. HCL (@ When aniline istreated with nitrous acid in the presence of HCI, then benzene diazonium chloride is obtained NH; © -r0,-20— CoHsN =NCI +NaCl +2H0 (Benzene diazonium chore) 10. nL. 2. 1B. Ts @ © © @ © o When ethylamine is heated with sodium ‘metal, then hydrogen gas is evolved, 2C)HsNHy +2Na —> 2C,HsNHNa+ Ht Urea is obtained by heating ammonium cyanate NH4CNO —*> NH,CONH, Ammonium cyanate rea Hydrolysis of acetonitrile in acid medium, gives acetic acid. CH; ~C=N+2H,0 CH COOH + NH; (On hydrogenation of methyl nitrate inthe presence of SnCl, and HCI, then methyl amine is formed. on CHjNO, M2 CH NH, +2120 CH,CN can be converted into acetic acid by hydrolysis. cHycn 22, cH, coon In aniline the lone pair on N is involved in delocalization with benzene ring and isnot available for protonation. Methyl amine is ‘a stronger base than ammonia because + 1 effect of methyl group increases electron density on N making it more basic than NH, F 8, y= CH, > NH, “eet increases — tsi Cannot be protonated. least basicBiomolecules Which has glycosidic linkage? (a) amylopectin (b) amylase (©) cellulose (@) all of these Which one ofthe following an amine hormone? (2017) 12017] (@) Thyroxine (©) Oxypurin (©) Insulin (@)_ Progesterone Fructose on reduction gives a mixture of two alcohols which arerelated as 12016) (a) diastereomers —(b)_ epimers (©) both(a)and (b) (@)_anomers, ‘What will hppen when D-(+)-glucaseis treated with methanolic —HCI followed by Tollens’ reagent ? 2016} (@) black ppt. will be formed (0) Ared ppt. will be formed (©) Agroen colour will appear (@) No characteristic colour or ppt. will be formed. ‘The metal present in vitamin B, is (@) magnesium (b) cobalt (©) copper (@ zine A sequence of how many nucleotides in messenger RNA makes a codon for an amino (2015) acid? 12015] (@) Three (b) Four (©) One (@) Two Which functional group parti disulphide bond formation in proteins? [2014] (a) Thioester (b) Thioether (©) Thiol (a) Thiolactone Insulin production and its action in human body are responsible for the level of diabetes. This ‘compound belongs to which of the following ‘categories ? 12013] (@) Anenzyme ——(b) Ahormone (©) Aco-nzyme —_(d)_Anantibiotic Which statement is incorrect about peptide bond? 2013] (@)_ C-Ntond length in proteins is longer than usual C-N bond length 10. nL. 2. 1B. 4 1s. 16. Chapter 28 (b) spectroscopic analysis shows planar structure of —C-NH~ bond i 6 (©) C-Nbond length in proteins is smaller than usual C-N bond length (2) none of these The helical structure of protein is stabilised by 2012) (@)_peptide bonds () dipeptide bonds (©) hydrogen bonds (@)_vander waals forces ‘Complete hydrolysis of cellulose gives [2012] (@) D-ribose (©) D-glucose (©) Leglucose (@)_ D-fructose ‘The structural feature which distinguishes proline from natural a-aminoacids? [2011] (@)Prolineis optically inactive (b)_Prolinecontains aromatic group (©). Prolineisa dicarboxylicacid (@) Proline is secondary amine The secondary structure ofa protein refers to 12010) (@) fixed configuration ofthe polypeptide back- bone (b) helical backbone (6) hydrophobic interactions (@)_sequence of amino acids Which of the following statements about vitamin B-12.isincorredt? 12009] (@)_ Ithasa cobalt atom (©) It also occurs in plants (©) Itisalsopresent in rain water (@)_Itisneeded for human body in very small amounts The hormone which controls the processes of ‘burning of fats, proteins and carbohydrates to liberate energy in the body is 12008] (@) Cortisone (b) Adrenaline (©) thyroxine (@, Insulin The water soluble vitamin is @B ®K OE (2007) @D GP_3355Biomolecules c-71 TT. Scuny iscausd bythe defseneyovianin—@) Thyerine Progesterone 12006] (c) Adrenaline (d)_ Estron’ DOC © % @ An 1, Dehceneyafviamin ews (ans 18. Which of the following hormones contain iodine? (@) Loss of fertility (b) Impaired clotting [2005] (c) Scurvy (d) Night blindness Hints & Solutions 1. @_ Glycosidic linkage is a type of covalent 8. —() Insulin is a biochemically active peptide bond that joins either two carbohydrate harmone seereted by pancreas. (Sigs) molecu or one carbnhydat to 9 @) Due to resonance, swath gop. All molester show sich Bi ; type of linkages. u- a -t NH-,C-N 2% @_ Thyroxine is an amine hormone. bond acquires some double bond character, 3. (© Ketseron oven poducea ne cial owe carbon leading to the formation of two 49, (@) Fibrousproteins have thread like molecules isomeric aleohols which are diastereomeric which lie side by side to form fibres. The ‘as well as C-2 epimers. ‘various molecules are held together by 4. @_ Reaction of D-(+}-glucose with methanolic hydrogen bonds. —HCI leads to formation of methyl hw slucoside (C;—OH group is methyated) M~ ) (CHyOs)n-+nH,0—“ nC HO which, being acetal, is not hydrolysable nicer by base, 30 it will not respond Tollens” 12. @)_ Proline contains imino (secondary amino), reagent Nit erp 5.) Cobalt is present in vitamin B,» 13. (b) Thesecondary structure ofa protein refers, 6 (a) The sequence of bases in mRNA are read tothe shape in which a long peptide chain in a serial order in groups of three at a can exist. There are two different time, Each triplet ofnucleotides (having a conformations of the peptide linkage spe sequens of tues) in Brown frosetin protein area hl and Be Codon, Each codon spenifes one amino Contemation The ole aay asa acid. Further since, there are four bases. ‘right handed arrangement. therefore, 4° = 64 triplets or codons are In B—conformation all peptide chains are posse shesieduttoncariymesimm extension “ss fn hn i sds by sido el together by 1 PRS HERS intermolecular hydrogen bonds. The aoe vce resembles the pleted ids of io} Grapory and three is known B- muoccucnsa Ol plened sh “a 14.) Vitamin B,, does not occur in plants tine 18. @ Insulin 16. (@)_B, iswater soluble vitamin HO,CCHCH,S-SCHCHCO,H 17.) Sturey ib caused bythe deficiency of 7 7 amine sine 18 (@) Thyme contains ating BG) Losorfetyiscaued by vianin EPolymers 1. Which of the following can be repeatedly soften. ‘on heating? @_ Polystyrene (ii) Polyesters 12017] (Melamine Gv) Polyethylene Chapter 29 (&) CHL=cHcl (v) Neoprene @ CH, @) (and id (©) G@andivy 5. Eboniteis 12007) (©) Gii),Gv)and() (@) Gi)and Gv) (@) Natural rubber 2. Formation of polyethylene from calcium carbide (©). Synthetic rubber takes place as follows [2016] (©) Highly vulcanized rubber CaCy +2H;0—>Ca(OH)2 +CpH (@) Polypropene ee 6. Biodegradable polymer which can be produced 2M +Hy— CaM fiom glycine and aminocaproic acid is: [2008] CH —(-CH ~CH3p (@) PuBY ©) Buna-N The amount of polyethylene obtained from ©. Nylen6,6 (@ Nylon 2-nylon 6 64.1 kg of CaC, is 7. Polymer formation from monomers starts by (@) kg (b) 1kg (0) 21kg(@) 28kg [20061 3. Polymer used in bullet proof glass is [2015] (@) condensation reaction between monomers (@) Lexan (&) PMMA (b)_ coordinate reaction between monomers (©) Namex (@ Kevlar (©) conversion of monomer to monomer ions 4. Which one ofthe following monomers gives the polymer neoprene on polymerization? [201 by protons (@)_ hydrolysis of monomers. Hints & Solutions 1. (@) Polystyrene and polyethylene belong to a the category of thermoplastic polymers pees which are capable ofrepeatedly softening * ( RCH2 TCH” Hy X80 Chioprene on heating and harden on cooling. a (@ The concemed chemical reactions are 4 CH -CH = C-CH}, Neoprene © Cua tHa0 > CaOH)a Calla, 5.) Eboniteis ahard highly vuleanized rubber, (i) GMs, > CH, containing 20-30%, rubber Btylene 28g 6 @ H,N—CH—COOH+ Gil) nC3Hy > [-CHy ~CH-Jy Ciscoe dike m28kapotene H,N— (CH, COOH or 28he Or 28k “Amincapi acid Thus 64 kg of CaC, gives 26 kg of acetylene (HN—CH,—CO—NH—(CH,),—CO)— which in turn gives 28 kg of ethylene whose Nylon 230-6 28kg gives 28kgofthe polymer polythene. 7+ (@)_Polymerisaton starts either by condensation 3.) PMMA is used in bullet proof glass ‘or addition reactions between monomers GP_3355Chapter 30 Chemistry in Action (62. Theimportant antioxidant used in food is [2016] (©) N-acetyl-para-aminophenol (@) Bir () BHC (©) diazepam © BIX (@ Allthe three (@)_tetrahydrocatenol 47, Cobalt (60) isotope is used in the treatment of: 3+ _Bithional is generally added tothe soaps as an 2015] additive to function as a/an 2008] (@) Heart diseases (b) Skin diseases (@)_ Dryer (&). Buffering agent (©) Diabetes (@ Cancer (©) Antiseptic (@)_Sofiner 18. Which of the following can possibly be used 16. The substance which is not an artificial as analgesic without causing addiction and sweetener 2007) modification? 014] (@)_ Sueralose (©) Alitame (@)_ momphine (©). Saccharin (@ Sucrose Hints & Solutions 62. (@)_ BHT is an important antioxidant used in 18. () food. 3. (©) Bithionol is added to soaps to impart 47. (@&_ Cobalt (60) isotope is used inthe treatment © antiseptie properties. * of cancer. 16. (@ Sucrose isa natural sweetner.3. Analytical Chemistry Correct formula of the complex formed in the brown ring test fornitrates is 12017) (@) FeSO,NO—(b) [Fe H,0),.NOP* ©) [FelHO,NO} (A) [FetH0),NO}* Sometimes, the colour observed in Lassaigne's test for nitrogen is green. It is because [2016] (@) of green colour of ferrous sulphate (®) ferric ferrocyanide is also green (©) of green colour of copper sulphate (@)_ofexcess of "ions whose yellow colour ‘makes he blue colour of ferric ferrocyanide to appear green. Which of the following ions can be separated byag. NH,OHin presence of NH,CI [2014] (@) APrand Fe” (b) Cand AP* (©) Cand AP* —@)_None of these 3.92 g of ferrous ammonium sulphate react expe wih 50 nt“ MNO, son ‘The percentage purity of the sample is 12014, 2006] @ 9 ) 74 ©) OM @) 392 ‘A mixture of chlorides of copper, cadmium, chromium, iron and aluminium was dissolved in water acidified with HCl and hydrogen sulphide ‘gas was passed for sufficient time. It was filtered, boiled and a few drops of nitric acid ‘were added while boiling. To this solution ‘ammonium chloride and sodium hydroxide were added and filtered. The filterate shall give test fer. 2013] (@) Sodium and iron (@) Sogiumand aluminium (©) Aluminium and iron (@) Sodium, iron, cadmium and Al Volume of 3% solution of sodium carbonate necessary toneutralisea litre of 0.1 N sulphuric acid 12013) (@) 17666 mi (b) 1566mi (©)_ 1160 mi (@)196.1mt 0.45 gofacid molecular weight 90 is neutralised by 20ml of 0.SN caustic potash. The basicity of acid is [2012] 2 @ 1 ©3 @4 9. 10, nL 2D 1B. 4 Chapter 31 Inthe reaction of KMn0, with an oxalate in medium, MnO, is reduced to Mn?" and C203" isoxidised to CO,, Hence, 50 ml of 0.02 MKMn0, is equivalent to 2012) (@) 100ml of0.05MH.C.0, () S0mlof0.0SMH.C.O, (©) 25mlof0.2MILC,0, (@)_50mlof0.10M11,C,0, Which of the following ‘ammonium sulphide? (2012) @) Cu (b) CaS SnS @) PbS Which of the following cannot give iadometric titration? Pont] (a) Fe (b) Cu (6) Pb* d) Ag™ ‘Acetaldehyde and acetone can be distinguished [2011] ‘soluble in yellow {@)Iodoform test (b)_Nitroprusside test (6). Fehlings solution test @ C&Ptest When H,S gas is passed through the HCI containing aqueous Solution of CuCl, HgCl, BIC, and CoCl, it does not precipitate out 2010) @) CuS () Hes (© BiS,@ Cos Which one of the following statements is correct? [2010] (@) Froma mixed precipitatcof AgCl and Agl, ammonia solution dissolves only AgCl (©) Ferre ions give a deep green prespitate ‘on adding potassium ferroeyanide solution (©) Onboiling a solution having K*, Ca and HCO; ions we get a precipitate of K,Ca(Co,), (© Manganese salts give a violet borax bead testin the reducing flame ‘Three separate samples ofa solution ofa single salt gave these results. One formed a white precipitate with excess ammonia solution, one formed. white precipitate with dil, HClsolution and one formed a black precipitate with H.S. ‘The salt could be 2010) (@) AgNO. (&) PHNO,), (©) Hg(NO,), (@) Mnso, GP_3355Analytical Chemistry c-75 15. 16. 1. 18, 19. 20, a. Experiment to study kinetics of the dissociation ‘of hydrogen peroxide must be performed by ‘group of two or three so that 12010) {@)_ when one is recording data other should be swirling flask at constant rate (b) experiment can be performed by one student only as outcomes are independent on rate ‘ofmixing ofmixture I and 3 (©) for safety purpose (@)_none of these Ammonia forms the complex ion [Cu(NH,),]** ‘with copper ions in alkaline solutions but not in acide solutions. What isthe reason for it? 12009) Inacidie solutions protons coordinate with ammonia molecules forming NH ionsand NH, molecules are not available @ (©) Inalkaline solutions insoluble Cu(OH) is precipitated which is soluble in excess of any alkali (© Copper hydroxide is an amphoteric substance (@) In acidic solutions hydration protects copper ions An aqueous solution of a substance gives a white precipitate on treatment with dil. HCl which | dissolves on heating. When H,S is passed through the hot acidic solution, a black precipitate is obtained. The substance is a 12009] (@) He} salt (&) CaP salt (© Ag’ salt (@)_ Pb salt ‘The weight of oxalic acid required to neutralise 100 mlofnormal NaOH 2009] @) 63g (b) 126g (©) 530g) 63g How do we differentiate between Fe™* and Cr* in group III? [2008] (@)_ bytaking excess of NH,OH solution (©) by increasing NH} ion concentration (©) bydecreasing OH" ion concentration ()_both (b) and (c). Which ofthe following pairis not distinguished by passing HS ? 12008], (a) Hg, Pb (b) Cd, Pb (©) As,Cd (@) Zn, Mn A lite dilute hydrochloric avid i dropped ona pH paper. The colour of the pH paper turns to 12008) (©) lightgreen (@)brightyellow (@)darkpink (©) light biue 2 28, 27, 29, (A gas °X is passed through water to form a saturated solution, The aqueous solution on treatment with silver nitrate gives a white precipitate. The saturated aqueous solution also {issolves magnesium ribbon with evolution of ‘colourless gus'Y"Identify'X and". [2007] (@) X=CO,Y=Cl, (0) X=CL,Y=Ct © xrepon? @ Xomy o Aonclite isis fl ofbrowm bromine vapors. The intensity of brown colour of vapour will not decrease appreciably on adding othe flask some 2007] (@). Pieces of marble (©) Animal charcoal powder (6) Carbon tetrachloride (@ Carbon disulphide ‘An organic compound is treated with NaNO, and di. HCL at 0°C. The resulting solution is ‘added io an alkaline solution of f-naphthol ‘whereby brilliant red dye is produced Itshows the presence of 120071 (@) —NO, group ()_aromitie-NH, group (©) - CONH, group (@) aliphatic” NF group ‘The gas that tums lime water milkyis [2006] @) C0, () 80, (©) Both of these _(@)_ Note of these Phenol canbe distinguished from ethyl alcohol byall reagents except 12006) (@) NaOH @) Fecl, (©) BryHo () Na ‘The cofrest method of finding the pH of a solution is to 12005} (@)_ heat the solution in a test tube and expose the pH paper tothe vapours formed, (©) pour few drops of the solution from the test tube on the pH paper. (@) drop the pH paper inthe solution. (@)_ puta drop ofthe solution on the pH paper using a dropper. Which ofthe following impart green colour to the burner flame? 12003} (@) B(OMe), (b) Na(OMe) (© AlOR), (@) So(OH), A red solid is insoluble in water. However it ‘becomes soluble if some KI is added to water. Heating the red solid in a test tube results in liberation of some violet coloured fumes and droplets ofa metal appear on the cooler parts of the test tube. The red solid is 12005) @) Het @) Heo ©) P60, @) (NHY,Cr,can BITSAT Tope Sted Papers Hints & Solutions 1 @ 14. @ PANO), +2NHL0H © @ atthough biue coloured terre SBhotn,4 + 2NHLNO, (whiten) 2 © 4 @ 5 @) 6 @ 2 @ 1. © 2 @ B. @ ferrocyanide is formed but due to the presence of yellow coloured Fe* salts, the blue colour gives the shade of green. Cus of group Il and Als of group IIL of cation analysis, s0x1 1000%10 ., Eq of FAS reacted = 0.005 weight of FAS needed 0,005 «392 1.968 ‘Thus percentage purity of FAS is 50% CuS and CdS are precipitated by HS. Hydroxide of Al will pass into the solution inthe form of NaAIO, being amphotericin nature, Hence filtrate will give test for sodium and aluminium Normality of 3%Na,CO, 3x100 33100 For H,$0, sol. N,= 0.1, V, For Na,CO, sl, Now apply N,V, =N3V, Eq of KMnO, used = = 0.005 S66N 100 mi MiMi _ otxt00m ye NM Obst000 95 Ne ofa 245 20705 ag nas Ewt 1000 “ Mut _ 90 Ew 45 ‘SnS +(NH,), S,-> (NH), SnS, soluble There is no reaction between I- and Fe™*. Acetaldehyde is easily oxidised to acetic acid by amild oxidising agent like Febling solution, Acetone is not easly oxidised Both acetone and acetaldehyde give iodoform test. ther two conditions are not relevant to aldehydes and ketones. CoS is not precipitated in acidic medium, Ammonia can dissolve ppt. of AgCl only due to formation ofcomplex as given below: ‘AgC*2NH, —> (Ag (NH,) ICL Bas 19. 20, a. 2, 2B. 24, @ @ @ @ @ © @ © © @ @ PO(NO,), + 2HCL > PHCI,L + 2HNO, (white ppt) PH(NO,), + H,S—> PbS +2HINO, (black) NH; +11 (acidie medium) =» NHj OCI, is insoluble in cold water, soluble in hot water and PbS is black ppt in acidic ‘medium, ‘Number of Eq. of NaOH = Number of Eq, ofoxalic acid “then 10001 _ wt of oxalic acid 1000 8 2 W=638 NH ions are increased to suppress release of OH” ions, hence solubility product of Fe(OH), is attained. Colour of precipitate is different Both Hg and Pb give black ppt with H,S (HigS and PbS), Cl, +H,0-> HOCI+ HCI HCI + Mg -> MgCl; + Ht CCl, andCS, disstove bromine very much, animal charcoal wil adsorb it. Only marble willnot effect it S-x0+ Both CO, and SO, turn lime water milky due to CaCO, and CaSO, formation. 27. @ (OMe), imparts green colour to theburner flame. Hel, +KI > K3Hel, (insoluble) (soluble) (On heating Hgl, decomposes as Hel, = Hg+1, GP_3355” SECTION Ill - MATHEMATICS Sets Let, B, C befinitesets. Suppose that n (A)= 10, 5,n (C)= 20,n (AMB) = Band (BOC) Then the possible value of (AUBUC) is 2017) @ % (b) 27 (©) 2B (@) Canbe26or270r28 ‘Two finite sets have m and n elements, The number of subsets of the first set is 112 more than that of the second set. The values of mand nespectively are, 2016] @ 47 0) 74 © 44 @ 17 ‘The set (4 \.B) U (B\ A) is equal to [2014] @ [ANB (b) (AUB)\(ANB) © A\(AnB) @ ARB\AUB A. class has 175 students. The following data shows the numberof students obtaining one ot more subjects. Mathematics 100, Physics 70, Chemistry 40; Mathematics and Physies 30, Mathematics and Chemistry 28, Physics and Chemistry 23: Mathematics, Physics and (Chemistry 18. Howmany students have offered Mathematics alone? [2013] fa) 35 (b) 48 © oO @d)2 Let Aand B be two sets then (AUB) ‘U(A ‘>B) isequal to 012] Chapter 1 @ A’ mA © B’ (@) None of these Let A= {xix eR|sf n=4andm=7 61-6 3.) Given set can be written as Maxn(AUB)=n(A)+n(B)=9 (A=B)U(B~A)=(AUB)- (AB) ED (By definition of symmetric difference) cere adem neh HaneeA\BUBVA)ALBNATE) OT a be thea of students ia 4 (© m(Malone) physics class. KM) - AMC) b+ MACAO Given n(C)=20,n(P)=30andn (CP)= 10, Wehave ofind n (CUP) Iftwo classes meet tthe same hour, then CAP= 6 [Noenrollmentis possible in both course inthis case.) So,n(CUP)=n(C)+n(P)=50 Iftwo classes meet at diferent hours, then 1n(CaP)=10 (given) S0,n (CUP)=n(C) “a =(CAP)=40 = 100-28-30+ 18= 60 10, (€) Given sets 5 (@) From Venn-Euler’s Diagram. (AvBy (AUBY'U(ANB)= At {(a,b):2a? +36? =35,4,beZ} We can see that, 2(42)? +3(43)? = 35 and 2(44)? +3(41)? =35, 2,3,2-9,2-,(2,3,4,0, =), (C4,-1),C4, 1)are 8 elements ofthe set =8.Relations and Functions Chapter 2 @ C3] 0) =) 1. Ifx is real number, then Paseo Must lie 1 between 2017] © B® © G3] @ + andi () -1and + 6 The domain of the functions f (x) = log, log, uy vy log, xis [2007] (©) -L1 an ean (@) [4%) (b) A.) a @ i a (©) C4) (@) None of these 2. ‘The domain ofthe funtion 5 fl 7. Therange ofthe function (8) = 5° is 2006) 100)= n(n (43)-1) aoa 5 s @ OD ® G1 © [L%) @ d.% @) ,nuf$) OC. ou(§ 3. Letxand ybe two natural numbers such that xy 7 = 12(x-+y)andx (y+1-6) +146) 20 Crt Days p20 > O-DUly+)s0 yuMad BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers ly =Gy-Dy-3)s0 x 1 1 5 tet orbs] een [3] 3. (a) xy—12x—12y=0 = (x— 12) (y—12)= 144 5s. © [Now 144 can be factorsed into wo factors x and y where x < y and the factors are (1,148), 2,72), 48), 4,36), (6,28), 8,18), 16,12, 12. Thus there are cight solutions f(x) =0 y xeR = £(3)-f2)=0 2 Lety= 7 xx] Sxy-D+xy+D+0-D=0 ye (y+? ay ~1P 29-) ~(y +1) y-3y? +10y-3 29-D axe isreal it y-le0>ye1 Ify= 1 then original equation gives x=0, sotaking y= | ‘Also 3y?— 10y+3<0 2 (©) f(9)is defined if log, log, x> 0, loz, x>0 andx>0 => logy x>3°= 1, x>4°andx>0 = x>4l,x> Landx> 09x24 Domain of f= (4, 2) (a) For f (x) to be defined, 3 - x?" 0 iexes § Domain of = R (# J3 } 2_yGy-5) Now, let y= a Sx 3-7 y Forx tobereal,x220= yy-5)20 Also y#0 5 sy ysOor y25 Hence, range off (©) For f(x) to be defined, we must have 22-3 42=(-1)—2)>0=94<1 o>? Domain of 20,1) (2, 9). GP_33552 1 Trigonometric Functions The number of roots of equation osx +008 2x + c0s3x = is (0x 2m) (2017, 2012] @ 4 (b) 5 ©) 6 @s IfA and B are positive acute angles satisfying 3cos? A+2c0s? B= 4 and SSA _ 20088 sinB cos” ‘Then the value of A+ 2Bis equal to: — [2016] @%F OF OF OF Ifsin6, +sin 0, +sin0; =3,then cos +088) +6053 = 2016 @0 1 ©2.° @3 Iftan (cot) = cot (tan x), then sin 2x isequal to (2016) 2 © Gare © Garde 4 © Tarde © varie ‘The general solution of the equation sin2x+2sinx+2eosx+1=0is [2016] x (@ jinn () donee (21) sin! x @ mF eS =m then the value of (n?—n?) sin? Bis 015) @ FP Pr On @-r ‘The period of an 30 is ors] @ 7 () 34 (©) m2 (@) None of these 9 10. n. nD 13. 4. 18. Chapter 3 Ssin0-3c0s0 _ IF tan0=4, then SOS a0n4y @o 1 OW 6 cos*(®.+6)~sin?(® 0) = cos*( +0) -sin?(#-0) (2014) ten eo 1 1 © = 700820 @ 2 The solution of 2 c0sx~1) @ +26053)=Oin theimervalO 1 <2nis [2014] * x Sn oF, aor #5 og t(_3 © ES cov'(-3)@ None othe If xsin? 0+ ycos? 0 = sinOcos @ and xsin® = ycos®, then x? +y? = @ 1 ) 2 © 0 (@) None of these If cos 70=cos0 sin 46, then the general value (2013) of Bis [2013] @ Skecz oy Scors © BSF @ ZSre Ifsin 20 + sin24= 1/2, c0320 +e0s2=3/2 then ‘cos? (8 - 4) is equal to [2012] @ 38 (bo) 58 ©) 34 d) 54 ittana= 1 andtan B=5, then find he value of A+B Poy @n ) 2 © 7 @ 7 lesin 0=— and tan 0=1/ V5 then 0= pony (a) 2nxt+ 6 (b) 2nn+1 1/6 (©) 2nn+7n'6 (d) 2nn+n4M-6 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 16, 2080, S00 is equal to Pow} (@) 0=2nnt= —— (b) O=nn +1" = * 1=tan@ “ 1-cot® ae . 6 or 6 (@) sind cos 0 (b) sind + cos 8 1" x (©) tand+cot ——(@) tan cot 0 © O=m+E —— @ oe mn-F 17. If 12cot? @~31eosec@ + 32 = 0, then the 25. aenaaaammnmn (7 value of sind is 2 =—w® 1 lw 3 wh 3 2 4 26. IfA=cos? 0 +sin4 0, then for all real values of 8 @ Fal © 505 12007] 3 4 1 @ 1sAs2 @ Z 2c0s” B-1=4-3e0s” A-1 = ¢052B = 3(1-cos? A) =3 i) and 2 cos B sin B=3 sin A.cos A sin2B=3 sin A.cos A i) Now, £08 (A+ 2B) = 605 A 08 2B ~sin Asin 2B cos (3 sin? A) sin AG sin Acos A)=0 [using eqs. (and (i) = Av2B=% 2 (a) Since, sin @, + sin 0, +sin 0,=3 sin@,=sin®,=sin@= 18, 0s 8, + cos 8 + cos 85 =0 (b) -» tan(eotx) = cot(tan x) = 4 = sin2x= ane Qn+lr 2°46 (@ Given, sin 2x+2sin x+2cosx+1=0 = L+sin 2x +2(sinx+.008 x) =0 3 (sinx +008 x)? +2(sin x-+608x)= 0 => (sin x +008 x) (sin x-+e0s x +2) sinx +.cosx 0 oF sinx-+cosx But, sinx +cos x =~2 is inadmissible. Since, sin x|I,|cosx |< 1 : sinseore0 (x02) Squaring and adding, we get ? cos*B + m?sin2B 2 (1 sin2B) + sin2B (=n?) sineB= (@) {and is of period x so that tan 30 is of period 23 © stand=4=>1an0=4 sind and cos| sx A 3 5 Ssino-3e0s0 > Jat “Jai. _1 > Ssindr20058 5, 4 49,5. 6 fat Jat (@ 00s*(%+6) sin? (%-0)M-8 10. (@) Wehave (2c0sx— 1) (3 +2.c0sx)=0 ig eon = 190, then osx = x=n3,5n3 1f3 +2.cosx=0, the cos.x which is not possible. 3/2 IL. (a) xsin?+ycos*@=sin@cos® (i) and xsin0= ycos0 aii) Equation (i) may be written as xsin®.sin? 6+ ycos? @=sinBcos@ = ycos@sin? 6+ yoos' @=sincos® = yc0s O(sin? 6+ cos? 8) = sin cos 6 > yoos0 =sinBc0s0 <. y=sin® (ii) Puttingthe value ofy from (ii) in (i, we get xsinO=sin0,cos0=> x =c0s0 (iv) ‘Squaring (ii) and (iv), and adding, we get x? +y? = cos? O+sin?0=1 R. +, sin40=0 or sin30=+ 2 => 40=nx or 305 ne ("= or yen = = 02% or Fey ee 4 13, (b)Usingeosine formula 2.c08 (8+ 4) cos (8-4) tan A + tanB “4 tan A tan B cos0_| sind __cosd 1 @ ~tan@ 1-cot® cos? sin?@ 17. (©) 12cot? @-3lcosec 8+3 $0 sin 49 => sin 40=cos cos 70 sin 40sin30 = sin40(1~2sin30) =0 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 15. (@) We shall first consider values of ® between 0 and o--t a (x4) sin @=— $= ~sin Z = sin (+E orsin (2n—1/6) = Trl6 ; LI W6 tan 0= 1/y5 tan (6 ortan (+ 1/6) O=n6, 706 ‘The valu of O which sass bah th equations isto Hence the general value of is 2nn-+ 7/6 where nel cos8—sin8 cos0—sind => 12(cosec*0-1)—3leosee 0+32= 0 > 12cosee?0-3leosee 0+20 = 0 > Reoses"9-16e0see -1Seose0 0420 0 = (eosee 0 -5)eosee 6-4) = 0 3 os <-sind=4, 3 sa 18. Viemer-amarean= at c. J3 ~ JB tan 40° tan 20°= tan 40° + tan 20° Henoetan 40°+tan 20°-+ 3 tan 40° tan20°= V3 Tsing > cosecd Treosa+ sine. (U+sina)? ~cos? a * (sina) (+ cosa+ sina) T¥sing 2sina(1+sina) “(sina) (r+ eosa+ sina) 2sina “Treosatsina * GP_3355Trigonometric Functions M-9 2 2 2sin @cos® sanesa_? ote (22000) 20. (c) enesin2s, “ses 2 =] (in20)? = 4 (1 -A)= sin? 26 =n 28 0<4(1~A)<1 [--0 0s1-AsI4 >1-A2 0ieAsl x and|-A 8e0s x -8cos? x = (1+.c08x) = sin29 +cosec’@ =2 => geo? x—6eosx+1=0 28.) cot x(I—cosx)=1-cosx 1=cos x= 0; e0sx=1 = Geos x=)? =0 = 3e0s x-1=0 © cotx=1; x=nne > cosx == ease (say) = x= nator = x = 2ne is not possible as cot x is not defined at nx on sco) where ne Hence, x= net = (n+ 1) nel -V2(cos15°-sin 15°) = SB xsi cos Zcos1s*—sin4 sin] 2 © ) 5 29. (@) Giventhat see = 7 1+ tan?(9/2) __ 5 _ 1+ tan?(9/2) [cos 45° cos 15° sin 45° sin 15°] 1=tan?(0/2) = tan?(0/2) = 2008 (45° + 15°) = 2005 60 23. (©) The given expression => 5~Stan?(8/2) = 44 4tan2(6/2) v3+tanA V3-tanA 2 1 =tanA+————— - 9tan* (8/2) = 1 => tan(0/2): 1-Wtand 1+ V3 tan ~ 3 1 30. (a) Given that 2y cos = xsin0 Ai) en aaa) and 2xsec@—yeosee@=3 ii) 1~3tan? A 1~3tan? A 5 3 2h, Stan A=tan? A) _ 54434 cos sind 1-3tan? A =>2xsin0— ycos0—3sinOcos0 = 0..(iii) 1 Solving (i) and (ii), we gety= sin and 24, tan @=— —— = @ mone x=2cos0 25. (©) 1-2sin?@=sin® => 2sin?6+sin-1=0 ‘Now, x7 +4y? = 4c0s”6+4sin?@ = sin = (cos? 0 +sin? 0) =4 26. (b) A= cos?0+sin'@, i ee (4) ex'0+(1cav 9? =ax0+1-2asrraatg *h wnOr——F mtn |G 1—cos?0 + cost® x 1 A=c0s20 ~ cos4 0 = c0s?0 [1-c0s20] 2 = nn—% 6s Principle of Mathematical Induction 2n)! If then P(n)istrue for 2017] mai 0 © n<0 @ n22 The greatest positive integer, which divides n(n +D(n+2\n+3) forall nen ,is 2014) @2 06 ©4 HM Let T(k) be the statement 1+ 3+ 5+... + (k= 1) H10 Which ofthe following is correct? @ Thistwe ©) Tihistrue > TH+ Distrue 12012) (© Tia)istrue forall n EN (@ Allabove are correct Forn € N, x"! + (x 1)?" is divisible by Pow] @ x © 24x41 (b) x41 @ P-xt1 5s. Chapter 4 10+ 3(42) + 5 is divisible by (ne N) [2009] @7 OS @©9 @N Ifa,=7+\7+J7+.... having n radical signs then by methods of mathematical induction which is true [2008] © a>7TVn21 ay 2" istrue for (2008) (@ m2 () neN © m3 (@ None of these Hints & Solutions (2n)! © ba: Ta Forn “As 21 QP 7 34 which is true, Let for n= m22, P(m)is true PQ) ” mn)! ie, aml gn Am+)) Ne a m2 42 mel (my (m2) _ Qm)m-+ Am +2)4m-+ m+)? Grn 1m + 29m} (n+ (m2) GP_3355Principle of Mathematical Induction 2 3. 5s. _2m+ D241? 2¢m+-1)}! [om +D1F Gm 1m +2) (mE Hence, for n2 2, P(n) is true. (©). The product of r consecutive integers is divisiblebyr Thus (a+ 1) (a+2)(0+ 3) isdivisible by 4!=24. (©) When k= 1, LHS= 1 but RHS= 1+ 10= 11 T()isnottrue Let T( is true. That is 14345+....42k-D=h +10 Now, 143454... (2k-1)+(k+1) =H? +104 2k +1=(k +1)? +10 :-T(k+1) istrue. ‘That is T( is true => T(k +1) is true. But T( ismottrue forall n eN,as (Dis not true (© Forn=1,wehave; Teh Ptah Daxter 1, which is divisible by.2-+.+ 1 For n=2, we have; x"! + (r+ 121 84 (ct IP =Qxt DOA+x+D, which is divisible by x2 + x 1. (©) 10% +3(4"*)+5 Taking n= 10? +344 4 $=100+768-+5=873 ‘Therefore this is divisible by 9. 6) a,> V7<7.Leta,<7 Then ayo = \TFiq => Pyar =140,<7+7<14 => a,,,< J14 <7; Sobythe principle of mathematical induction a, <7 Wn. 0,8,16,24........256 , total 33 values. SK) = 143454.4Qk=1)=3 42 S(I):1=3+1, which isnot true S(1) is not true, PML cannot be applied Let i) istrue, ie 14345...4 2k =I) = 344? 2 14345..4(2k—1+2k41 a 34k 22k H1= 34 (K+)? -S(K) = Sk+1) Let P(n) = n> 2-1 PG) = 6>4 Let P(A) = A> 2s true PER+ 1)=(k+ I= (e+ DRI >(k+ 121 2H (ask+1>2)Complex Numbers and Quadratic Equations If a and are roots of the equation x Peper 2P = 0, such that |a-B Vi0, then p belongs to the set 017, @) 12-5} (b) 3,2} © ©23) @ 8-3) 1. Ife) where == 1 + 2f, then jel is qual (2017) @ ©) [=I © 221 (@) None of these I y= VB +iv3 and 2y = V5+i, then the : (a) firstquadrant (©) third quadrant (b) second quadrant (@ fourth quadrant Ifa, Baretheroos oftheaguaions 2 2x-1=0, hen whats the valu of a? B+ a2 Bp? [2016] @ 2 () 0 © 0 @H Ifa, band c are real numbers then the roots of the equation (x ~ a) (x - 6) + (x - 6) (ec) +(x-0) (xa) =O arealways 12016) (a) real (b) imaginary (©) positive (@) negative ‘The root of the equation 2(1+i)x? -4(2-i)x-S—31=0 which has ‘ereater modulus is 2015) BS S31 Hi @ >o © > @ None Ifcomplex number 2), 23 and 0 are vertices of ‘equilateral tiangle,then 23 +23 —2,2 isequal to 2015} @ 0 & 4-7, © 4+m@1 Universal set, U= {x[x5—6x4+ 1x3 6x2=0) } What is (A> BY equal t0? 12015) 10. u. 2 1B. 4 1s. 16. Chapter @) 1,3) (b) (12,3) © {0,1,3} @) {0,1,2,3} Ife=x+iy, 2/3 =a~ib, then * — 2 =K(@-B) where & is equal to [2014] @ (b) 2 ©3 @4 1 a7 + 5° when simplified has the value [2014] @ 0 (b) | 2 © -% @2 If the roots of x? +x +a =O execed a then [2014] @ 23 © -30,aeR,z=a+ then (@)_ zisalways a positive real number (©) zisalwaysa nogative real number (©) zispurely imaginary number (@)_ such a complex z does not exist Theroots of the equation x?-2 V2.x+1=Oare {2010} andz|z|—az+1=0 pom} (a) Real and different (b)_ Imaginary and different (©) Realand equal (@)_ Rational and different 1p E18 458, then A? +B? equlsto 12019) @ 1 &® oe OA @-« Ifthe expression x?— 11x-+a andx?—14x+2a must have a common factor and a 0, the, the common factor is (2009) @) (x-3) b) (x-6) ©) (x-8) (@) None of these ton For the equation V-- = inne product of roots is zero, then the sum of roots is {2009} dab Bho ig ~2be @9 © bre © dre dre If arg(Z,) = arg(z>), then [2009] (@) ake "(k>0) (b) 22=key(k>0) © Ial=1Z,1 (@ None of these Let a, b, ¢ © Rand ax? + bx + ¢= O has two negative roots, then @ ) © @ (2008) a,b, care of same sign a,b, care ofsame sign a, b,~care of same sign a,~care of same sign and arg(z;7)=0, then [2008] 26. 2. 28. 29, 30. 31. 32. (b) egP= 229 (@ None of these then value of arg (zi) is (2007) @o oF OF OF +isino)* Value of C2s0+isin i, (2007) (cos®-isin@y (@) €0550-+isin50(b) c0s70-isin70 © cosd0-+isin4d @) cosd+isind If the roots of the equation x? +2ax+b=0. arereal and differby at most 2m, m 2 Qthenb lis in the interval 12007) (@) (m2?) & [a?-m?, a?) (© (a7, a?+m?) (A) None of these Ifthe equation x2 +2(k + 1) x +9k-5=0 has only negative roots, then ~ 12006] @ k<0 @) k20 © k26 @ k<6 ‘The value of the expression x4 — 8x3 — 8x +2 when x= 2+V3 is— [2006] @ 0 1 (@2 @3 If a, Bare theroots of x?+ px+q=0, and wisan imaginary cube root of unity, then value of (ovat w?B) (wa + wB) is [2006 @ py (b) 3 © P-24 © p34 ‘Theminimum value of|z| + |z—iJis (2005) @ 0 1 © 2 (d)_ none The number of real roots of 3 (+4) o(ve4) ois [2005] @o 2 @4 Ws Hints & Solutions © Givenquadtaticegp is 7+ prs 2P =o So,a+B 2” P.ap==— Now, given |o—B|= VIO =0~B= tVi0- => (-BY=10 = a?+B*—20B=10 = (a+ BP-40B = 10=> p?-3p-10=0 = p=-2,5 > pe (-2,5}BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers @ @ s2ialeh Sed = 5 Te1-21 l- 1-121)? |=) _ 3-4 V5 SOF T2211 ey (27-437 145i)/3 5 (yea 2 |) -W Gs A 22. as both real and imaginary pats ofthis umber are postive Sine, and pare the roots ofthe equation xt 2x ),then ‘Sum of roots, a +B product of the roots of =~ 1 Since, (a+ B)= 0? + B2-+2aB. = d=02+f2-2 => af+p?=6 op at apt (op)? ‘0 Hess, (2) "sinh rt un ‘and Now, 2B"? + orp Pie = (2+ P= = a+ p+ 202? =36 Sats pt+2=36 > af+pt=34..(0) at+pt 34 (apy (0; [Putting value of + *=34 fiom Equation) Given equation is —a) (x8) + (x—B) (x =e) (rc) -a)=0 = 3x? 2(b+ at 6)x+ab+be+ca=0 Nowhere 4=3, B=-2(a+b+c) C=ab+betea +. pag? a4ac =¥(-2(a+b+0))? -43Xab+be+ea) = NP +P +2 —ab—be-ca =2 | (a8)? (0-0)? +(c-a)"} > = 2) Hab) (oF +(e-a)"} 20 =34 10. n. 801+ 195430) (@) Roots “Ti Ti 25 2 (@) 1,23 Oarevertces ofan equilateral triangle, sowehave 23 +23 +02=2)7+%.040.2, 3 did=n ny? h+d-4n-0 ©) U= x 8—6xt + 13-6 ‘Solving for values of x, we get 40, 1,2,3), A= (x :x2—Sx +6=0} Solving for values ofx, we get A = {2,3} and B= {x:x2—3x+2=0} for values of, we get B= (2, 1} 2} 2. (AM BY=U-(AMB) = (0.1.2.3) 2)= (0.1.3) (a- iby? =a} ib? ~3iab~3ab ® and y=b)-30°b=> f= bP? @ Latfiyertxta Deoat-ua2 0205! fla)>0=>a?+a+a>0=ala+2)>0 cereal pactoer0-toazact ‘The common values ofa area<~2 GP_3355Complex Numbersand Quadratic Equations M15 z+) = 742=0 0 ‘Comparing with the equation 2447 +b=0,wegstan— 3 andb=2. 13. 4. © 15. @) 16. 2 ‘Thus, the locus of = given by the equation 1 3 (isacircle wit centre 5 and radiu We have x3 415 (x41) (x2 =x +1) ‘Therefore, «and f are the complex cube roots of-1 sothat wemay takea=—oand B=-0?, where @ #1 isacuberoot of unity. Thus a! = (-@)! = and 1! = (-@2)! =o? so. that required equation is x? +x+1=0. sin £+i(1-cos2) 5 5 the =2sin cos % + i2sin? 2singg jg TPS To aa (on san) Foramplitude, and = —10 = 9 Wehave, x= Squaring. 12+ 4x P+ a2 =a? +0-2 2235 Dividing +30-+232-11n-6 byx?+4x+7, ‘The second equation can be rewritten as G5) GH) and hence its rots correspond to moa Hencex aL 2. 17. 18 @) 1%. @ 20. ©) 2 (a) @ Putting = a+ 2iin the given equation and comparing imaginarypars, we geta?+4= which is not possible. The diseriminant of the equation (22) -4(1)(1)=8-4=4> Vanda, perfect square ‘so roots are real and different but we can't say that roots are rational because coeffi cients are not rational therefor. avB-+(2v3)' -4 a2 = gat 2 2 thisis irrational .., therootsarereal and different. =>(A+iB) (A-iB) => A+B = Here Letx—a isthe common factor then x = a ig root of the corresponding equation -. a2—lla+a=0 a? —14a+2a=0 Subtracting 3a—a=0=> a=a/3 Hence 118 +a=0,2=00ra=24 93" © (ia) (ia) sincea0,a=24 1x24 thecommon factor of | 2 14, 4 4g 18 clearly x-8 1 14 xta x+b xte or x2 +(atb)x +ab=( = arg(z,"')= arg (Z,) > arg(z,) seen 1aar0,er0, B<05-b<0> b>0 Sa>0,b>0,0>0 Similarly, f'a<0 , we obtain b<0, ¢<0. 28, » 2 (0,0) o “a,b, care ofsamesign 24, (@) Let 2 = H(c0s0, +isin®,) =3]z [122 [12 I-12 en 0 = arg(z,)+ang(z,)=0 = arg(z,)=-0, Therefore, 23 = H(c0s(-0,)-+isin(-0,) j(c0s®, ~isin®,)=%, 29. 30. 1 =?|22 [= 229 G-H2-)+E+)2+) ee) 2s. @ z= a => 2=2=> (iz) =2i, which isthe positive imaginary quantity °. arg (iz) (cos0+isino)* (cos@—isin6)* (cos@ — i sine? (cos 4 0 +i sin 48) {cos (-0) +i sin(-8)}> (03 40+ sin 40) feos(-3)(-0) +isin(-3)(-0)} (cos 40 +i sin 40) {c0s30 + i sin 30} 3s 40 cos 30 sin 40 sin 30 ++i (sin 40 cos 30+ sin30 cos 40) 20s (48 + 38)+ isin (40+30) 08 70++i sin 70 27. @) Let the roots be @ and B, then @+B=—2a and of =b By hypothesis |a-B|<2m= (a-p)* <4m? => (+B)? —4ap < 4m? = (cos + i sind)* 26.) 32. = 4a? —4b < 4m? = b> a? —m? Again, therootsarereal and distinet -.D>0 34a? 4b > 0 => b0 Now, D20=>4(k+1)2-36k +2020 K-Tk+620 = (k-I)(k-6)20 kslork26 a) (a+B)<0=>-2(k+1)<0 kHl>0=k>-1 7 and, £(0)>0=>9k-S>0=>k<5/9 (iil) From (i), (ii), (iii), weget k> 6. + V3 K2P=3 ig de+1-0 0) 8x3 + 24x? —32x+ 1 x88 + 1828+ 24602 4x +1)-1= 0. From (i).xt=8x° + 182 8x+2=1 Wehave a+B=-p, ap=q Now (wa.+w?p)(w2a + wB) P+? a8 =a? +p? +(w+w?)a = (a+) ~3aB=p? ~3q ore Pa ° Using the result, 2]-lel Jeg, we get {since |= [2] tz-il=|2l+ li-2) ‘minimum value of z| + |z-i] is 1 ; wena (e+! e(a+4) <0 (aes -]-< citherx+ 4=0 3x8=-15x=8i (ort) r1=0 2+ 4b3-0 oxteattis0 ao BL ae 5 ‘There is no real root.Linear Inequalities The necessary condition for third quadrant region in xy-plane, is [2014] (a) x>0,y<0 (b) x<0,y<0 © x<0,y>0 @ x<0,y=0 Ix satisfies| 3 x—2|+|3x—4|+|3x—6|2 12, then 2013) osxe® Bs @osey OR aeF (© xsOorx25 —— @ x22only Chapter 6 (@) None of these © 60 23 (4rod then x lies in the interval [2009] 5 2 o [) o (2) @(- 3. Which of the following is not a vertex of the 5 Number ofsolution for the system of inequalities positive region bounded by the inqualities 2x + peyie 3y<6,5x+3ysISandx, y20 on) eeleoe a @) 0,2) (b) 0,0) @l 2 @©3 @o Hints & Solutions 1.) Itis obvious. ” Diving Rat, and, anaes a (©) Dividing Rat 5, 3 and2, analyse cases. 2 When 2, theineqaliy becomes 2-3x+4—3x+6-3x2 12. implying-9x2>0=x<0, shen 22 he nay becomes a inet Bedehtt e622, costtegs!t implying x2 24-9283 ‘The inequality in invalid in the other two Hence, x (he . i ee @ _ Thegiven system of inequalities is equiva- Gather <00rx2 83 ra 3. (© 4000.2, (0,0 and ,0 ae vertssot leniothessiem { FSf feasible region. Hence option (d) is correct. since either inequality ofthe system is re- placed by an equivalent inequality. The ob- {ained system has no solution, consequently, the given system has no solution either.3. Permutations & Combinations ow many different nine digit numbers can be formed from the number 223355888 by rearranging its digits so that the odd digits ‘occupy even positions ? 017 @ 6 b) % = ©@ 19 Statement 1: A five digit number divisibleby3 is tobe formed using the digits 0,1, 2,3, 4and 5 with repetition. The total number formed are 216. Statement 2: Ifsum of digits of any number is divisible by 3 then the number must be divisible by3. P2017] (@)Statement-1 is tue, Statement-2is trueand ‘sacorrect explanation for Statement 1 (b) Statement -I is true, Statement -2 is true and is NOT a correct explanation for Statement -1 (©). Statement- 1istrue, Statement-2 is false (@)_ Statement -1is false, Statement -2is rue Sy = thena-nisonalto Wo, as (2017) @ 0 I © 2 (@) None of these Thenumber of values of satisf¥ing the equation, C34 PC 2 = PCr PCy is [2016] @1 ®2 ©3 @4 All the words that can be formed using alphabets A, H, L, U and R are written as in a dictionary (no alphabet is repeated). Rank of the word RAHUL is 12016) @71 %2 ©B @M ‘The total number of 4-digit numbers in which the digits are in descending order, is [2015] @) "C,x4! b) "C, 10! OD (@) None of these ‘The number ofall three elements subsets of the set {a}, ,a...a,} which contain a is|2014] (@) "Cs ib) 8 Icy © "Ic, (@) None of these 10. n. 2 13. 14. 18. 16. Chapter 7 In how many ways can a committee of S made ‘out 6 men and 4 women containing atleast one ‘woman? [2014] (@) 246 (b) 22 (©) 186 (@) None of these In how many ways can 5 boys and 5 girls be seated at a round table so that no two girls may be together ? 2013] @ 4 OS © 4S @ Axst ‘Abbox contains two white balls, three black balls ‘and four red balls. In how many ways can three balls be drawn from the box ifat least one black ball iso be included inthe draw? [2013] (@) oF (b) 129 © (@) None of these In how many ways can 5 prizes be distributed among 4 boys when every boy can take one or more prizes’? {2012 @ 124 @) @ ©@ @ The number of positive integral solution of abe =30is 2012] @ 3% 27 ©) 8 (@) None of these 1f29C,=20C, 9 then '8C, isequal to (2011) (@) 4896 () 816 (©) 1632 (@) None of these In a polygon no three diagonals are concurrent. If the total number of points of intersection of ygonals interior to the polygon be 70 then the ‘number of diagonals of the polygon is. [2010] @ (b) 38 © 8 (@) None of these With 17 consonants and vowels the number of ‘words of four letters that can be formed having two different vowels in the middle and one consonant, repeated or different at each end is [2010] (@) 5780 (b) 2890 (©) SHO (@) 2700 ‘The letters of the word TOUGH are written in all possible orders and these words are written out as in a dictionary, then the rank of the word ‘TOUGHis 2009] @ 20 @ 9 %) 8 © ® GP_3355Permutations & Combinations M-19 17, 1294p, 220-1 Sthen the value ofn 20 ‘Thenumber of arrangements of the leters of the is equal to 12008} word @4 3 ©2 @1 BANANA is which the two "N's donot appear 18, 3 integers are chosen at random from the set of adjacently is 12007) first 20 natural numbers. The chance that their @ 0 0%) © © @ 10 product isamultipleof3,is— [2008] 21. If"C,_, = 36,"C,= 84 and "C, , , = 126, then (a) 194/285 (by) 57 (©) IVI9 (a) 3/4 find, (2006) 19. Ifthe total number of m elements subsets of the @ 2 ot © 3 (dS set A= {ay,da,4s,...,4,} is Jtimesthenumber 22. A bag contains 3 one rupee coins, 4 fifty paisa of 3 elements subsets containing a,, then m is coins and 5 ten paisa coins. How many selection 12007) of money can be formed by taking atleast one (a) (m=1)k (b)m’ (©) (m+ 1)2 @) O coin from the bag. (2005) (a) 9 =o) 40 (©) 19d) 125 Hints & Solutions 1) XXX-X-X The bur digis3,3,5.5can . G {i-n-a234002) be arranged at (-) places in eos ways (ae lin 2nr3) 2 The five dgits2,2, 8,8, 8can bearranged 3 =—— 3 __@?.43n42)- 3 44) places in 5° ways = 10 ways Grier a3 Total no. of arrangements= 6 x 10 = 60 ways. 3 3 2. @_ Number form by using 1,2,3, 4,5=5!= 120 Given, 733 an3 Number formed by using, 1,2,4,5 4.) 4] 4]3]2]1 |-44321-96 ‘Total number formed, iii 3 (taking numbers vathout repetition Siaemet I ise andttonent 2st. creo jonas 2 @ 2% 23 1G and arethe values asthe given equation "BC, (+342) (rT) isnotdefined byr=0 andr=-8. Hence, the . o4 number of values ofr is 2 a= 5 @ _ No. of words starting with A are 41 =24 (r+3\r+2) (n+) ‘No. of words starting with H are 4 No of words starting with Lare4!=24 =3—_|__ ‘These account for 72 words (r+3)n+l) n+2 ‘Next word is RAHLU and the 74" word nT RAHUL =—2!__mig., 6 (b) Total number of arrangements of 10 digits (arn 2)0043) 0, 1,2,...,. 9bytaking 4 ata time=19C, 4! "Cc, We observe that in every arrangement of 4 Fg, TRITON Me 6 (8c, 8G 1964 (n+1Xn+2Kn+3) y selected digits there is just one arrangement in which the digits are in descending order. -. Reg. number of 4-digit Woy x4t Cax4! 1096, numbers, 4m-20 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 1 10. nL. Rn 13. 4 1s. (c) The number of three elements subsets containing as is equal to the number of ‘ways of selecting 2 elements out of n~ 1 elements. So, the required number of subsets is "~C). (4) A.commitee of 3 out of + 4= made in !9C, = 252 ways. fino woman iso be included, thennumber of ways = °C. -. the required number = 252-6 = 246 (0) Leaving one seat vacant between two boys, 5 boys may be seated in 4! ways, Then ai remaining Sseats 5 girlsany sitinS! ways, Hence the required number =4! «St (a) Aileast one black bal can be drawn in the following ways (0 one black and two other colour balls 3G, x8C,=3% 15 =45, (ii) two black and one other colour balls = | =3 x6 18 Gi All the thréeare black =3C, x 6C, . Reg. no. of ways = 45 +18 +1 =64 (2) First prize may be given to any one ofthe 4 boys, hence first prize can be distributed in 4 ways. similar every one ofsceond, third, fourth and fit prizes can alsobe given in 4 ways. the numberof ways oftheir distribution =4x4x4x4x4=45=1024 © We have : 30=2 % 3% 5, So, 2 can be assigned to citer a orb or c.¢. 2 ean be assigned in 3 ways. Similarly, each of 3 and Scan be assigned in 3 ways, Thus, the fhumber of solutionsis3 « 3*3=27 &) %C,=%C, grt (F-10)=20->r= 15 18.17.16 Scis="C3= 795 (a) Acombination of four vertices is equivalent to one interior poin of intersection of diagonals. 10 can be “No. of interior pois of intersection = 20 So, number of diagonals (a) The two letters, the first and the last of the four lettered word ean be chosen in (17)? fc,-1 16 © 17. @) 18. @ » © 20. (a) a ©) 2 ©) ‘ways, as repetition is allowed for conso- nants, The two vowels in the middle are distinct so that the number of ways of fill- ing up the two places is Py = 20. ‘Theno.ofiiffrent words =(17)?.20=5780, Rank= (413)+(3K2)+(2%2)+1 =T4124441=89 3s Qari > (ns)! “Ras na(ne-4) ‘Total number of ways of selecting 3 inte- gers ftom 20 natural numbers =: their product is a multiple of 3 means, at Teast one number is divisible by 3. ‘The numbers which are divisible by3 are3, 6,9, 12, 15, 18 and the number of ways of selecting atleast one of them is SC, x #Cy-+ Cy x Hey + °C; = 776 776 _ 194 140.285 Probabil ‘Total number of m-clements subsets ofA="C, @ and numBer of m-clements subsets of A each containing the element a,="""C,,_ ‘According to question, "C,, yc ost Required number = 373) 3] = "C84 n-rel_7 "G3 PE 3 = 3n-3+3=7r = 10r—3n=3...) ‘Subtracting (ji) from (i) 10r-27=3=>10r=30 => Here are 3 things of first kind, 4 things of second kind and 4 things of third kind so the total number of selections =G+D4+NE+1-1=119 GP_3355‘The integer just greater than (3+ 5)" is divisibleby (n €N) 2017) @ (o) 2"! ©) 2? (@) Not divisible by 2 2 rt2ag _ 28 ur orc, thenn= [2016] ore 6 @8 4 @6 @s Ifthe sum of odd numbered terms and the sum ‘ofeven numbered terms in the expansion of (x-+ a)" are A and B respectively, then the value of Goapis 2016] @ At BP (b) A?+B (©) 4AB (@) None of these If the third term in the expansion of [x-+x!9810%]5 is 108, then x maybe [2016] @1 © fo © 0 @ 107% ‘The coefficient of xin the expansion of (xe xt ex) is 12014) @ 40 &) 7% © % @ 1001 If To. Ts TyeoTy represent the terms in the ‘expansion of (x+a)",then (Ty—T)+T,—......)” #(Ty-Ty #1 5-2 [2014] @ (+a) & (x? +02)" © +a" @ +a" ‘The coefficient of the middle term in the expan- sion off2 + 3x)tis 12013) @6 5 O88 @ 26 IfCy. CC. , denote the binomial coefficients in the expansion of (1 +x), then the value of 12013] CyFCo+C + (Cyt Cy HC) nn C+ C+ +Cy1) @ no! 02" © @-)2" @ @-H2 ‘The coefficient of x29 in the expansion of nay (x42 @ "Cio is [2012] (b) Cys 10. n. 2 3B. 4 1s. 16. 7. ©. (@) None of these The term independent ofx in the expansion of corresponding binomial coeflicient. Then ais 2011] @ 3 13 ©) -13 @, None of these Inthe binomial (2'3+3-"3)", if the ratio ofthe seventh term from the beginning of the expansion to the seventh term from its end is 1/6, then n equal to 12011] @ 6 b) 9 © 2 @ is The coefficient of x in the expansion of : Jie @ oe Be, © “es@ ce, ee een and sum of the binomial coefficients of second ‘and third terms is 36, then the value of xis — 12009), @ 13 ®-12 © wen Ifthe second, third and fourth terms in the expansion of (a + by" are 135, 30 and 10/3 respectively, then find the value ofn. [2008] @3 O4 OS @6 ithe midterm inthe expansion of (3? +4) is 924 x®, then find n. (2008) @ 8 (b) @2 @dnD If the third term in the expansion of [x+x!9810*}5 is 108 then xmaybe [2007] @ 1 & fo © 0 @ 0% (xeFP=af +(x-VP=ip’ isa polynomial ofthe order of @5 6 © {20071 7@8wn BITSAT Topicwie Soe Papers 18. If(1—x+x2)" =ay+ajx+ayx?+.....+a,,x2" 19. Find the term independent of x in the expansion then ; Ag + ay Hag +... + Ayy equals 12006) on(3e 4) 12005) S41 ” 13" ot *. @ SoS oF oxy @4 ©7 ©8 @D Hints & Solutions ©) R=(3+V5)",G=G-V5)" 1 1 x=10,=(loys? Let(R}+1=1 (:L1GIr) es 10,= coy" => R+G=1=> (3+V5)"+6-V5) sesing the option put n= 1 1=28 isdivsible by4 ie. 2"! pe é @ Sita 2 rel 6 1 att Comparing we get +1 1 (a)(x +a)" ="Cox® + 9Cy x7 + PCy xP 08 + Caxias, as Ma xt Pa? = (yx + "Cx" + PCx™ at Cx a3 + Cox S05) + m) Similarly, (x-a)" Q) Multiplying eqns.(1) and @), weget D a2 4 axa ye = y, the given expression becomes (x +x¥)® x3 (x)? =1000*9 =10%(given) = G4+2y) logio x =Slogio 10=5 5 => G42yy=5>y (sai = (Ty-T +7 ~ and (x~ ai)" = (Tp -Ty +T4~ ie, (2 +02)" 10. (© WehaveCotienovetin(| +3249! =eoeffcient ofx# in (1 +x)!" (1+ x)!" coefficient of x4 in (1+ x)!" + coefficient of in 11.(1+x)!1 + constant term is !"C,, (+x)! = "C+ 11. NC, +MC,=990. ©) From he given condition, replacing aby at and~ ai respectively, we get +i(T -Ty + T5—....) “ J-HF-Ty + T-0) ( ‘Multiplying (ii) and (i) we get required result fy Th +My) 4B +s? @_ When exponent is n then total number of | termsare n+ I. So, total number ofterms in +30) Middle term is 3rd. => T,=4C,2?.(3x?- 4x3x2x1 4 go BBA 4947-2168 O62 hx9x? = 216 ) Co+(Cy+C)H(Cy+C, +G)+. CQ PCY Foros Coes) = ay +(=NCy #(0-2)Cy aC =O, +2C, +30, +4C,, 1+ x20 (x4)" nC, =n.2™! (b) Expression a(1+x270, x10 The coeficient ofx2 in x!9(1+x2)% the coefficient of Cag.s= Cas BC (9x)I8-F (-sk) x! in (L¢x2)90= @ tee GP_3355Bionomial Theorem M-23 un. 2. 13. 4 "Gab" 38 Dividing () by i), we get 3 pet~ So 30 n_b9 Tap @ 2 " 1, from beginning =%C, 8-6 band 20") ” T, from end ="C, b*-° a® bo 2 anae) s) 23 33-61 Dividing (i) & Gi), we get Sa-12=-3 > ano (n=) (©) "Wek Bini expansion, that +3 2 Xtal +AC\xtha + 8C, xP 2a24 0C, mao (i) we ve HAA at HC aa Eliminating sand b fom (and (vi), we gt ci eg ‘hs 5. © Sincen seven therefore (+1) termi 1 middle term, hence "Cy (x2)" Q =924x= x" =x8—> n=12 16. (©) Put log,,x = y, the given expression becomes (x-+x3)$ Ty =5C .x3(x)? = 10x" =10%(given) = B4+2y) logyo x = Slogig 10=5 = G+2yy=5>y = logig x =1 oF logy x = X= 10.0rx= (1095? 17. (a=) +e 2 [x8 +9C, HOPI) +5C, x OF = sed nBSaipesy eae ey So, Sth term, contains x yt 10x? +20.x6+ 2x5—20x4—20x3 + 10x = eye" (L) a cutie? polynomial has order of 7 ; 18. ay hy Bag =e? asta, to, m6 ’ tty Thus, coefficient of x= HC, Adding, 39+ 1 =2(ay+ay+ay+ +a} (@) °C, + °C, =36>0=8 4 9 Ty= Ty > QP=12 19, (0) Here comparing ($x°-2) with au 3 © 35 O] 9(2) 30 a n=9ande= 2 26 % 2+ cy Ai) term is independent of x.2 é are in A.P.Then the triangle must be (2017) (@) rightangled —_—_(b) isosceles (©) equilateral (@) None of these 1S kk +1)(k=1) = pat + gn + 2 + 30, ai where. g, tands are constants, then the value of s is equal to [2017] 1 1 @ -7 o oy of [After strikng the floor a certain ball rebounds 1 4 th of itsheight from which ithas fallen. The {otal distance thatthe ball travels before coming to rest if it is gently released from a height of 120mis (2017) (@) 960m (b) 100m (ce) 1080m (4) Infinite 24 928 98/16 94/32. oo is equal to- [2017] @1 ®2 ©@32 @ x2 ‘The fourth term of an A.P. is three times of the first term and the seventh term exceeds the twice of the third term by one, then the common difference ofthe progression is (2016) 3 @2 3 @©F 4 ‘The sum to n terms of the series 13,7 15 ztatetee is (2016) @ n-1-2" I @ n-142" @ 142" Iflog a, logb, and log carein A.P andalso log ~log 26, log 2b—log.3¢, log 3e—logaare in A, then 2016] (@) a,b,c, arein HP. (b) a,2b, Jeareina.P, (©) a,b, carethe sides ofa triangle (@)_ None of these 9. 10. 2 13, (@ None of these Ife is the complex cube root of unity, then the Ladaz.) value of qh? 8 32°128°°) js (2015) (@ -1 ° - @-i @i Thevalucof 3+ 155 +. upton terms is {2015} 1 3 mo omy 3 Om It binomial coefficients of three consecutive terms of (I + x)*are in HP, then the maximum value of n is [2015] Qt 2 © (@) None of these Ifthe: sop) term ofa HEP. isqand the (2q)""term isp, then the 2(p + q)"*term [2014] m4 © 24a) © pea 4 o 2 © p+q @ 4 wt 1.2 area. p, then (144 4) abe be GP_3355Sequences & Series M-25 4 1s. 16. 4 b?-ac @ + © Fae o+ (@ None of these ‘The product of» positive numbers is unity, then their sumis: P2014] (@) apositive integer (b) divisible byn (© eqalto n+2 (neve ess than n LetT, bether term ofan P forr=1,2,3, some positive integers m,n wehave T, Iter 1 ~ and a Tek team OL oto soto 0 If x is positive then the sum to infinity of the series 1x 143K ~ (43x)? * @ 12 (1-3x)* 2 (1+3x) ss (143x)* 012) OR 1 CH © 6x(1¥3x) @ (3x) Ifpt.q® and r terms of H.P. are u,v,w respec- tively then find the value ofthe expression (@—tyw+ (ep) wu+(p—aquv. 201] @2 0 ©4 @8 Ifthe sum of the first 2n terms oF2, 8,8, sou 8 ‘equal to the sum of the first n terms of 57, 59, 61... thennisequal to (2011) @0 ® 2 On @B 19. 20. 21. 2, 2. 4, 25, Imarithmetic means reinserted between 1 and 31 0 that the ratio of the 7" and (m — 1)" means is 5:9, then find the value of m. [2010] @ 4% 4 © 0 @» ‘The 100 term of the sequence 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3,4, 444,38 {2009} @ 2 ) B © 4 @ Is Then" term of a GP is 128 and the sum ofits n termsis 255. Ifits common ratio is 2 then find the first term, {2008} @ 1 2 © 3 4 Find the geometric mean of numbers 7, 72, 73 poseug™, [2008] coy os on eos @7? 52? (2? @3? ‘Sum to 20 terms of the series 1.3°+2.5°+3.77+, is {2007] @) 178080 (o) 168060 ()_ 188080 (@) 190050 The sum of infinite terms of the geometric v2+1 11 progression “5 5— pepe is (2007) @ X24? ) (2+? ©) sv2 @) 3V2+V5 Ifthe non-zero numbers x, y,zare in A. P.and tan! i x, tan~'y, tan~'zare in A, P. then [2006] @ 2 ©) © @ y si term ofthe series 2, 7,0... will be (2006) @ -s\2 () sv2 © 102 @ -10/2 a,b, care firstthree terms ofa GP.IfTIM of and is 12 and that of b and cis 36, then find the value of a, 12005] @ 6 @s ® 2 © Hints & Solutions @ i) Squaring and adding we get c05(A -C) = A=C, From (i) and ji) cos B = cos A and sin 2 © Hoes g—= Fn? -p si : -ueed =F w= (een ‘ nen{ nen “Tl2_)BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 3. ae 42 (©) Clearly, the total distance described srarfined eras +1204 4,4 wo 5 Except in the first fall the same ball will travel ‘twice in each step the same distance one upward and second downward travel, Distance travelled First fall Rebound and second fall 120x4m 5 a+3d=303 = 2a ~O Again x7 =2x3 +1 = at6d=2(a+2d)+1= 24 i) (©) loga, log, og earein AP. > Dlogb=loga+loge => logb? =log(ac) => b?=ac 5 a,b,c areinGP, Joga —1og2b, log 2b-log 3c, log3e—logaare in AP. => 2 (log 2b — log 3c) = (log a ~ log 2b) Flog 3¢—loga) = 3 log 2b=3 log 3c => 2b =3c Now b?=a0 9b? =a.22 = Sarbesl Since, sum of any two is greater than the 3rd, a, b,c, forma triangle (a). The series is ; eeeteteon( +2424.) GP_3355Sequences & Series 10. un. , pera aoe (@) Consider +5 +35 Which can be written as a P39 | Bs 7 3 Since| 1+ 37 = | isaGP therfore by sum ofinfinite GP, we have 2 Given expression (os 2.22..) orl? 82128") ggg? 3,156 sider 3+15+55+.upto terms () Consider $+ 75+ Gq ttt 6 upto n terms en =(I41+1+...upto n terms) terms (@ Let the coefficients of rth, (r + 1th, and (c++ 2th terms be in HP. Thea, <2 1 1 "CFC, C41 wpe PG Me, yt Ht Tar 13. 4. 18. 16. M-27 =n2—dor+4e2+n=0 = (n-2rP+n=0 which is not possible for any value for. (@) Ifa is the first term and d is the common difference of the associated AP, 1 uy ae pt @p-DM 5 =F +a Dd d= 5,5 +Qp+2q- Md Inhisthe2ip+q)Mterm + = + isthep-+a)Mem 7 = > (@ Since, product of positive number is unity. HK kal @ UsingAM. > GM 1 Apa tat ty 4 it% 2 (mpeg)! 1 +x, = (® [From e*()] 1 = atxt (©. T,=a+(m-Id=* and T,=at(a-Id onsving, = ad 2 Tyg 724 (mnt) d= Emm = (a) The series is a GP. with common ratio (135) positive S,,M-28 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers uit 17, (yLaHRbe + Gt ard’ av2d as(q-1d= 6-1 fat Dad} +(6-p) fa (4—Dd}+ 1 1 Dt | (pt. (q-Dwt 18. (©). Given, 2 ease -Bpsrs(o-02 2 (or 2(6n-+1)=112+2n oF 10n= 110, :. n= 11 19, Eira ee ia @,Latbomennete ttt Now SE =Tyog=a-en= d= 10+ Dd 30 x 8 mal OM 9 atid “Ty at(m-Dd 9 => 9a+ 63d=Sa+(Sm-S)d ens 'Sm—1020=> 73m=1022 20, (6) 15term—> 1, 2%4term=2, 4!term 3, ‘Thterm— 4, 11"*term 5, Seriesis 1,2,4, 7,1, eC ee 2 2 Ifn= 14, then a,=92,lin=15,thena,=106, 21, (a). Letabe the first term, Then as given ‘T,= 128and S,=255 2255-2 sant 22. (a) Geometric mean ofnumber 7,72, on.as7™ BOB B sso TMO me (t293 + cela 2(128)-a T | @ Ba aa? (a) We have 2 (©) We have. {=[nh temo, 2,3,..]*[mthtamol3,5,7,..P =n(2n+1)? = 4n? +4n? +n 2 $y = 31, = 480) 443? +n a(n +1) 2 =afacen}! 4g Ma+Dn+1) 6 naar? Zesyanspe tas) Sy a20tar 220, 2141 202 = 188090, y2+1 Common ratio ofthe series 1 22 +1) . a (fet 1 som (85) (“cea — 02+) VIF) _ aay “Ey dey OY +2 and yrtan!x+tan!z xz aye Tey? lox 5. (a) Thegiven series 2/3 + J3+0+...;8anAP Here a =2V3,4= V2 Hence 8" term of the series =2V2 + (8-1X-V2) =-Sv2 (@) Let given three terms be br, b b/r _2be)b _ 2br seb ral i) b a2 and 36= 0) i) by) rl oo) @/G)>r= ‘Then from (2) b= 24 -. GP_3355Straight lines & Pair of straight lines Given the system of straight lines a(2x++ y—3) + b(3x++ 2y—5)=0, theline ofthe system situated farthest from the point (4,~3) has the equation 12017) (a) 4x+L1y-15=0 (b) Tx+y-8=0 (©) 4x+3y-7=0 @) 3x—Ay+1=0 ‘The angle between the lines whose intercepts ‘on the axes are a,b and b, a respectively, is 12017) 2 2 © tn? B Zab (@) None of these A ray of light coming from the point (1, 2) is reflected at a point A on the x-axis and then passes through the point 5, 3). The co-ordinates ‘ofthe point A is 2016) of) (3) @ tnt © 20) (@ None of these Theeg. x? - 23ay+3y? ~3x43V3y -4=0 represents 2016) (@). apairofintersccting lines (©) pair ofparale lines with distance between them (©) pair tgarale tines with distance been them 5y2 (@) conic section, which is nota pair of straight lines I1P, and, bethe length of perpendicular rom the origin upon the straight lines x secO *- cosee = a and x cos) ~y sin = a cos20 respectively. then the value of 4P,2+ P,? [2014] @@ & @ Oar @ 3a The quadratic equation whose roots are the x and yinteceps ofthe line passing through (1, 1) and making a ti ordinate axes is @ x2 +Ax+2A=0 (b) x? -2Ax+2A=0 10. n. 2 Chapter © x2-Ax+2A=0 (@ None of these If'4a2-+ b? + 2c? + 4ab-—6ac—3be=0, the family oflines ax + by + ¢= 0 isconcurrent at ane or the other of the two points- 12013] 1 © CL», (- 4) waa! 1 @ 0.2, 6 The nearest point onthe line3x + 4y™=12 from the origin is [2012] (@ None of these ‘The distance of the point (1, 1) ffom the line 126+6)=5(y-2)is (2011) @2 ®3 @4 @s The family of straight lines (2a + 3b) x-+(a—b) y#2a-4b= 0 is concurrent at the point [2011] © G © ( os) of The reflection of the point (4,13) in the line Sxty+6=0,is (2010) @ C14) © 6.4) ©) (1,2) @ (423) Ifthe equations ofthe pairs of opposite sides of parallelogram are x?— 5x +6=0 and y* —6y+ 50, then equations ofits diagonals are [2010] (@ x+4y=13,y=4x—7 ) axty (e) 4x+ @ y-4M-30 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers 13, The line 3x 4y + 7=0 is rotated through an @ fixty=4 & Gx-y=l4 angle ~ in the clockwise direction about the | ©) v3 xty+14=0 (@) V3 x-y+14=0 4 16. The distance between the parallel lines point -1, 1). The equation ofthe line in itsnew 6x2 -6ayy? 18x 64820 is [2006] 2 1 position is (@) Ty+x- oz Om (© Tytx+ (@ Ty-x+6=0 vio Vio 14, Among the line pasing through C3, 1) BA is nie oe farthest ffom the originandutsthex-axisand © VIO (@ None of these y-axisat AandB respectively. Then BC:CAis 17. Find hedistance of the line 2x—3y=4 from the {2008} point (1,1) in the direction ofthe linex+y= 1 [20064 @ 91 & 19 O31 @ Bl 15, Thelength oftheperpendicular from theorigin 4g o£ at ao 2 os toalineis7andlinemakesenangleof 10" ih, 1% ‘Wihelnes3y+4s= Lax Sandsy+be=3are the positive direction of y-axis the equation of 7 ee a005) thelineis 2077 @® 1&3) M6 UO Hints & Solutions T@ The given system of lines passes throvgh ~ the point of intersection of the straight lines. 2c+y-3=Oadx+2y-5=O[L, +ALy O form, which (1). ‘Theroquied tne wil als pass trough his point. Further, teline wil be farthest rom point (4,3) fit isin dreton perpendicular (olin jining(, and (4-3) The equation ofthe required line is (=> 3x-4y+ 2 © 4. @ Wehavea=1, ‘Thus abe + 2fgh ~ af? ~ bg? ~ch? Hence the equation represents a pair of 4 ab (a) Let the co-ordinates ofA be (a, 0), Then the slope ofthe reflected ray is 3-0 28 -tan0 Gay straight ines ‘Then the slope ofthe incident ray pean #081 in 2-0 Dn Toye tana 0) GP_3355Straight lines & Pair of straight lines M-31 the lines are parallel. The distance between them. 2) 4S aero “Vida “3 5. (a) Wehave P; = tength ofperpendicular from (0,0) on x sec® + y cosec® = a ie Rs : =|asin0 eos | sec? 8 + cosec*0| asin2 6 | = Length of the perpendicular from (0, 0) on x c0s0—y sin 8= a.c0s28 Now, 42 2+D.2=a sin?20+ a2ens220= 6 (&)_ Equation ofthe inemaking intrceptsaand “ Also the area ofthe triangle formed by the line and the axes is A. 1 qab=A = ab=2A ) From eqs. i) and (i), we get, a+b=2A Hence, a and b are the roots of the eg x? ~(atb)xtab=0= x7—2Ax +24 7. (a) 4a2-+b? +202 + dab —6ae—3be = (2a+b)?—32a+b)e+2c?=0 = Qa+b-20) 2a+b—c)=0=>e=2a+b ; ore=at > b aaronngei-oneei(se! 0 siving the point of concurrence (-2, 1) or 4 10. 1. @ 12. If D" be the foot of altitude, drawn from origin tothegiven line, then "D’ isthe required IfDis(h, ky then h= OD cos#, K=OD sind =>h=36/25,k =4825, ‘The given lincis 12 (x+6)=5(y-2) = Dx+72=5y-10 or 12x~Sy+72+10=0 = 12e-Sy+82=0 ‘The perpendicular distance from (x,,3,) to (ax, +by +0) theline ax-+by+e=0is va +6 The point (x), y1) is (-1, 1), therefore, perpendicular distance from (-1, 1) to the line 12x—Sy+82=0is a Tee Te (3x—y—4)b=0 and for all a, b the straight oelaeteegeiaatae St (-3) Lea. teteretein oP, ) an Then hemi a(S O on Sx+y6=0 _ (224) ,2508 2 oR 6-0 2 = Sa+b+19=0 i) Also PQis perpendicular to Sx+y+6=0 +13 (3) Therefore = a~Sb-69=0 si) Solving (i) and (i), we geta=—1, b=—14 Equations of the sides of the parallelogram are (x=3) (6BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Hence its vertices are: (2,1);B(3, 1); €G,5):D@,5) Equation of the diagonal AC is, ix-7 y-t= 4 (25 Equation ofthe diagonal BD is 4 yo-l= Fp 3) axty= 13 13. (@)_As(-1, 1)is apoint on 3x—4y+7=0, the rotation is possible. Slope ofthe given line 3/4, Slope ofthe linen its new position ‘The required equation is 1 7 KFT) oF Ty+x-6=0, 14, (@_IfBAisfarthestfromthecrign, then OC must beperpendicular to BA and has aslope=—3. Equation of BA is y~1=—3 (x3) Bo 3 Sxty=10 A ( na B=(0,10) G1) Equation of the ‘required line is xeos30° + ysin30°=7 or ixty=14 16. (@) 937-694»? +18x-6y48=0 = (Gx) -2«Gx)xy+3?) +63x-y)+8=0 = Gx~y) + 682-3) +1 Let 3x—y 24624820 = 2 442422+8=0 > He+4)42(2+4)=0 => (2+2\z+4)=0 > 3x-y+2=0 oe 3x-yr4=0 If P, be the distance of line (i) from the 22 iginhen A=7==—— Sein ees o Als, if P, be the distance ofine (i) from or xB ayx: ety 4 theorigin ten B= So, distance between lines 22 ries “To Vio Tio 17. (©) Equation of line passing through (1, 1) and P=R- ee paralelio x+y=1is 7S =s any point at distance from (1,1) is ron - Spel yp) nditlconthe inex 3y=4 24, 3t ie, 24-34-24 ie, po £, 24 B34 Bd ie, reo 18. © 3lines,a,x+by+e,=0,a,x+ by +e,=0 and aye t By) + cy = 0 are said 10 be concurrentif ay (byes ~ bse) —by (anes ~ase2) “6)(aab3 ~azby Given equation of lines are aytdr=l yox=s and Sy'+ be=3 Therefor, given lines are concurrent if 4(3+25)-33 + $5)-1 5-0) > 4(22)-9- 1545+ > 88—4— 145=0= 84 145-0 > Mb=84 = b=6 GP_3355Ps Conic Sections The length of the semi-latus rectum of an elipse isone thrid ofits major axis, its eccentricity would be 12017] 2 a 1 1 OF OF OF OF An equilateral triangleis inscribed in the circle x? + y* = a? with one of the vertices at (a, 0). ‘What is the equation ofthe side opposite to this vertex? (2017) (@) 2x-a=0 () xta=0 (©) 2x+a=0 (@) 3x28 ‘The equation of one ofthe gommon tangents to the parabola y?= 8x and x? +y?-12x+4=0 is 2017) @ () y=x-2 ©) (d) None of these ‘The ine joining 5,0) to (1c0s0, 10sind) is divided internally in theratio2 :3at P18 varies, then the locus ofP is 12016) (@) apairofstraight (b) acircle ines (©) astraight line (@) None ofthese ‘The number of integral values of % for which xP ay? 4ax+(l-dy+5=0 isthe equation of acircle whose radius cannot exceed 5, is_ [2016] (a) 14 (b)I8 (©) 16 (d) None of these The lengths ofthe tangent drawn from any point ‘on the circle 15x? +15y?—48x + 64y =0 tothe ‘twocircles 5x2+ Sy?—24x + 32y+75=Oand Sx2+ 5y?—48x + 64y + 300=0arein theratiooof [2016] (@1:2 ()I8 (16 (4) None of these The length of the chord x + y= 3 intercepted by thecircle x? +y?—2x-2y-2=0 is [2016] 1 wi i @ > o ea © fa @ a The locus ofthe point of intersection of two tangents tothe parabola y? = dax, which are at right angle to one another is 12016] @ ety 6) ay? ©) xta=0 (@) xtyta=0 ‘The parabola having its focus at (3, 2) and directrix along the yaxishas its vertex at [2016] 10. rT 2 2B. 4. 16. Chapter 1] ™ 2 © ($2) (3.3) Let $ be the focus ofthe parabola y= 8x and PQ be the common chord of the circle x? +y'—2x—4y=O and the given parabola, The area of APQSis 12015) @ 4squnits (b) 3 sq units (© 2squnits _(@) 8sq units ‘The eccentricity ofan ellipse, with its centre at the origin, is 1/2. If one of the directrices is x=4, then the equation ofthe ellipses: [2015] (@) 4x243y=1 — (b) 3x? +4y"=12 © 4e43¥=12 (d) 3x7 +43 Area of the circle in which a chord of length /2 makes an angle w/2 at the centre, is|2015] (@) w2squnits (6) 2esqunits (©) sq units (@) 4 squnits ‘The angle of intersection ofthe two circles 22 +)2—2x—2y=Oands?+)2=4, is -[2014] (a) Pb) HP) 4” Anarch of a bridge is semi-elliptical with major axis horizontal. If the length the base is 9 meter and the highest part of the bridge is 3 meter from the horizontal; the best approximation of the height of the arch. 2 meter from the centre of the base is (2014, 2012] (a) 14m(b) 83m (c) 72m (d) 2m pair of tangent are drawn from the origin to the circle x2 + y2+ 20 (x+y) +20=0, then the ‘equation ofthe pair ofangent are [2013] @) x? +y?—Sxy=0 ) ey s2xty=0 (©) xt+y?-xy+7=0 (@)_ 2x? +2y? + Sxy=0 ‘Anellipse has OB as semi minor axis, Fand F' its foci and the angle FBF" is a right angle. ‘Then the eccentricity of the ellipse is [2013] (@) @.2)M34 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers ; 1 ; 128, Iftheline2x-1=0isthe directrix ofthe parabola @ 7 OF OF 3? kx +6=0 then one of the values of k is 17, Ithe'line 2x ~ 3y = k touches the parbola = gg 6 6 1 @ eta 6x, then find the value of k 2013] B De ant Gua @ Lyd! 26. Theline ax-by-=1 cus clipe ex? + dy?=1 18, Sand Tare the foci of an ellipse and Bis an end only once it 2010] ‘oftheminor axis, I'STBis an equilateral rangle, then the eccentricity ofthe ellipseis [2013] (@ ca? +d? 1 1 yt @2 @2 @7 OF OF OF O @ ware 19, Thelength ofthe tangent drawn from any point tnihcenclen! #32 tote Olothcereier? 27 Find theequation ofchord ofthe circle x2 +32 ty +2I/+H=0, where yd >0,is (2012, = 8x bisected atthe point (4,3) 12010 eee x Port @ y=3.@ y=1_ y=6 @ y=7 @ ime ) Juex 28, Findihe vertex ofthe parabola x? 8y—x-+ i (2009) © vt Oe 13s 6s Peete eres (GE) 8) byx?—y?— dx + dy+16=0 2012 2 © 2 © 22 @ 32 1 65 138 21. ‘The length of the latus-rectum ofthe parabola ©) (3» 55, © yim (AQ Be) w is (‘Zsinza—“2cos2a) nq 29. Which ofthe following lines, is a normal tothe hose focus is [3ps2—Ggee%) and 2% Mnepore owing 2008, irectrvis y= (@)_y=x= 11 cos0 ~3 c0s36 dlrectris 9= 35748 PO) ya x= eas8—cos30 ota © coat (©) y= (= 11) 0050 +e0330 oF 0) (@ y= (4=11) c0s0—c0s30 2 > wa 30, For what value of does the line y=x +2 touches ee Oe the ellipse 9x2+ 16y?=144, [2008] 22, ‘The equation ofthe ellipse with focusat (25,0) (@) #5 (b) #2 (©) 48. (@) 47 36 31. Find the equation of the hyperbola whose and x= “F asone drectinis pow directrix is 2x + y = 1, focus (1, 2) and 2 oe eccentricity 5 12008) 36 36 (@)_ 7x?—2y?+ 12xy—2x—14-22=0 xe (b) 7x? + 2y*— 12xy—2x + 14-2: © FtTT! None of these (©) Tx2+2y24 12xy—2x-14-22=0 23, Forwhatvalueofkthecirclesx?-+y2+5x+3y+ — @)_Tx2-2y2+ Day 2x4 14-2: 7 = Oand x? + y2— 8x + 6y + k=O cuts 32, Find the parametric coordinates of any point of ‘orthogonally (2011 the circle x? + y?+2x—3y-4=0 12007) @ 6 & 8 ©-B @-0 24, Ifthe lines 3x~ 4y+4=Oand 6x 8y~-7=Oare 7 tangents toa circle, then the radius ofthe circle por ©@ M0 @ 120 is @ 32) 34 eo (-1+e0s0.3+2sine) (o (1rSen03 Zen) GP_3355Conic Sections co (1+ $00 Zan) (o (12.00.32) ©) Ce-ViUNyi, 2) (@)_ None of these. ‘The total number of common tangents tothe two circles x? +y2—2x—6y+9=Oand a+? + 6x-2y+ 1=0, is- 12005] 33. Ifthe tangent atthe point P(x, y,)to the parabola @1 ®2 ‘©3 @4 y’=4ax meets the parabola y?=4a(x+b)atQ 36. The equation of the tangent to the elipse andRthenthemid-pointofQRis [2007] 2 4y2 = 25 atthe point whose ordinate is? (a) (x, +b,y, +b) (b) (x, —b, y, —b) 2005) O.¥) (Cx, +b,y) iB {200s} 34. Ifthe line 3x + ay ~20='0 cuts the cite (@)._X+2y=5 or 2x-y=5 x2 +y?=25 at real distinct or coincident () 3x+8y=25 of By —3x=25 points then a belongs tothe interval [2006] @ Lv ay (©) 3x+2y=15 of 3y-2x=15 (7,7) (@ None of these 3. (©) Any tangent to parabola y? = 8x is 1 a Ya (i) Ittouches thecircle x? + y?—12x +4=0, ifthe length of perpendicular from the centre (6, 0) is 7 ‘equal to radius 32. Given a(l-e°) = >(2a) 2 3 642 Dy 22 m 32 = (3m+1) =8(m?+1) = Henle : lara mn 2 oa 2 41)? 4 em? 2. (©) Sincethe equilateral triangle is inscribed in => 3m? +1)? =8(m* +m?) thee wih conrad. eras tag? 1-9 mast nO Boss the required tangents are y =x + 2 and 80, Op 77 POD= 4. & Lattex be thepoin dividing the join of 2 So, other vertices of triangle have coordinates, a 2 Equation of line BC is > 2x+a=0 ‘Aand Bin theratio 2:3 internally, then 20cos8-+15 = 4008043 = 008 20sind+0 a (i) Squaring and adding (i) and (ji), we get the required locus (x~3)? +y?=16, which is a circle sin 0 = sinM36 BITSAT Topicwise Soved Papers 5 @ Radius < 5 ane2ap= 2/2 =a POM 6 55.2 40-2 -205100 (©) Let the two tangents to the parabola y? 7 dax bePT and OT which ae at right angle aS Bs toone another at T(h, k). Then we have to a2? -a119s0 PY ens find the locus of Th.) 7252582 (approx.) Weknow that y= mx-+, wherem istheslope RAD, 6, 5, osc 8, nal 16 values isthe equation of tangent to the parabola 6 (a) Let P(h, k) bea point on the circle y= 4ax for all m. 15x? +15y? 48x + 64y =0 Then the lengths of the tangents from P(h, k) to 5x? + Sy? ~24x+32y +7520 and 5x? + Sy? 48x +64y +300=0 are pea By Bis (Since (h,k) ies on 15x? =15y? ~48x + 64y =0 nk? By 5 4 =0) an teh+ 2k =0) and me By Siac is" 15.5 2) 24 22k ots = 207, 1515 => PT :PT) =1:2 (©) Thecentre of the citcleis C(1, 1) and radius ofthe circle is2, perpendicular distance from C on AB, the chord x-+ y=3 2 Hence, the lath ofthe chord ‘Since this tangent to the parabola will pass through T(h, k) so k=mh+2 sor m?h-mk+a=0 ‘This is a quadratic equation in m so will have two roots, say m and m, then : sy om, =, a mm = Given that the two tangents intersect at right anglesom. m, y= -torhta= Jor j-=—Horh+a=0 ‘The locus of T(h, k) is x + a= 0, which is the ‘equation of directrix. (@) Vertex of the parabola is point which lies ‘on the axis of the parabola, which isa line 1 to the directrix through the focus, ic., y= 2 and ‘equidistant from the focus and directrix. ; satte wc (3) o x (8) The parametric equations ofthe parabola y= 8x arex = 2"? and y=4t land the given equation of circle is x24 y2—2x—4 ‘On putting x Pandy=4tin circle GP_3355Conic Sections ‘we get 4ct+ 1612-412 16t=0 => 41 (8431 4)=0 [:P4te4zo] Thus the coordinates of points of intersection of the circle and the parabola are Q (0, 0) and PQQ, 4), Clearly these are diametrically opposite points onthe eile ‘The coordinates ofthe focus S ofthe parabola are 2,0) which lies on the cicle 98 SI = 459. units” u. Dineix, x= 4 Equation of ellispe is ey ey 403 12, (©) Let AB be the chord of length J. Let be the centre of the circle and let OC be the perpendicular from O on AB. v2 Then, AC= BC= ~~ In AOBC, we have 0B = BC cosec 45° = 13x? dy? =12 ev oud + .. Area of the circle = n(OB)? = 7 sq units 1, @ Herecieles are ty? 2x25 ) vey 2) ©, (0,0),r9=2 fis the angle of intersection then 2244-09? Lg yse ha, > 18. 16. 17.(b) Given 18. M-37 The equation of the ellipse is, cae oF 9 () Where centre is assumed as origin and base as ani, PUIX™2, weet NOS 8 Yop ya 458m a’ 9 Sy 33 (approximately) (@ Equation of pair of tangents is given by 88,=1, = 12 +y2+20(x+y)+20,$, =20, 10 (x+y) +20 Ss, 5 Whe+y+20¢¢+y)+20)=102 (xty+2? = bts lOxy=0-3292 4292+ Sxy=0 (@) © ZEBF'=90° => FB? + F'B* = FF? (ore) (Le) = a0? 2182 Pyeute 22F 6 B(O,b) F(-ae,0) Also, @ =1-6/a?=1-2 (Byusing equation (i)) 2" =1=> 3y+k and y?? 6x 2) es) > 2 PHI BY+K) SPD —3K=O anid) Ifline (i) touches parabola (2) then roots of qua~ dratic equation (3) sequal PRA 1 C3) b= 37I8 x oy (© Leteg. ofellipse be “+5 Sis (-ae, 0), Tis (ae, 0) and B is (0,b)..M38 BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers “Thus, the required equation of the ellipse is =SB= (O0+ae) +b? 2 y2 2 = dae? 2 semana ST? = dae? =a%e? +b’ 3671 1. 20. a. n = 3a7e? =a7(1-07) (a) Let the radius ofthe fist circle be C1 let the radius ofthe second circle be CP =r, Wee ig PCT, Tine age 2, Also, pc? cr? = [F epson 36-49) 49)=16 S02 2-10 S=T+k3k=—18 (b). The diameter ofthe circle is perpendicular disiance between the parallel lines (tangents) seotys4- Ody Oeil 47/2 3 4 3 3 10 Fare orig 77 Hence ass (@)_ Given eq" of parabola is y? — kx + 6= 0 3 Sake 6a Fake Now directrix, x But directrix is given => x GE a bs BaD = P42k- 24-0 => (k+6)(k-4)=0 = k=-6,k=4 (©) Clearly ax+by 1 ‘p iS tangent to Bt vi) ie (J -Ory-) eid x64) tyG)—4(x+4)=16+9-32 =3 GP_3355Conie Sections M-39 29. @ Here yy ax —2ax’—Agb=y?— ax’ — ab Condition of normality is ¢=~2am—am> (ie) yy'—2ax(y2—2ax’)=0 @ (a) and (b) are not clearly the answer as m= 1 Equations (1) and (2) represen the same line for (€),(d) m=cos0 yi _2a___2axy eee Gaara eee one es go Ore ‘This gi and then 11 co0s0—c0s 30 eam . 30. (a) Ifthe line y= x +2 touches the ellipse 2a) =y?—2ax’ = yj ~ my — 2x’ 9x2-+ 16y*= 14, then ¢? = atm? +b? 2X Sx). mi one y) yy). sete Ltd ogo chees 34 © “Thelengihofthe | romthcoente (0b) of 31. @) LetS{l_2)bethefecusand P(x.y)beapoint egivencicletotheiine3x +ay-20=0is ‘on the hyperbola. Draw PM perpendicular from 13(0)+a(0)— 20] __20 Pon the directrix ova? ora? Then by definition. SP—ePM Radius ofthe given crcl 7 Since the line cuts the cicle at real distinct or we coincident point, =| 20 2 2 $507 +9216 07-720 2) Ina? al Focus 940° (eae = arV7a-V20 = VOW 46-2 Se Saco V7) (x+y? 38. @ HereC\ (1,3), = VII 0-1 +(y-22=3 SE OB), n= oe1=3 3 6= DP (y-27=3 (Oxty—1}? (oxen? SAH TaD Now C1, = Yes +G-0F = ‘This isthe required equation of the hyperbola A164 = JR =2 V5 =4.47 (approx) ; (13) rasefiodet=2 tithe o-asexing ena : =15) sradius= fi+2+ oe heres ar8 non- intersecting extemal 3% (a) Contre= (“Np sadius= It +45 Hence tangents, two direct and two transverse Parametric coordinates of any point are tangents may be drawn. 7 569.34 ino 36.) The point (x, 2) is on the ellipse implies 142 050,34 2sin Che soost.3 ane) x2 44a 25) 1x7 =95 2. x= 83 34. (€) Equation ofthe tangent at P(x), y,) 0 y= axis yj —2ax—2axy « Equation of the chord of y2 = 4a(x + b) whose mid-pointis(x’,y’ is So the points are(3, 2) and (-3, 2) The equation of the tangent at (3,2) 0 the ellipse is x3+4y2=25= 3x +8y=25 ‘The equation of the tangent at (-3, )totheellipse is 3-3)+4y.2=25, or 8y-3x=25,Limits and Derivatives The value of (al! eat 4 tall lim | 2 ml 7" J a>0, n, 12017) 0), 403 +n ty (0) eriter te 04402 +t dy 4003.0. , wherea> b> 1, isequal to [2016] ol (@)_ None of these 1 im xsin( 2) = and lim xso( +=, 0 0 then which one ofthe following is correct? [2015] (@) A=landB=0 (bo) A=OandB=1 (© A=OandB=0 (@) A=landB=1 lim cosees)"® isequal to: 2014} @ 0 o1 ot @ None of these Let (3) = (05 — 141), 209) = (02 2x41) and let (8) be such that {x)= g(0)h(X). Then li bis 2013] @ 0 1 © 3 @ 5 (1-1(3))a-snn Jim, =» 2012 tstan(%)) e207 & 0 @ )= f(x). £(9) forall x, where (0) + 0. ‘and f"(0)= 3, then f" (5) is equal to— (2012) () 0 (@) None of these 10. M. 2 13. 4 18. Chapter tim YE=SIOSK -1 Evaluate fim rend) * 2011) @ 12 © 32 © 34 @ V4 Find the value of tin. YO 12010) @ 1 ® 2 ©3 @ 5 Xt pap IEE) =F Zp then (1M) isequal to [2009] 1 1 © aD © CF 2 2 © oy oF Evaluate tig > 12008} @ 72 x © m4 @ x2-3x42 Phas 12007] @ 12 @ us © 0 (@) infinite Evaluate fi", 75 (sin’x—tan'x) [2006 @ 0 o1 3 oa oF Iy= (1+ x!) (1 +x!) (1 —x!), then dy/dx equals — £2006) @ -1 1 @x @ ve ~cos?x Trevalucof tim 25% jg a00s) 2 3 @ © 5 3 3 oF @5 GP_3355Limitsand Derivatives M41 Hints & Solutions =1 logooweex [ 20, 1 @ Putings= +, weeet key in BEE |= vain (Sheetal = lim =222 ay opiate Ps 7” aS (rx 90)90) _ x cccotee_! af toga, +a} logay+...*a¥ loga, = yl oar (: ots) af +a} +....+a) J = log. =nlim i, 1 sycetel [using L’Hopital rule} e = n LORCA 22g) Hence, equre mit = elcteteiernadabeqenesag & © Gerson) u(y > h@= a) 2) limit = tim —2—=1, f(x) eye a) = lim £0) (2) = fim MO = Fh ee) * sy (ees) tim (8 =e +1) tree << imps ($Y 0580-20 = i, ett 3. (@) As given, (a) As gi peal 6. and B= lim xsin(4) wo = >t tin so) and iscorrect gs lim (cose x) ‘Taking log on both sides, we getMaa BITSAT Topiewise Solved Papers £15+)-£65) sin( moos? x 1 Fag 0 ogi £65+h)-£6+0) a : = lim ry = tim Sint =sin? | = tim ONECH)- £6) + £00) mm (ass) ms ial nsin? sin(xsin? x (PReeyettot really) - sgstle=aans) soles) £04)~f0) 5) — spebiomren ate, = lim 28 ce Siete 10. © — aft 4]. (ey alive aaa (ey dey? rg= aa Gin’ ~ tan’ Jim, G) Jim, (costs + cosx + 1) 20 (Youd yan!) (1x!) =1—x éyldx= _ 10s? x Lim 1-008" x (©) AD sin xeos x Lm O=2084)(1 +005 x +6057 x) AM xsinxcos x 4 le+008 x4 6052) GP_3355Mathematical Reasoning In the truth table forthe statement (p » 9) > (qv ~p) the ast column has the truth value in the following order is [2013] @ TIF rrr © ™ (@ rrrr A Negation of Paris in France and London is in England” is po1) (@)_Parisisin England and London isin France (b)_ Paris is not in France or London is not in England . (©) Parisi in England or London isin France @ None of these If: p Raju is tall and g: Raju is intelligent, then the symbolic statement ~ pv. q means [2009] Chapter 13 (@) Rajuis not tall orhe is intelligent. (©) Rajuistallorhe isintelligent (©) Rajuis not tall and hei intelligent (@Rajuisnottall implies he is intelligent Which of the following is a statement? [2008] (@) May you live long! (b) May God bless you! (© Thesunisa star (@) Hurrah! we have won the match Which of the folowing is nota proposition 12006) (@ Wi isaprime (b) V2 isirrational (c) Mathematics is interesting (@ Sisaneven integer Hints & Solutions 1 2 @ TrTT 3. () Letp:Parisisin France,q: London isin 4 England 5 wehave PAq Its negation is ~ (p4q)=~ py~q ‘.e., Parisi notin France or London is not in England. (@) ~pv.q:Raju isnot all or he is intelligent, (©) “The sun isa star” isa statement, (©) “Mathematics is interesting” isnot a logical sentence. It may be interesting for some persons may not be interesting for others. This is not a propositions.3. 2. 4 Statistics ‘The marks obtained by 60 students ina certain Chapter 14 18 and 10 respectively, the standard deviation testare given below of this set of ebservaions is (2013) @3 2 Marks | NF | turks | Sof © 1 (@) None of these students students| SIEM. D.is 12,thevalueofS.D. willbe [2014 T=] 2-7] TF @ 1s ® 2 : : © m4 (6) None ofthese 20-30 { _3_| 70-80 | _i4 6 Ifthe value of mode and mean is 60 and 66 30-40 | 4 | 80-90 | 10 repeat oneal of pein 213) : i a) C so-so] 5 _[90-to0}| 4 Find the variance othe data given below [2013] 50-60 [6 mj 35] 45 | ss [65 | 75 85 | 95 Median ofthe above datas 0171 [Freqeney] 3 17 zl @ Les] ps ea ee @ 1D (by 219 © «il (@) None of these ei pe ‘Thearithmetic mean ofmumbersa, b, c,d, cis M. What is the value of (aM) + (b-M)*+ (eM) +(d-M)+(e-M)? [2016] @ M (b) atbtetdte © 0 @ 5M The arithmetic mean of the data 0,1, 2, with frequencies 1,°C,,"Cj.o°C, 18 " nm [2015] @r © at @ > ‘The mean square deviation of a set of n ‘observation x,,X,,... X,abouta point cis defined a fkorF ‘The mean square deviations about -2 and 2 are 10. n. [sample A contains 100 observations 101, 102, 200and sample Bcontains 100 obsections 151, 152, 250,thenratioofvariancev\ y= (2012) @1 ® % © 49 @ 2% Findthe A.M, oft ist tn omumbers. 201] @ 0% 0 Os @ ‘Mean of 25 observations was found to be 78.4, But later on it was found that 96 was misread 69. ‘The correct mean is, [2010] (@) 7924 (b) 7948 (©), 8010 (d)_ None of these If the mean, mode and S.D. of a frequency distribution are 41,45 and 8 respectively, then its Pearson’s coefficient of skewness is [2010] 1 2 @ 3; © © @1 3 2 Given below isa frequency distribution with median 46, In this distribution, some ofthe frequencies are missing : Determine the missing frequencies. {2009} Marks 20-30] 30-40 [ 40-50 | 50-60 | 60-70 | 70-80 | Total No.ofstudents[| 12 | 30 [ 2 [ os [ 2 [ 25 | is | 229 @) 34,45 () 25,40 15. Consider the following statements © 1218 (@) 30,35 (@) Mode can be compound from histogram ‘The mean deviation from the median of the following set of observations 5, 3,9, 12,3, 10, 12, 21, 18,12, 21 is 12007) (@) 5113 (b) 4606 (©) 4134 (@) 4908 ‘The quartile deviation ofthe following items 12,7, 15,10, 16,17, is 12006) @ 4 & BS @9 @35 16. (b) Median isnot independent ofchange of scale (©) Variance is independent of change of origin and scale Which of these is/are correct — 12005) (@) (@),(byand(c) ——_(b) only (b) (©) only(a)and(b) (4) only(a) Find theharmonicmean of2,4,5. [2005] (@) 212 (b) 134 (©) 316 @) 5:14 GP_3355Statisties M45 Hints & Solutions 1 @)_ We construct the following table taking assumed mean a = 55 (step deviation method), Class xf ok we fu, 020 15 22 4 8 eee ‘ S 2 2 oo 83 ua $4 Wehave4SY(x,+2)° =18and 6 2 12 8 7 14 % 2 B Flu -2) =10 80.50 5 10 56 3 » a 0-100 5 4 @ 4 16 . ui O os => D(x +2)? =18n and fu al ‘ D(x -2)? =10n = 55+ 810 = 55458 = 64.333 a @ 6 Big nee M(x, 2 Heren=60 = 2 =30, therefore, 60-70% = Del #2)" + Dolo -2Y" = 280 the median class ‘ pec +2)? ¥ (x: -2)? = Peper +2200 and (4 2y Zs 2) =8n 60100 604.8.333=68.333 (x, +4)? $ = O4 = 48333 3 2B (4 94)? = 280 25-80 2 © Given M=Stb4erdse ; 1 Sarbrerdte=sM = Dx +4n=14n and 2 Satbtetd+e3M= a = (aM) + (b-M) + (¢-M) + (4M) +(e—-M)=0 Hence, required value= 0 fx @ Since, Mean = 3 where x; are fie ‘observations with frequencies f, i= 1,2,.....m ° nd The required mean is giveny by i OPC 42"C)tont@’Cy 5G) WeknowthatQD = THC, + °C) +4 Cy Sxmp.-Sx12=10 6 6 x 3 Seno sp-cope3sa0 50.1 See Sete. Seana eens r 6 (b) Mode = 3 Median —2 Mean s vn! i220 = . 346 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 7 @ Tan] Feeney 1145, Median =46 sa 40-50 =p Cad el =42+x, £965, h=10 1520 1s nop) ra 18 of ould tS Median= 6+] | en mast a 1145-424) a= t—3 2491S +n) 462 40 MESON) 9 HereN=49, ‘The cumulative frequency just greater than Nis 26andcorespondimg lass is 15-20, Thus 15-20isthemadan dasssuch tha 15Fathh=s 2x= 145-7867 z 5 Lx = 34 (Number of studen’s cannot bein faction) Now Ef, =29.-.x-+y+ 150=229 xye29 15 6 - Fungi ofxin() ge & @ Se yeas ~ 9. (a) First ten odd numbers are 1,3, 5,7, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19 respectively. SoA M. 1434547494114 13415 417 +19 @ i 100 =p! 10, @) Mean == or Ex=nx Ex=25*78.4=1960 ‘Butthis2x isincorrect as% was misread as 69, ~ correct £x= 1960+ (96—69)= 1987 1987 ‘correct mean ="<—~ = 79.48 = ni @) — wetmes, - MBM sits ao 12.() ‘Marks [No.of students ef. Sepa mee ee x=, @_There’are 11 observations, on arrang ing these observations in ascending order of magnitude, we get 3,3,5,9, 10,12, 12, 12,18,21,21 ‘The number of observations n (= 11) isan ‘odd number, therfore, median 41 M="[> the observation = 6th observation = 12 For the mean deviation (about median), construct the following table 335 9 0 2 RR wo 2 Tol yuo d 9 7320 006 a9 6 excl? 73200069 909 a ai (@ The given data in ‘ascending order of naa TAB 1218, 16,17, 25 Hee lower quartile Q, = 10, median "1S and uppetquarile Q,= 17 0 op-2 ; Tass The harmonicmean of24and Sis 360 GP_3355Probability Ifthree vertices ofa regular hexagon arechosen 5. at random, then the chance that they form an eulateral triangle is [2016] 1 »t @ 5 5 1 ot oF ot ‘ ‘Abag contains $ brown and 4 white socks, A man pulls out 2 socks. Find the probability that they ae ofthe same colour. 2014] 4 2 @: o> 5 1 o§ oF ; IFA and B are mutually exclusive events and if 1 1 WB) 4, PALB)=42, then PEA) isequalto pony ow oa © 27 (@) 57 ‘A die is loaded such that the probability of throwing the number i is proportional to its reciprocal. The probability that 3 appears in a single throw is- 2011) @ 32 © 9m & I (@) None of these Chapter 15 ‘Ablack die and a white die are rolled. Find the probability that the number shown by the black die will be more than twice that shown by the white dic (2010) @ 18 ) 16 © 2B @ V4 Fivedice are tossed. What is the probability that the five numbers shown will be different? 12008} 5 5 oF OR s s oF OF Find the probability of drawing a jack or an ace froma pack ofplaying cards, 12007) @ 1B b) 6 © 13 (@) 213 3 integers are chosen at random from the set of first 20 natural numbers. The chance that their product isa multiple of 3s 12005} 194 1 © O55 OF 13 3 © @ 4M48 BITSAT Topicwise Soved Papers S () Thenumber of favourable cases are shown 1, (©) Three vertices can be selected in °C, eee Numberonwhitedie Number on black die 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 2 5 2 6 ‘There are 6 favourable cases in which the re number on black dieis more than twice the ‘The only equilateral triangles possible are number on the white die AiAyAs and AgAGAg m=6 Dk ‘n= Total number of cases = 6 * 6 221 with each die there are sx possibilities) P3600 ( possibilities) Probability p 2 (@)_LetA=event of two socks being brown. vent of two socks being white (4) Total numberof cases = 6° sas ‘Number of favourable cases = 587ig'*®) 5 u 3 (@ As there are four jacks and four aces, the Z ‘number of favourable cas 82 Now, since Aand Bare mutually exclusive Therequired probability P= <> = 73 ‘events, so required probability (@) Total number of ways of selecting 3 integers =20¢, = eee fiom 20 natural numbers =29C; = 1140 1818 ‘Their product isa multiple of3 means, at 3. (©) Formutually exclusive events least one numbers divisible by 3 Aub=na+re) 2 may? ‘The numbers which aedivisibleby 3 are3, PAUB)=P(A)+P(B) = PCA) 7 6,9, 12, 15, 18 and the number of ways of | faye selecting atleast one of them is 20 8x MC + Cy x C+ 6C3 = 776 ec Probability = 272 = 194 Required Probability 7745 = 355 GP_3355Relations and Functions Tet and gbe functions fom Rio R defined as Tx? +x-8x<1 xi x<3 SF (x)=) 4x45, LexsT, g(x)=10, -3sx<2 Bx+3,x57 Pad x22 20171 (©) (fog) (9)= 683 (© (@o0()=427 ‘Then (a) (fog)(-3)=8 © (go 0)=-8 Lett(a)= 2 then oF) =», provided hat (2016) @ 4 @) daa ©) a @a =1 Ifp= (yb? += 1; x,y € R}. Then, pis [2013] (@) reflexive (b) symmetric (©) transitive (@) anti-symmetric Let £:R-R be a function defined by = where mn, then (@ fisene-one onto (6) Fis one-one into (©) fismany-oneonto —(d) fismany-oneinto ‘The relation ‘less than’ in the set of natural numbers is. [2013] (a) onlysymmetric (©) only transitive (©) onlyreflexive (@). equivalence cation If f isan even function and g is an odd function, then the function fog is {2012} (a)an even function (b) an odd function (c) neither even nor odd_ (@)a period function fx) 2014) x; when x is rational Ix; when x uno | ay then fot) ration is given as pow} 9. 10. un. 2 1B. 14. Chapter 16 @ 1 rx ©) +x (d) None of these 1110) 1 the domain of (is 2011) @R @R-H1) © Ca) WC» Let E= {1, 2,3, 4} and {1, 2}. Then the number ofonto fanctions from Eto Fis. [2010] (a) 4 ) 16 © 2 @s Itt) = then (fofof}(x)is [2010] @ © -~S H+ 3x? © (d) None of these Ifthe function f: (<6 0) > B defined by £(x) =—x2 + 6x —8 is bijective, then B= [2009] @ [Le © Cat] © Gx,0) (d) None of these x? = xyisarelation which is [2008] (@) Symmetric (b) Reflexive (© Transitive (@) None ofthese Let R = {(1,3),(4,2),(2,4),(2,3),.G,D} be a relation on the set A = {1,2,3,4}.. Therelation Ris 12007] (a) reflexive (b) transitive (©) not symmetric (d) a function IEf:R->R,£()=2x+3 then "(x)= [2006] x43 o> @a BITSAT Topic Solved Papers 15, Let P={(xy) 13? +y?|=1.n,y €R). ThenP is (2005) ) (a) Reflexive (b) Symmetric (©) Transitive (d) Anti-symmetric © 16. 3 Jou. 4) bea function defined as @ None thee f(0)= V3 sin x—cosx +2. Then f-(x)is given by [2005] [x2 @ sin eS) Hints & Solutions L ® =0>atd=0 3. (&) Obviously, the relation is not reflexive and tranatve bt is symmetries eause Re : fog (9) = 683 O+0-8=-8=>g(f(0))=g(-8)= Butx?+y2=1oy2+x2=1 4. @ LAPR 2 Roe final dined by gof(0)=8 £(6)=4(6)+3=29= B(6)=B29)= 09? foy=2=™ ore fe tte =8s Forany (x,y) eR 2 @ fx) axtb Let f(x)=f(y) xed x-m_y-m om yey seco T= aigo=a oft} n + fisone—one fof (x) = ———-_—— axtb Let ae R such that f(x)= a Eat! am = (-n)a=x-m 3 ax tab + bex + bd ‘aex +be+edx +d? = (act de)x? + (be +d? —be—a?)x ~ab-bd=0, VxeR na—m 2 and (a+ ab So, fis not onto. => (ardje=0,d GP_3355Relations and Functions 5. 2 ) OO) © b) @ Given Risa relation fom NtoN ic. (ye ROX Risnot symmetric for allx,yeN Now ifxxRz - Relation is transitive. Wehave, fog -x)=flaCyl=f-200] (8 is odd) =flg@)]_ (- fiseven) fog(s) yx eR - fog isan even function f(x) ;when f(x) is rational OCC) = [1 —f0x); when f(x) is irrational x; when x is rational =| 1-(1=x); when x is irrational” * lex Letfta)=y Then = ley +y Sty ‘Thus, f(x) Clearly, &! (x) is defined for 1+x20. Hence, domain of f-! (x) is R= {= 1} If set 4 has m elements and set B has n ‘lements then number of onto functions from A toBis lex = Here 11.2,3,4}, F= {1,2} m=4n=2 +, No, ofonto functions from E to F 2 = Degen 7G +7Q@* 2H16=14 10. @) f(x) nL. n 13. 4 1s. 16. © o) © @ © » [ i+ Vi" ox? +1 Since the function fis bijetive, therefore f is ont, Therefore range of Let y==x2 + 6x8 3 86+ @+y)=0 a x= StVB6-AB ty) _ 64 f4-4y_ - 2 2 Forx tobereal, 4—4y20=>ys1 23) ¢Rout3,2) eR Risnot symmetric Since f is a bijection therefore its inverse ‘mapping exists and x-3 yo2x+3>x=2y+3 > “1 (yy = 23 lay= "5 Obviously, the relation is not reflexive and transitivetutitissymmeric, becausex? + yeloyte=l (pafems £(x)= VBsinx—cosx +2 f= asin(x -2) 2 Ca) =~Chapter Inverse Trigonometric Functions 1 7 The domain of the function Hult} Holl} ‘Thevahicof cot! 7 + cot!8+.cot”! 18 is [2017] (ax It OF Ceoe's Moors @ a/b ) ab © bla © tab HE cos! x-costZ = a, then 4x? day cosa.+y? is equal to 2015] (@) 2sin2a 4 (©) 4sin'a (@ ~4sin’a ‘The domain ofthe function f(x) = is Yo-x? 12015) @ 1.27 © 23 © 1.2] @ 23) Find the value ofan [unt =) ova} @ -13 &) -77 @ -12 @ -V4 tan * < , x €N then the maximum value ofxis [2014] @ 2 Ss © 7 (@) None of these ‘The value of ( » cn joe t(on(an tS] 013,200 @ 316 @) 38 © 34 @ 32 9. 10. nL. 2 1B. 4 15. 16. 17. “oth ate tan’ ( tan'\5 ‘equal to- (2012) So'(2) ae) @ 308s © 330s Vet a(t o tw) @ w(2 If k H1 ©F9 WF Find the value of cos ~'x + cos (x 5 1 x x3 tex ea ) ome 2x) (2005) @ m4 () mB ©) Sn (@) 6 GP_3355Inverse Trigonometrie Functions M-53 Hints & Solutions 2 (©) For f(x) tobe defined, we must have 4 da 1 = Pl 55 x22! [v thebase=2> 1] > ises4 Ww Now I sx? = 7-12 Oie @-D(e+)) 20 2 Srs-lorx 21 @ 34-day ‘Also, x2<4=>37-4< ie. (-2)(a+2)0 a ary S-2 205-3 tan tn!) tn 5 Xe = x< Vin=5.5 (epprox) the maximum valueofx is 5.M-s4 8 (©) Thegiven trigonometric ratio mle] 13. 3 4 “12 9 10. (@) sin“! x +008 x + tan’ tan x ‘Since domain of the function x e[-1,1] 14. stan txs% mS 18. Hence, k= and K=2% lence, k= and K = 1 1. @ sin(4an™4) 2sin 21am" 4) eos (24 a cr(w!3) 234. enue) oonfwr-Z)- 2, ne ‘The given expressi 12. @) Letoos!x=y = x =00sy, sothat $$:r5 Lor e y.sothat >SxSlor Os ys aw SNE =cos cosy +sinZainy =e eed aed EMR) cos" BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers the given expression is equal to ie, = 3 1 ant hg tan deta! he 2 3 2t7tm (@) 2tan : ot gos ty ©) sin{sin"' Leos"! fo os (2) (@) sin cot" (1 +x))=cos (tant) => cosee? (cot! (1 +3) = see (an! x) 1+ [oot (cor! (1 +2))P= 1+ [settar! yp = (ltxP=8 = r= 2 ©) Let x=c0s0, where 005% because 2 Gi «pressi 3 = @+cos~cos| =-6] =0+=. - 0 20s"tcos( 4-0) = 044 GP_3355Matrices eee nora @ Risto (©) Ris-) ©) Ris)+ RD) (@) None of these a p uf ©] nape retain order 2 then— [2014] @) 1+a2+By=0 (b) 1+02=| (©) 1-0? +By=0 (@) o2+ By=1 osteo a 7 y isO, then x 2 4 6 @ 23 (b) 2,3 © 32 @32 ‘The matrix 42+ 44 ~S/, where [is identity matrix he id . I [2011] wt of} homme pa of] of 3] oa] af) 13 1 2 ita=|3 2} anap=|° > |and a+B—D 25 31 =0 (zero matrix), then D matrix will be- [2010] 6. 10. 02 op? 6s 01 37 i IfAand B are 2 « 2-matrices, then which of the following is true? 12009] (@) (A+B)? =A? +B? +2AB (&) (A-By? =A? +B?-2AB (© (A-BYA+B)=A?+AB-BA-B? @ (A-BYA+B)= A? -B © we: Z 2 | then element ay, ofA? is {2008} @ 2 (b) -15 © -10 @7 wa[t haf? duoc’ 3] then SA ~3B +2C is equal to (2007) 8 20 © [; 9 o| 8 20 8 o\5 4 © |-20 22 If 201 2} then A?-4A= (2006), 221 (a) oa os (@) None of these a 0 10 walt i] a= [s those ot for which A? = B, is @1 ©4 [2003] (b) =I (@) Noreal valuesBITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers Hints & Solutions ; & ofA tothe first column of A int cost sae sn fe a 7.) The element ay is product ofscond row @ romo-| SH) sings 8 H[SoG, Meta ® ~sin(s-+1)- cass) a 8 zo [4] Consider SA~3B+2C ves (f SIR St] 1-2] f-1 4], fo 1 sly ally -a)"lo 1 aly obly ee ob Sa +py=1 3. © Traceof matrix isdefinedas +: He a2 7 Sa 22x 42x-12=0 >x=-3,2 is olle > 0. 2 8 -2),[0 2 _[8 -20 ee 2h aE 2 ba ah MG 9 (ee REe » 41y4 s7fs 9 (©) HereA?=|2 1 2)/2 1 2 [ aH HG pian [Siteco mteslls a]-4G o aloaea aia ar2rafle 9 8 f j 24442 44242 44441 ed 5 © LetD= ef ; . 3 ak 100 tt -sJo 10 oo a 0 10 10. @ Giventna 4=[% “] ana zal! ? and A?=B @ Offa o} fi o Flr aftr Pls a 6 (©) Fortwo? <2 matrices, A&B Sa-sians (A-B) A+B) +z There isno common value A+ Ax B-BxA-BxB ‘There isnoreal value of «. for which 4?=B ‘A2—B!+AB-BA Hence, (A-B)(A+B) =A? +AB-BA- GP_3355Ps Determinants Ifa system of equation —ax + y-+2=0 x-by+2=0; xty-cz=0 (a,b,c#—1) ‘has a non-zero solution then Tea Tob Tee™ pow @o ®1 ©2 @3 Poay If px q 1-2=0, then the value of Ip-x q-y + Piditis (20171 xy'z @ 0 &1 ©2 © Ape 13 a2 Ifthematrix} 4 — g_ | issingular, then = 3.5 10 (2016) @ 4 @2 @-4 Let ay, «and By, B, be the roots of ax? +bx +e =O and px? +-qx-+r= O respectively. Ifthe system ‘of equations ay + a2 = Oand y+ By2= 0 has ‘non-trivial solutog, then 72016} oe ab © 2 © 2 a? _be © Pe (@ None of these If[ ] denotes the greatest integer less than or ‘equal to the real number under consideration and=1 ) [yl © bl (@) None of these Let M be a3 3 non-singular matrix with det (M) = a. If [M" adj (adj (M)] = KI, then the value of K is (2015) @1 wma @oe oe 10. n 1B. Chapter 19 Ifthe lines p;x-+ q,y= 1, PyX+ qgy= 1 and psx gy = 1 be concurrent, then the points ys (P3_ 43) and (G43) 2018, 2010) (a) arecoflinear (b) forman equilateral triangle {© forma scalenetriangle (@)_formaright angled triangle One ofthe 00's of rea be a x+b c|-0is: (201d ab xed @ abe @ arbre (©) Hatb+c) (d) -abe ‘The value of 9, , for which the lines 3x4y =13, 8x-11y=33 and 2x-3y+2=0 are concurrent is 2014) 1 oa © O7 @9 1 (x-3) (x-3)?? ‘The determinant | 1 (x-4) (x-4)* - 1 (x-s) (x-5)? vanishes for fe) (@) 3valuesofx ——(b) 2values of x (©) Lvaluesofx ——(@) Novalueof Ifthe lines &x + my-+n=0,mx-+ny + ¢=Oand nx+fy+m=Oare concurrent then [2013] (a) ¢+m+n=0 (b)¢-m=n=0 =0 (é)m+n-£=0 s2x+ 3y+4=0; 3x+4y+6=Oand 2012) axssy + {@)_ consistent with unique solution (©) inconsistent (c) consistent with infinitely many solutions: (@)_ None of the above ‘The val ofthe determinant 265 240219 240-225-198 219 198181 (@) 1000 (b) 79 is (2012, 2007] © WoM58 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 200 20. Ifthe three linear equations [2008], _ xtday +a2=0;x+ 3by+be=0 14, 1fA=|2 2 0], thenadj (adj A)is equal to- [ B Apes tra x4 eytez=0 on} have a non-trivial solution, where a # 0, b# 0, bee a eee ere ee Se 21. The system of equations ax+y+2=a~1, xtaytz=a-1, x+y+az=a-I hasno a “ in solution i 12007) © ay ac (@ None of these @ 2 @ a#-2 ©) either—20r1 @ a=1 123 436 22. If 1,@,« are the cube roots of unity, the[2006] 18, The valueof is O10, 2-79 1 ot ol @ 23 © 23 OB OV : 16, Ifa>0,b> 0,¢>Oare respectively the pth qh, A=|o" 0% 1 | isequalto rth terms of GP., then the value of the le 1 a? lloga p @ @ &) 0 © @ o determinant |logb q_ I is [2009] log I Rt gc or oO -1 2 @ 0 (b) I 23. uae B= 1 0| andM=AB, © -I {@ None of these 220, Fl 17. The digits A, B and C are such that the three then find M"! 12006) igit numbers A88, 6B8, 86C are divisible by 72 IA 6 8 get vs 6 3 63 then the determinant |® 3 6) js divisible by @ fl i}@m [iy 8 8 Cl 3 3 3 6. 12009] @ 2) 4 © 2 216 al ao cosa sina 0 36 3 6 o fil) @ [il 1s. m@q=|sine cosa 0]. niet ag ann 63 66 i 23 ons 0 sas m4 tnvesemacar|, | oes M@-| then M(a) M(B) =sinB 0 cosB. 1f23 1[2 4 is equal to- 12009) @ -gl4 2 3/3 2 (@) -M()M(@)(b)_— Ma) M(-#) (© MCB)Mca) —_(@) -M(B)M(a) if? 3 23 19, Hfa+b+c=Othendeterminant [2008] lg 2 @ {4 > abc 2a a 2b b-c-a 2b ‘is equal to, 2% 2% = e-~a-b @o ®1 ©2 @3 GP_3355Determinants Hints & Solutions 3. 342(a+b+e) H(ab+be a0) 1+(a+b+c)+(ab+be+ac)+abe 3+2(a+b+e) +(ab+be+ae) _ T+2(atb+e)+2+ab+be+ae P ary rq © p-x a rq b-x a-y + Apply R, > R,—Ryand R, > RyRy, we get x0 oy jp-x q-y © = xr +24q-y))-40-¥p-9]=0 Sy xaq— ery + yep-77x=0 = rye tang yep = 2xyz> Bayt 2 © [A|=0as themavix Aissingular 3 a+q 2 IAER 4 8 |=0 bs 10 Apply Rp >R2-2R, and Ry > Ry ~3R; and expand. 24-39) +4(4= 22) =0 38-22-05 Ford. are proportional (@) Since a, a7 and fi, By arethe roots ofax? +bx+e" 0 and px? qx+r=Orespoctvely, therefore a, +0 © @ © and, +B" ByBy= 5-2) P ‘Since the given system of equation has a ‘non-trivial solution i Bl =Oi.e. aB,—a,8, ay a2 atay _ fig Br Bz Bi+B2 V BiB2 pr Since, -1 C, +C, +C; latbec+x) bc fatb+c+x) xtb c latb+c+x) b cts]M60 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers ji ob : aft fa a a4 fatb+c+x | aa 6 hb c+sl x=~2andy PCp-Cy, C9 Cy-C, ‘Now this solution satisfies the third, so the BPO GIEs—C ‘equations are consistent with unique Ib ¢ solution. (atb+c+x 0 x =o 13. @ Applying C, ~C, and C,~C,, we get j0 0 x 25 21 219) 4 29 (at bte +x) 1.x2=0;x=0,-(atb+o) Det.=|15 27 198] =|-12 27 ~72 (©) Forconcurrency of3 lines the determinant of coefficients of equations should be 0. ai wil [4 7 ou 3 4-13) [byC, -C), C,-10C,] ie, 8 — 33=0 4 21 9 "hb 3 a =|0 90 45) (BYR, +3R,,Ry-Ry] =H IA—99) + 489. + 66) ~1{-24+22) jo 4 2 = 38h —207+324-+2644312-28 =4(180—180)=0 > -A-5834576=0 2-7 200 10. @)_ Thegiven determinant vanishes, i.c., 220 co |Al= =(2)(2)(2)=8 1-3 G3? IAD Spare 1x4 (x—4)|=1 Now adj (adj A)=|A[>7A 1S 5? 200) fioo Expanding along Cy, we get (=A SP—(— SKe 4) ~ ((¢—3)-SP- = (5-3) + —3)e-4)> ~(x-4)x-3P=0 = (Ale SMe—S—3 +4) 8. © —(x—3\x—Sx—S—x +3) += 3\e—4) (x42 +3) =0 SC 4-3) +23) ex=8)= (2-3) 4-0 3 ‘leaden (3 x9-6(-7))-2-4x9-2 6) 434) s (32) ae eee = (27+ 42)-2(-36~ 12)+3 (28-6)=231 Which isnot possible, hence no value of 46. (Let A be the Ist term and R the common satisfies the given condition Re tcl 11, (@Sincethe lines are concurrent, so a emo = Tp = AR” mon ¢|=0=34mn—2—m?—n3=0 = loga = log A +(p=D)logR n 6m Similarly, log =log A +(q—DlogR => (¢+m+n)(+m? +n? ¢m—mn—n)=0 c= log A+(r—! > ¢+m+n=0[-- @+m +n?>ém+mn+n] and loge=log A +(r— log 12. @)_ Consider frst two equations log A-+(p-1)log.R p 1 2x+3y=—4 and 3x+4y=-6 P Jeo b We have A=|log4+(q-l)logR g || log A+(r—I)logR FI Split into two determinants and in the first take logA common and in the second take GP_3355Determinants M-61 og R common nn ; ip |p-1 pt) =log jl q I+logRlg—1 q 1 =(a+b+0] 26 b-c-a 2 Nr] =I rl 2 2% c-a-b Apply C, -»C, ~C2 + Cs in the second =0 (ratb+e=0) 0 pil 20. (a) Given system has non trivial solution A=0+l0gR|0 q 4a al lor | 17. @ Ry 100, +10R, +R, a S ¥]=0, (a0,b40,c%0) IA 6 8) |A 6 8 =>|s B 6-|s B 6 js 8 | [ass onc s6c] which is divisible by 72 18. (©) [M(@) M(B)! = M(BY! M(ay] cosa sina 0 -sina. cosa 0 o o18 Now M(ay" cos(-a) —sin(-a) 0 =| sint-a) costo) 0} egy ° oo. cosB 0 —sinB meyr'=| 2 1 0 Or | inp 0 cosp cos(-B) 0 sin(-B) =| 9 1 8 leg ~sin(-B) 0 cos(-P) (Ma) M(B)" 19. @) Wehave a-b-ce 2a 2a 2 b-c-a 2 2 2 e-a~b and (a+ b+e)=0 Applying Ry >, + Ry +Ry atbtc atbte atb+c 2 b-c-a 2 2% e-a-b ‘Take (a+ 6+) common from Ry ‘on expanding along C1, we get (Bbe~ 2be) = (4ac~2ac) + dab —3ba=0 = be+ab=2ac 2. @ tf! 2]_[us 3 M=6l2 243 13 24, (a) Letthe given matrix is A, then | 2 4f [2 5 [3 2] “4 2 yan tf? 3 AL MOAT Bla 2 and adjContinuity & Differentiability ‘The function £(x)=x-|x—x? |, -I 2013] a, when x= iscontinwousatx=5, then thevalueof' willbe @ 32 0 78 (87 @ 2B GP_3355Continuity & Differentiability 18. 16. WW. 19. 20. aL Ifx=asin 9 andy=b cos, then £2 is ae (2012, 2010] ® peete ) see? (© sect @ Ssecro Ifflx) =x" log x and f(0)= 0, then the value of for which Rolle’s theorem can be applied in [0, 1] is (2012) @ 2 4 @o @ 12 Ifthe function fix)= jax+b , 21. Then £ (x) is Let f= {23 PZ}. Then f (x) derivableatx= if 2010] (@) a=2 @) a=1 © a=0 @ a=12 Iy=er*eosxandy,+ky=0, where Ys =" 74. then k (2009), @4 O-4 @©2 @-2 2. 2. 24, 25, 26. 2. 28. 29. M-63 ‘The set of points of discontinuity of the function Mlog|x | is— 12009, 2005] @ 1.0.13 © © © toi} {© None ofthese tky= (eosx2)?then © isequalto: (2008) @ -4esinz2 “ ( -xsin? @ a2sin2e (reo 22 If fx) = a . then the points of discontinuity, ofthe function f[ f {f{x)}] are [2008], @ 0-1) ©) (01 © oy (@) None ofthese “ frsintix x40 Wee) = | 22 gis continuous at x= 0, then the value ofk will be (2007) fa 1 (b) =I © 0 {@) None ofthese Let ht)= min {x,2°}, for every real number of x, Then (2006) (@)_ Aris continuous forall x (b)_isdifferentiable for allx (©) h(@)=2, forallx> | (@)_his not differentiable at three values of x Iff{x) = (x + 1) is continuous at x =0, then f{0)isequal to 12006) @o0 1 Ole We 1121=¥4, then S isequalto 12006] @o OM OR @W fy? =P (x), is polynomial of degree, then 12005) d)( 3 dy) (26723) as (@) P")+P@) (©) PEo.P"0 (b) PPO), (@) a constant Hints & Solutions (a) wehave, f(x) = x-|x=x? Ex-|x(1-)] =x-[xIII-x|, Continuity is to be checked at x = 0 and x= LAL ut = lim £(0-b) = lim—h=|-h]|1+h| i) sooM64 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers lim—h—b(+h)= cos" [c0826]=20 = 2tan- =? tan“ (og) hoo Diff. both side w.r.t'x’, we get im, (0) = im b= 1—h reat inh -n-1)=0 Toe Since LHL=RHL=10), Now, ("(e)= 2 og (i loee=D fo ne 4. (©) The function log) isnot defined at x=0, 7 80, x=0 isa point of discontinuity. Also for im f(1-A)=im(-A)-l1~All-C-)| ffx) to be defined, log | #0 > x21 mo rea Hence, 0, 1, i are three points of = fm (l=) hh) =1 discontinuity Similarly RHL= 9 f(1+h)=1 8 @) f(xpeview14y25+(x-1)-10Vx=1 and f()=1-|1[.[1-1F 1 =Vx-14y(5—vx=1) (x) is continuous at x= 1 , Hence f(x) is continuous for all x €[-I, 1] avx-1+|S-Vx-1|=5-. f')=0 2 @ Wehave, 3. tim £O=H)-F(O) _ j,,, —hlogcosh SO i \ lim —19B8h_ ($ fom) Soiogteh?) —(o = fim Why) hoo 2hi(+h?) RE(O)= fim LOFW=LO) _ tirg —blog cosh _ fy hab logt +h?) =P (2 ten) 90 Jog(l+h?) 0 = tim Eh at ho Dhl+h?) 2 Since L1°(0) = Rf"(0), therefore fix) isdifferen- tiableat x= Since differentiability => continutity, therefore fx) is continuous at x=0. cog! | Hees) ©) Let (x)= cos [Eee] = vm ecost |=? Putlog.r=1 inf) fla) eos" | en +a 1 Now putt=tan weg) coe! [ | fats) © Let Way Gaya eye * ° Forx=0, wehave fx) ‘Thus, wehave f(x) {i aa cy, in (2) =i, 5) (0) So, (x) is not continuous atx =0. GP_3355Continuity & Differentiability 8 10. M. 2 (©) Since, g is the inverse of function £ Therefore, x)= F(8) = fltx)] =x => fog (x) =x, for all x Diflerentite both sdewitx = A (108 (x)} = 4 (9), foratlx =H Tets)] (9) = forallx = sin {g(x)}2'(x) =|, for all x @ ert $x-2 check forx= 1 Then, {(1)=e0+1-2=0 S0,x= 1 isareal rot ofthe equation x) ‘be the other root such that a> 1 or 0, for all x. Thus, f"(x)#0, forany xe (Ia) orx€(a,1)., which is @ contradiction, Hence, fx) =0 has no real root other than 1 @ vase" Sonali (telase a) Seneelieri Hazen Vie? alin? +9" vie? o Vina? B= ny 0 Urey (= ny Squaring, (14-37)yy? = n?y? Differentiating, (1+x?)2y,92-+ 92 2x =n? 239, or (1492 )yp + xy, =my d © Leostxesimty (5 ©) Weave; f= {70° vl ° ite=1 im £040 f) R= si 1 = im Jim sin 0 hk hod which does not exis. «.fisnot differentiable atx=1 Aiso F(0)=sin =-sin 1+ 608 1 fis differentiable atx=0 23. © yoo a Daeny _ 245) ~(xr5(x-3) 88 Cae aa 4. 1s. 4 ~bsin® éy bo = G-see & dk a For Rolle’s theorem in a,b}, fla) =f(b), In(0, 1] => (0)=1)=0 «the function has to be continuous in (0, 1] 6 @ = £(0)= im, f(3)=0 = lim x" logx =0 ot ‘i = lim SEX 9 oxe Applying LH, Rule tim > a>0 17. (b)Since f(x) is continuous atx =2 Fe)= fm rayai= lm, (ax +b) = 1=2a+b w Again fx) is continuousat 2 £4)= I t6) = 7 =4atb 2 Solving (1)and (2), we get a=: : 18. (@) Consider y=x" => Iny=x?Inx 18 aero? vax * BaF s1s2Inx)= =x(1+2Inx) ?a42Inx)M66 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers 19. (©) Continuous as well as differentiable so 26. (a) From the figure it is clear that x, if xsd 20. ho=ix, if 0 a=12 21. (a) Lety=e* cosx 3) Se ssinx—e% cosx=—esine—y From the graph it is clear that h is yigatacnr asta) continuous for all x & R, (2) = Lforall 3 pry tersne 20490 $Tand isnot difrenableatx= BI \ 2 (x) is finu = Bebb jaryeymo 2 OH) sconinuousat = £(0)= lim F(x) 22. (a) Let £09 al Let A= Him g(x) = Him (xt teas ‘repent oT) wets = logs tn cots log (1+) {(x) is undefined or infinite. lis undefined = tin, PLES) (0 om) when x = Oand is infinite when x90 tanx 0 Jog |x|=0,[x|=1ie.x=41 a Setofpeins faicontingty= 1.0.1) xh. 23. (©) As given : y = (cos x")? = lim 3 = Diffboth side wert’ so ey sa B ~ ress sine) 2 28, @_ 2=v2 Ditlerentiating wes. tov, we get ds dvd ax. in x2 = — 2 2v! ee 4 aa 2x sin 2 H2 or St=t 24. (b) Weave, f0)= 2 (@¥=Pa)=4S=Pe@ As atx = 1, f(x) is not defined, x = 1 isa 5 > int of discontinuity of f(x) dy d Ls vnyorF) (2) +2yz =P) rvelton-t( =) “aye ey ae ), 1 are points of discontinuity of f[f(x)] or 2y——> = Pr 2[# a) Pe Ifx#0,x21 a? dx 2y? rtrgteo =e ; x "= Pr 25, (@) Since f(x) iscontinuous at w= 0, 50 £¢0)= Lim, f¢=>k= Lim x sin Lx =0% (afinite quantity) =0 (222) pore pe GP_3355Application of Derivatives 1f£(x) =x%, then f(x) is increasing in interval (2017) L @) Wel © (0.2) © (0.1) (@) None of these A cylindircal gas container is closed at the top and open at the bottom. if the iron plate of the 5 top is > time as thick as the plate forming the cylindrical sides. The ratio of the radius to the height of the cylinder using minimum material for the same capacity is (2017 2 4 1 @ Zz OF OF 3 5. 3 ‘The set ofall values of for which the function fx) = (a2 38 2) (cos?4sinPuld) (al) xt sin docs not possess eritical points is [2016] @ [1% b) (0, 1)U.4) (©) 4) @) (1,3)UG,5) Match List [with List I and seiect the correct answer asing the code given below the lists: (2016) 1 Listtt (A) f(x)=c0sx 1. The graph cuts y-axis in infinitenumber of points (®) f(@)=Inx 2 Thegraph cutsx- axis, in two points (© f= 3. Thegraph cuts y-axis, x54 in only one point TThe graph cuts x-axis in only one point 5. The graph cuts x-axis in infinite number of points @) fer 4 Codes: © ®8© ® or as 3 ob) 1 305 4 © 5 42 3 @ 35 3 2 4 What isthe x-coordinate ofthe point on the curve £(x)= Jx (7x— 6), where the tangent is parallel tox-axis? 12016, 2008] 1 2 @ -3 OF 1 9%. 10. nL. 2 13. Chapter 21 @ i 7 O72 ‘A wire 34 cm long is to be ben inthe form of a ‘quadrilateral of which each angle is 90°. Whi the maximum area which can be enclosed inside the quadrilateral? 12016) (a) 680m? (b) 70cm? (©) 7125em? (@) 72.2Sem? ‘Consider the following statements in respect of | the function [2016] fe)=8-1, xe[-11] 1 f()isinereasing in [-1, 1] IL__f(x)has no root in - 1, 1). Which of the statements given above is/are correet? (@) Only! (b) Onlyll (©) Both andi —__(@)_ Neither noe I Atan extreme point ofa function f(x), the tangent to the curve is [2016] (@) parallel tothe x-axis (0) perpendicular to thex-axis {6)_ inclined aan angle 45° to thex-axis (@)_ inclined at an angle 60° tothe x-axis ‘Thecurve y= xe* has minimum value equal to 12016] 1 os © -e Me ‘Theline which i parallel to X-axis and crosses the curve y= Jx at an angle of 45, is [2015] 1 O y=5 © y= @ y= Tangents are drawn fiom the origin tothe curve contact lie on [2015] ) xyextsy (@) None of these ‘The slope ofthe tangent to the curve y= e*cos xisminimumatx=0, 0 are constants, decreases always when 3 oi} OF @1 @ k>1@) k21 Ok<1 @ks1 x 28, The minimum value of (2) = sin!x+ cos*x in 15, 16 0On [a,b] aa tat}o ee Given f(x)=x* 0) ri4 Differentiate equation (i) Whons!=4ViSnor SS, = $ 1) = (+ lox) 3.) flo) =(a?—30+ 2) cosea/4—sineaid}+ @— Put £'(x) =0;0=x"(1+log x) 1)x+sin1 = (x)= (a-1) (a2) cosx/2+ (a1) x +sin1 => X=0,logx=-1 = x= 1 : Now.in [ot #090 2F)==3 @-1)(@-2)sin +41) 1 =f(x)=(a-) F f(x) isincreasing in interval | 0,— 2 2. e Ex) does not possess critical poiits then 2 (©) V=ar2h= constant. Ifk be the thickness of the sides then that ofthe top will be (5/4) 'S= Qrth)k-+ (a), (54k 8’ is vol. of material used) tm Ys Santen MS? ws heb as_,(2V,5 Bi yS er. ea") f(x) 0 forany x eR 2 -0[1-2ink}-0 fr any ve sae tnd 1-(22) in z 2 ‘must not have any solution in R.70 BITSAT Topicwis Solved Papers => asl and sin is not solvable mR ; sactand|2 41 ja—2| fora 2,fe)e xsi Pegaty] =>a#land|a~2)<2—>a41 and—2 axl. 7M agiven perimeter square has the maximum (xn) eno g~yand puting tus valooin equation (i) [Now the equation ofthe tangent at (x),,) 8 rey a2 ro 13129 as oom tiny (0-%, 7) ‘Sinceos an neéasing nctionn[-1, Sinee, its given tha equation of tangent Only statement |is correct. Passes through origin. 8 @)_Atanextreme point ofa function (x), lope 0-y =-sinxy (0—x) is always zero. 3S yenasing ‘Thus, Atan extreme point ofa fintion), ‘Aso point yy lies on = 008 x thetangentfothecurveis parallel tothe: Sena on Font, wen . (a) Lety=xe%. Diente bth side wrx Put $= 05 e(1+x)=0=>x= sin? +0088 = Say? Ei > xy i+ YE XT Hence, the locus of (x;, yj) is see, a GP_3355Application of Derivatives M-71 12. @)_Let m be the slope of the tangent to the 2B. 4 @ o curve: y= e cos x. fas Then, m=22=e* (cosx—sinx) Dift wet => SM O forx= x ‘Thus, y is minimum at Heneé the value of 22 and 42 isottheform x+ 2 equality holds for x=1 AS given a and b are the roots of the equation: x2+ax+b=0 = sumofroots,a+b= 5 b=-2a ay and product of roots, ab= b =d(a—1)=0 if=Othen a= 0; if 0then: so, the expression will be; (x) 27492 1 yi axnt2tae(t) (1) - te “(G) () > 7 Ss pmitemtimm ++) -0 ie whenx= -1 = minimum alue of fnction= —° Let us assume the functions fix) and g(x) given by fix) = famx x and a O 10)>0andgta)>0, vx—( 0.2) > fo9>AOpandets)> a) Vx e(02] cos x ve {0% (03) 2 mnoamtsesnn ve(08) > sinx0 = 18x-1220= x> 5 ‘Thus, ) and g() bth increases forx> Let F (x)= f(x) -£(%), F'(x)<0 * F(x) increases less rapidly than the ign 89) => 6x*— 18x +12<0= 10 = sin xcox(sin® x—cos? x) So, 4x (X—1)(x-2)=0=3 NOX 1)(K-2)>0. =(2 sin 2x) (cos 2x) =—sin 4x rs => sin 4x =0=> 4x =0, x,2n,3m omega 2 : Frome above figure required intervals, or on DUG) 4 20. (d) If the sum of two positive quantities isa 26. (€-) y-e¥+x=0 constant, then their products maximum, when © on(sex8) they are equal ae x] +1=0 no Ss maximum when ae UT G)* dy dy 4 o, B-yiceyy-xoc4 yy Bat = a ie, Foyer y-xory senso 4 ie, x+y] & =yety)-1 for the vertical tangents 2 I-xG+y)=0 ie, Maximum value ofxy ca and Yaad 27, (6) y)=20~ 31x44 => P(x) 6x?—6x— 12 =6(x?-x-2) 2. @ FO) { 6(<-2)(x+ 1) Formaxima and minima f")=0 £(x)<0 forallx ifa?-1<0=>-1 x=2, 22. () Diagonal D= 2a Lt ae dD da Atx=2; £"(x)=24-6=18>0 Ditrenttngwet.¢ = V2 Oa pam dada oe apa genes ems Let Area is denoted by A 28. @) the radius gr units. aA, da oA i their cA 24 0 their 4 when area Ais 400 en? then a=: 0 Box 20 o/2 em? /see at -1 23, (@) Slope of normal to y= fx) at(3, 4Yis Fy (= (+4) an (>) =tan (F+4 Fos 6) 24. () Let f(a) =sin x—ke—e where kand c are 7% @) constants. f(x) = cos x — k SF decreases if cos x < k Thus, /() = sin x —Jer—e decrease always when & > 1 “mek When = V2 gd ©) yosinn2 Y= (2) cs (x0) ‘Therefore the equation of tangent at ( 7,0) isven by yobs @enoxtyen (@ Wehave, f(x) =cosx Faye sion (0) Sine, foreach x (0,2, sin> Ovehave £'(x) 0 and so fis strictly decreasing in, 2n). (6) Cleary, by (and (above, fis neither Ingeang ner dasessngin (0.29) 53 M0920 => Alwaysincteasing |** (©) Here, (x)= 13x? + 264+ 15 = Ri(x)=26x+26 So, RAS) =416 @ 39. 40. at 2, 8. © @ © o @ sing ty) r+sin(x+y) 2 sin(x+y)=1, so cos(x+y)=0 ae FO) oor ince 602247 6(x+1P +1 which is positive for all value of x. Hence {lx) is monotonie inreasing function Wehavee< mand i 1 pen Beagle) toate +}? (e+ x)log(e-+x)=(a-+ x)log(x-+x) (r+ xXe+x){log(e+x)}? In[0, 0), denominator > 0 and numerator < Osinog e+ x-< m+n Hence, fs) isdecreasing in(0,2). a ‘equation : y= 2x? —3x?— 12x +5 (i) Differentiateequ. (i), oy 62 6x? ~6x-12 D x a) rns a 2)-0 0=6x?6x—12 > X*—x-2=0 (x2) 41, 1,2, Seite ve 2, #Y-1re-6 a . mn in Baad & i 2, Sy 2-6 3 £¥ = 19-00) ax a? Therefore, yis max at x =—1 £(x) is moniotonic decreasing when £@) 2h>—sin x S2A>1 HP UDIntegrals fe dx is equal to; [2017,2006] 6. © are OR e* cosx @ CT sin a 1 Jobat! Joc? + Lx + 6, then 20171 @ fe ©) e6)=logx ou (@ None of these [Pretax lim 2 r equals (2015, 2013] 1 @0 Me ©2 WF Let fx) bea polynomial of degree three satisfying {0)=— 1 and f{1)=0. Also, 0is a stationary point ‘of f(x). If fx) does not havean extremum at pois} e @ ze (b) x+C 2 © Tre (d) None of these Evaluate: ,——+ax 2014) T+ 3sin? x +8005" x (@ Lan (2tanx) +c () tan“! (2tanx)+C Tyg tf 24am © 6 ( 3 Jee (@ None of these 10. ML. 2 22 ‘dx isqual to (2014) ae @ 0 & 5 @2 J (2-1) (2 +DVxt+1 atx? © UR Sec 0 Joma Lal et) o 3 ee "}#€ (@) None ofthese 1 @3 dx is equal to (2013, 2008] tat fa pros Treoos?x (a) w2 °o) m4 () 3d) 2012] (b) sec!xte @ tan'xte 2012 22 af x3?) 2/2 9 22) se Zon} 4fe2) af) rane 5s ]te x2 pfne ae gor dx qual 2012 | agar de equals p01] @2 Oz Om @m Evaluate [3 ax pou 1.6) sata) (xt Hos(2}+e (None ofthese @ GP_3355Integrals M75 f © 2o2-1uantx-tevre 13, Find the vatueot {Isinx| dx (eon 2 0 (@ None ofthese @ 8 (b) 6 o4 @2 i é 2 19. Evaluate = [2009] 2 1 hot 4 Leth f ! dx andy= 4, then an ivl+x? 1% @ 4 O& x OM @xd (2011) : ) Q>h 20, if [Ix}dx =66, then n= [2009] (@)_ None of these . @4 ©9 © @7 faca(se 2 Jcos2x cos +x} dx 120101 a 2. J -dx = (2008) Treosx nr) 6 x x (@ eot}te () xtmF +e nan 7 © (©) log(I+cosx) +e (@) tan +tanx te _sinae ar) & 8), a. [a JTeer onmals 12008) > (@) log2-1 (©) log? * (©) log4—1 (@) —log2 16. If ly, = [(nx) ax, where m EN, then a rn Pn u 23. If = [2° dx, ty = [2 de, 1, = [2 ax 10 + 10 1g is equal to - [2010] ° ° 1 10 3, @” & TF OF Wel se mle (007) @ > h > nF jsex xth Oe Onrh ee J exsinn 2 © bls @ Wk = Aln|cosx-+sinx-2|+Bx+C mu. [ee (2007) Thontheordered pet AB, Ais— (2094 (@ xtewxtC —— () I+sinx+C 13 31 ©) seex—tanx+C (d) scex+tanx+C o Geo Gr) eo o ed 13 3 om ss [fapeome 12007 sala 1 3-8) Bn 18. Evaluate: f xtan"' x dx 2009) ao oo ive Z @ 462 spun or art 2 © se O @ 4¢e +1ytntx+te+e (b) 3° I) ta 2M76 BITSAT Topicwise Solved Papers a2 26. Jfcsidxis equal to [2005] ° 1 1 1 ®7 %-} ©7 @I 29, Thevalueof f——— dris- [2005] © Veatt® s (@ tanx-cax+eo” * (b) tanx+cotx+C 27. The value ofintegral (©) -tanx-cotx+C t Wo) (@)_ None of these a 2006 9 6) +00 /2=x)) (2006) 2 ee Oa 30, Evahuate | A ee 12005} Or (@) None of these ‘ @t () 0 @ iW @2 jx 10 28. aesiay-| 1 2x 1 [then 01 Poors Hints & Solutions () 0s x1 bx x x41) lpx+l-l ieee cecil =Sptee( SE) tan dx <[ teu. f Naot —Sissing °° J Saxe ve{ 2) dx-tigenee a etcosx _¢—(I+sinx)sin x cos? x “ 2 sinx) [FF Jeeon- peta 3. @ Consider fin es a Tesex ecosx Tesinx aa Joo{1+ 2x GP_33551 => atbte=1 Ai) Itis given that x=0s a stationarypoint off), but it ismota point of extremum, Therefore, £(0)=0= £"(0) and £"(0) =0 Now, fix) =ax3 + bx2-+ex +d = f(x) =3ax2 + 2bx +6, f(x) =6ax + 2band £"(x)=6a=0, £(0)=0 andf"(0)=0 20 b=Oandaz0 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get =1,b=c=Oandd=-1 Put these values in f(x); we get f(x) =3 — 1 Hence, 8 1) dx a1 1 = | ——— erreurs Dividing the numerator and denominator by ‘cos?x, we get 2x 2x Wren WSs sec? x+Stan?x +8 dtan? x9 Putting tan x = t => see’ dx = dt, we get ftp tN tf), st Lgr(2!)s sar(224) 0 cs 10. o ay Here integral of VE and 4oxd=4-(22 T= [| —— (2) 900-9) 4x? Put 02=t = vedx ‘Adding (1) and (2), we get » = [de> =10> a